HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT INC
10-K405, 1999-05-03
MISCELLANEOUS SHOPPING GOODS STORES
Previous: U S WEST INC /DE/, 13F-HR, 1999-05-03
Next: OZ MANAGEMENT LLC, SC 13G, 1999-05-03



<PAGE>   1



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

[X]    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

       For the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999
                                               OR
[ ]    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

       For the transition period from __________________ to __________________

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 000-24381

                          HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             TEXAS                                              75-1386375
(State or other jurisdiction of                                (IRS Employer
 incorporation or organization)                              Identification No.)

3601 PLAINS BOULEVARD, AMARILLO, TEXAS                             79102
(Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (806) 351-2300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share             Nasdaq National Market
          (Title of Class)                (Name of Exchange on which registered)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  [X]     No  [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent fliers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ]

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant was approximately $61,000,000 based upon the closing market price of
$12.50 per share of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market as of April 16,
1999.

Number of shares of $.01 par value Common Stock outstanding as of April 16,
1999: 11,623,912

                               (Cover page 1 of 2)

<PAGE>   2


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.


                               (Cover page 2 of 2)

<PAGE>   3


                          HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
                          1998 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

                                      INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                                           ----

<S>         <C>                                                                                             <C>
PART I
Item 1.     Business.............................................................................            4
Item 2.     Properties...........................................................................           13
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings....................................................................           14
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders..................................           14

PART II
Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters................           15
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data..............................................................           16
Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                Results of Operations............................................................           18
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk...........................           25
Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data..........................................           26
Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
                Financial Disclosure.............................................................           45

PART III
Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant...................................           46
Item 11.    Executive Compensation...............................................................           46
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.......................           46
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.......................................           46

Part IV
Item 14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K......................           47
</TABLE>

                                       3

<PAGE>   4


                                     PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS

General

     Hastings Entertainment, Inc. (the Company) is a leading multimedia
entertainment retailer that combines the sale of books, music, software,
periodicals, videocassettes and DVDs with the rental of videocassettes, video
games and DVDs in a superstore format. As of April 30, 1999, the Company
operated 131 superstores in small to medium-sized markets located in 19 states
primarily in the Western and Midwestern United States. The Company also operates
a multimedia entertainment e-commerce Web site offering a broad selection of
books, music, software, videocassettes, video games and DVDs. The Company had
total revenues of $324 million, $358 million and $399 million in fiscal 1996,
1997 and 1998, respectively. References herein to fiscal years are to the twelve
month periods which end in January of the following calendar year. For example,
the twelve month period ending January 31, 1999 is referred to as fiscal 1998.

     The Company's business strategy is to continue its growth and increase its
profitability through the continued expansion of its superstore operations. In
1998, the Company opened twelve new superstores, increased selling square
footage from approximately 2,081,000 square feet to approximately 2,388,000
square feet and attained comparable-store revenue growth of 5.5%. The Company
intends to continue this growth in the future by opening approximately 48
superstores in the next two years and continuing its ongoing store expansion and
remodeling programs.

     In addition to superstore growth, the Company recently announced plans for
a May 1999 launch of www.gohastings.com, its new e-commerce Internet Web site.
Customers will have the ability to electronically access more than 10 million
new and used entertainment products and unique, contemporary gifts and toys. In
addition, the site will feature exceptional product and pricing offers,
including best-selling books at up to 50% off list price and improved search
capabilities. The enhanced Web site will be the successor to the Company's
existing Web site at www.hastingsentertainment.com, one of the largest fully
integrated multimedia entertainment e-commerce Internet Web sites offering a
broad selection of entertainment products to the electronic global marketplace
at competitive Internet prices.

     The Company established and operated three wholly owned subsidiaries during
fiscal 1998. Hastings Properties, Inc. and Hastings Internet, Inc. were
established in the first quarter of fiscal 1998. Hastings College Stores, Inc.
was established in the second quarter of fiscal 1998.

Business Strategy

     The Company's goal is to enhance its position as a leading multimedia
entertainment retailer by expanding existing stores, opening new stores in
selected markets and offering its products through the Internet. Each element of
the Company's business strategy is designed to build consumer awareness of the
Hastings concept and achieve high levels of customer loyalty and repeat
business. The key elements of this strategy are the following:

     Superior Multimedia Concept. The Company's superstores present a wide
variety of products tailored to local preferences in a dynamic and comfortable
store atmosphere with exceptional service. The Company's superstores average
approximately 21,200 square feet, with its new stores ranging in size from
12,000 to 35,000 square feet. The Company's superstores offer customers an
extensive product assortment consisting of approximately 20,000 to 40,000 book,
15,000 to 30,000 music, 1,000 to 2,000 software, 1,000 to 2,000 periodical,
5,000 to 10,000 videocassette and 1,000 to 2,000 complementary and accessory
titles for sale. In addition, customers can select from 400 to 800 DVD titles
for sale and rent and 12,000 to 20,000 videocassette and video game selections
for rent. Although the superstores' core product assortment tends to be similar,
the merchandise mix of each of the Company's superstores is tailored to
accommodate the particular demographic profile of the local market in which the
superstore operates through the utilization of the Company's proprietary
purchasing and inventory management systems. The Company believes that its
multimedia format reduces its reliance on and exposure to any particular
entertainment segment and enables the Company to promptly add exciting new
entertainment categories to its product line.

                                       4

<PAGE>   5


     Small to Medium-Sized Market Superstore Focus. The Company targets small to
medium-sized markets with populations of 25,000 to 150,000 in which its
extensive product selection, low pricing strategy, efficient operations and
superior customer service enable it to become the market's destination
entertainment store. The Company believes that the small to medium-sized markets
where it operates the majority of its superstores present an opportunity to
profitably operate and expand the Company's unique entertainment superstore
format. These markets typically are underserved by existing book, music or video
stores, and competition generally is limited to locally owned specialty stores
or single-concept entertainment retailers. The Company bases its merchandising
strategy for its superstores on an in-depth understanding of its customers and
its individual markets. The Company strives to optimize each superstore's
merchandise selection by using its proprietary information systems to analyze
the sales history, anticipated demand and demographics of each superstore's
market. In addition, the Company utilizes flexible layouts that enable each
superstore to arrange its products according to local interests and to customize
the layout in response to new customer preferences and product lines.

     Customer-Oriented Superstore Format. The Company designs its superstores to
provide an easy-to-shop, open store atmosphere by offering major product
categories in a "store-within-a-store" format. Most of the Company's superstores
utilize product-category boutiques positioned around a wide racetrack aisle that
is designed to allow customers to view the entire superstore. This store
configuration produces significant cross-marketing opportunities among the
various entertainment departments, which the Company believes results in higher
transaction volumes and impulse purchases. To encourage browsing and the
perception of Hastings as a community gathering place, the Company has
incorporated amenities in many superstores, such as chairs for reading,
complimentary gourmet coffees, music auditioning stations, interactive
information kiosks, telephones for free local calls, children's play areas and
in-store promotional events.

     Cost-Effective Operations. The Company is committed to controlling costs in
every aspect of its operations while maintaining its customer-oriented
philosophy. From 1993 to 1997, the Company spent $12.8 million to develop and
implement proprietary information, purchasing, distribution and inventory
control systems that position the Company to continue to grow profitably. These
systems enhance profitability by enabling the Company to respond actively to
customers' changing desires and to rapid shifts in local and national market
conditions. The Company's 100,000 square-foot distribution center, which adjoins
its corporate offices in Amarillo, Texas, provides the Company with improved
store in-stocks, efficient product cross-docking and centralized returns
processing.

     Low Pricing. The Company's pricing strategy at its superstores is to offer
value to its customers by maintaining prices that are competitive with or lower
than the lowest prices charged by other retailers in the market. The Company
determines its prices on a market-by-market basis, depending on the level of
competition and other market-specific considerations. The Company believes that
its low pricing structure results in part from (i) its ability to purchase
directly from publishers, studios and manufacturers as opposed to purchasing
from distributors, (ii) its proprietary information systems that enable
management to make more precise and targeted purchases for each superstore, and
(iii) its consistent focus on maintaining low occupancy and operating costs.

     Internet. In May 1999, the Company will launch its new e-commerce Internet
Web site, www.gohastings.com. The Company's new site will enable customers to
electronically access more than 10 million new and used entertainment products
and unique, contemporary gifts and toys. The new site will feature exceptional
product and pricing offers, including best selling books at up to 50% off list
price and dramatically improved search capabilities. The enhanced Web site will
be the successor to www.hastingsentertainment.com, one of the largest fully
integrated multimedia entertainment e-commerce Internet Web sites offering a
broad selection of entertainment products to the electronic global marketplace
at competitive Internet prices.

Expansion Strategy

     Selling Square Footage. With the relatively recent completion of its
corporate infrastructure, the Company is positioned to accelerate its growth
strategy. The Company has identified as potential locations for future
superstores over 500 under-served, small to medium-sized markets that meet its
new-market criteria. It plans to open approximately 48 superstores over the next
two years in certain of those markets for a total of approximately 170
superstores (net of closings) by the end of fiscal 2000. In addition to opening
new superstores, the Company plans to

                                       5

<PAGE>   6


continue expanding and remodeling its existing stores. Between new store
openings and store expansions, the Company anticipates increasing its selling
square footage of approximately 2,388,000 by more than 40% by the end of fiscal
2000. The Company believes that with its current information systems and
distribution capabilities, its infrastructure can support its anticipated rate
of growth for at least the next four years.

Merchandising

    The Company is a leading multimedia entertainment retailer that combines the
sale of books, music, software, periodicals, videocassettes and DVDs with the
rental of videocassettes, video games and DVDs. By offering a broad array of
products within several distinct but complementary categories, the Company
strives to appeal to a wide range of customers and position its superstores as
destination entertainment stores in its targeted small to medium-sized markets.

    Superstore Product Selection. Although all Hastings superstores carry a
similar core product assortment, the merchandise mix of book, music, software,
videotape and video game selections of each superstore is tailored continually
to accommodate the particular demographic profile of the local market in which
the superstore operates. The Company accomplishes this customization through its
proprietary purchasing and inventory management system. The purchasing system
analyzes historic consumer purchasing patterns at each individual superstore to
forecast customer demand for new releases and anticipate seasonal changes in
demand. In addition, the Company's inventory management process continually
monitors product sales and videotape rentals to identify slow-moving books,
music, software and sale videotapes for return to vendors and rental videotapes
for sale or transfer to other superstores. The Company believes that this
ability to customize the inventory and manage slow-moving products in each of
its superstores ensures a customer-driven product selection that maximizes
profitability.

    The Company's superstores offer an extensive selection of items in each of
its entertainment categories. The typical Hastings superstore offers for sale
approximately 20,000 to 40,000 book, 15,000 to 30,000 music, 1,000 to 2,000
software, 1,000 to 2,000 periodical, 5,000 to 10,000 videocassette and 1,000 to
2,000 complementary and accessory titles for sale. In addition, customers can
select from 400 to 800 DVD titles for sale and rent and 12,000 to 20,000
videocassette and video game selections for rent. New releases and special
offerings in each entertainment product category are prominently displayed and
arranged by product category.

    In addition to its primary product lines, the Company continually adds new
product offerings to better serve its customers. Products for sale in these
categories include promotional t-shirts, licensed plush toys, greeting cards,
used compact discs, audio books and consumables, including soft drinks, chips,
popcorn and candy. Accessory items for sale include blank videocassettes, video
cleaning equipment and audio cassette and compact disc carrying cases. Many of
these products generate impulse purchases and produce higher margins. The rental
of video cassette, video game players and DVD players is provided as a service
to Hastings customers.

Marketing

    Low Pricing. The Company's pricing strategy at its superstores is to offer
value to its customers by maintaining prices that are competitive with or lower
than the lowest prices charged by other retailers in the market. The Company
determines its prices on a market-by-market basis, depending on the level of
competition and other market-specific considerations. The Company believes that
its low pricing structure results in part from (i) its ability to purchase
directly from publishers, studios and manufacturers as opposed to purchasing
from distributors, (ii) its proprietary information systems that enable
management to make more precise and targeted purchases for each superstore, and
(iii) its consistent focus on maintaining low occupancy and operating costs.

    Customer Service. The Company is committed to providing the highest level of
customer service to increase customer loyalty. The Company devotes significant
resources to associate training and measuring customer satisfaction. All
Hastings superstore associates undergo training when hired and are required to
participate in frequent training programs. The Company's ongoing customer
service program, "Quality Service Everytime," empowers every superstore
associate to utilize the Company's flexible return and refund policies to
resolve any customer problem. The Company believes that these programs, together
with the Company's low pricing strategy and superstore amenities, such as
reading chairs, complimentary coffees, and free local telephone calls to permit

                                       6

<PAGE>   7


customers to confirm their entertainment selections with family and friends, are
important components of the customer service the Company provides.

    Advertising/Promotion. The Company participates in cooperative advertising
programs and merchandise display allowance programs offered by its vendors. The
Company's advertising programs are market-focused and emphasize the price
competitiveness, extensive product assortment and comfortable atmosphere of the
Company's superstores. The Company benefits from market display allowances
provided by vendors because of its superstores' high traffic volume and its
effective display implementation. The Company utilizes radio, television,
newspaper and direct-mail advertising and in-store point-of-sale promotional
materials.

Information System

    The Company believes that its proprietary purchasing and information
management system provides a significant competitive advantage over other
entertainment retailers by enabling it to manage its inventory at every stage,
from the shipment of products to their placement in superstores and, if
appropriate, to their transfer to other superstores or return to vendors. The
Company's information system is designed to provide operating and cost
efficiencies and furnish flexibly formatted, timely financial information.

    The Company's expert information system is built upon a multi-tiered,
distributed processing architecture and was designed with the latest in
client/server tools. All locations are connected using a wide-area network that
allows interchange of current information. The primary components of the
information system are as follows:

    New Release Allocation. The Company's buyers use the new release allocation
system to purchase new release products for the superstores. Its buyers have the
ability within the system to utilize up to 15 different methods of forecasting
demand. By using store-specific sales history, factoring in specific market
traits, applying sales curves for similar titles or groups of products and
minimizing subjectivity and human emotion for a transaction, the system
customizes purchases for each individual superstore to satisfy customer demand.
The process provides the flexibility to allow store management to anticipate
customer needs, including tracking missed sales and factoring in regional
influences. The Company believes that the new release allocation system enables
the Company to increase revenues by having the optimum levels and selection of
products available in each superstore at the appropriate time to satisfy
customers' entertainment needs.

    Rental Video Asset Purchasing System. The Company's rental video asset
purchasing system uses store-specific performance on individual rental videotape
titles to anticipate customer demand for new release rental videotapes. The
primary method of purchasing analyzes the first eight weeks' performance of a
similar title and factors in the effect of such influences as seasonal trends,
box office draw and prominence of the movie's cast to customize an optimum
inventory for each individual superstore. The system also allows for the
customized purchasing of other catalog rental video assets on an individual
store basis. The Company believes that its rental video asset purchasing system
allows The Company to efficiently plan and stock each superstore's rental video
asset inventory, thereby improving performance and reducing exposure from excess
inventory.

     Store Replenishment. Store replenishment covers three main areas for
controlling a superstore's inventory.

        Selection Management. Selection management constantly analyzes
    store-specific sales, traits and seasonal trends to determine title
    selection and inventory levels for each individual superstore. By
    forecasting annual sales of products and consolidating recommendations from
    store management, the system enables the Company to identify overstocked or
    understocked items to prompt required store actions and optimize inventory
    levels. The system tailors each store's individual inventory to the market
    utilizing over 2,000 product categories.

        Model Stock Calculation/Ordering. Model stock calculation uses
    store-specific sales, seasonal trends and sophisticated curve fitting to
    forecast orders. It also accounts for turnaround time from a vendor or the
    Company's distribution center and tracks historical missed sales to adjust
    orders to adequately fulfill sales potential. Orders are currently
    calculated on a weekly basis and transmitted by all superstores to the
    corporate office to establish a source vendor for the product.

                                       7

<PAGE>   8


        Inventory Management. Inventory management systems interface with other
    store systems and accommodate electronic receiving and returns to maintain
    accurate perpetual inventory information. Cycle counting procedures allow
    the Company to perform all physical inventory functions, with the Company
    counting each superstore's inventory up to four times per year. The system
    provides immediate feedback on any variances, and the system provides
    several research tools to assist in controlling inventory.

    Store Systems. Each superstore has a dedicated server within the store for
processing information connected through a wide area network. This connectivity
provides consolidation of individual transactions and allows store management
and corporate office associates easy access to the information needed to make
informed decisions. Transactions at the store are summarized and used to assist
in staff scheduling, loss prevention and inventory control. All point of sale
transactions utilize scanning technology allowing for maximum customer
efficiency at checkout. The Company also utilizes an automated system for
scheduling store management and sales associates. This system was developed to
assist in controlling personnel costs while maintaining desired levels of
customer service by preventing over-scheduling or under-scheduling sales,
stocking and customer service associates.

    Accounting. The Company's financial accounting software has a flexible,
open-systems architecture. The Company prepares a variety of daily management
reports covering store and corporate performance. Detailed financial information
for each superstore, as well as for the distribution center and the corporate
office, are generated on a monthly basis. The Company's payroll, accounts
payable, cash control and tax functions are performed in-house.

    Warehouse Management. The Company's warehouse management systems provide
support for high-volume retail transactions, including shipments, receipts and
returns to vendors. Software to perform these functions was customized through a
joint effort of the Company's purchasing, distribution and information systems
departments. The warehouse system incorporates exact cube sizes of product
containers, utilizing flow-through racks and technologically advanced conveyor
systems.

Distribution and Suppliers

    The Company's distribution center is strategically located in a 100,000
square foot facility adjacent to its corporate headquarters in Amarillo, Texas.
This central location and the local labor pool enable the Company to realize
relatively low transportation and labor costs. The distribution center is
utilized primarily for receiving, storing and distributing approximately 15,000
products offered in substantially every superstore. The distribution center also
is used in distributing large purchases, including forward buys, close-outs and
other bulk purchases. In addition, the distribution facility is used to receive,
process and ship items to be returned to manufacturers and distributors, as well
as to transfer and redistribute videotapes among the Company's superstores. This
facility currently provides inventory to all Hastings superstores and is
designed to be capable of providing distribution to over 250 superstores without
significant additional investment. The Company ships products weekly to each
Hastings superstore, facilitating quick and responsive inventory replenishment.
Approximately 15% of the Company's total product, based on store receipts, is
distributed through the distribution center. Approximately 85% of the Company's
total product is shipped directly from the vendors to the superstores. The
Company outsources all product transportation from its distribution center to
various freight companies.

    The Company's information systems and corporate infrastructure facilitate
the Company's ability to purchase products directly from manufacturers, which
contributes to its low pricing structure. In fiscal 1998, the Company purchased
the majority of its products directly from manufacturers, rather than through
distributors. The Company's top three suppliers accounted for approximately 22%
of the Company's total products purchased during fiscal 1998. While selections
from a particular artist or author generally are produced by a single
manufacturer, the Company strives to maintain supplier relationships that can
provide alternate sources of supply. In general, the Company's products are
returnable to the supplying vendor.

Store Operations

    Each Hastings superstore employs one store manager and one or more assistant
store managers. Store managers and assistant store managers are responsible for
the execution of all operational, merchandising and marketing

                                       8

<PAGE>   9


strategies for the superstore in which they work. Superstores also generally
have department managers, who are individually responsible for their respective
book, music, software, video, customer service and stocking departments within
each superstore.

     Hastings superstores are generally open daily from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m.
However, several superstores are open 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. or 10:00 a.m. to
10:00 p.m. The only days that the Company's superstores are closed are
Thanksgiving and Christmas.

Competition

     The entertainment retail industry is highly competitive. The Company
competes with a wide variety of book retailers, music retailers, software
retailers, Internet retailers and retailers that rent or sell videocassettes,
including independent single store operations, local multi-store operators,
regional and national chains, as well as supermarkets, pharmacies, convenience
stores, bookstores, mass merchants, mail order operations, warehouse clubs,
record clubs, other retailers and various non-commercial sources such as
libraries. With regard to its videocassette sales and rental video products in
particular, the Company competes with cable, satellite and pay-per-view cable
television systems. In addition, continuing technological advances that enhance
the ability of consumers by home computer through the Internet or telephonic
transmission to shop at home or access, produce and print written works or
record music digitally could provide competition to the Company in the future.

     The Company competes in most of its markets with either national
entertainment retailers or significant retailers of general merchandise or both.
The Company competes in its sale of books with retailers such as Barnes & Noble,
Inc., Borders Group, Inc., Walden Books and B. Dalton Bookseller. The Company
competes in its sale of music with music retailers, such as The Wherehouse,
Inc., Camelot Music, Inc., Transworld Entertainment and Musicland Stores
Corporation, and consumer electronics stores, including Best Buy and Circuit
City. The Company's principal competitors in the sale and rental of
videocassettes are Blockbuster Video and Hollywood Entertainment Corp. In
addition, the Company competes in the sale of books, music and videocassettes
and the rental of videocassettes and video games with local entertainment
retailers and significant retailers of general merchandise, such as Wal-Mart.
Over the past 18 months, retailers such as Amazon.com, Inc., Barnes & Noble,
Inc., CDNOW, Inc. and Hollywood Entertainment, Inc., have increased their retail
sales of entertainment products, such as books and music, via the Internet, and
the Company anticipates that additional traditional competitors of the Company
will compete soon via the Internet as well. The Company competes with other
entertainment retailers on the basis of title selection, the number of copies of
popular selections available, store location, visibility and pricing.

Trademarks and Servicemarks

     The Company believes its trademarks and servicemarks, including the
servicemarks "Hastings Books Music Video," "Hastings, Your Entertainment
Superstore" and "Hastings Entertainment," have significant value and are
important to its marketing efforts. The Company has registered "Hastings Books
Music Video" and "Hastings, Your Entertainment Superstore" as servicemarks with
the United States Patent and Trademark Office and is in the process of
registering "Hastings Entertainment". The Company maintains a policy of pursuing
registration of its principal marks and opposing any infringement of its marks.

Associates

    The Company refers to its employees as associates because of the critical
role they play in the success of each Hastings superstore and the Company as a
whole. As of January 31, 1999, the Company employed approximately 5,730
associates. Of this number, approximately 5,300 were employed at retail
superstores, 160 were employed at the Company's distribution center and 270 were
employed at the Company's corporate offices. None of the Company's associates
are represented by a labor union or are subject to a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company believes that its relations with its associates are good.

                                       9

<PAGE>   10


Directors, Executive Officers and Committees

    Set forth below is information concerning the executive officers and
directors of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                       AGE                  POSITION
               ----                       ---                  --------
<S>                                       <C>     <C>                                
      John H. Marmaduke(1)............    52      Chairman of the Board, President and
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
      Phillip G. Hill.................    36      Senior Vice President, Chief Operating
                                                  Officer and Director
      Dennis McGill...................    50      Vice President of Finance, Chief
                                                  Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
      Robert A. Berman................    50      Vice President of Store Operations
      Michael Woods...................    37      Vice President of Information Systems
      Leonard L. Berry(2).............    56      Director
      Peter A. Dallas(3)..............    63      Director
      Gaines L. Godfrey(1)(3).........    65      Director
      Craig R. Lentzsch(2)............    50      Director
      Stephen S. Marmaduke............    48      Director
      Jeffrey G. Shrader(1)(2)........    48      Director
      Ron G. Stegall(1)(3)............    51      Director
</TABLE>

(1) Member of the Executive Committee.

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

    The Company's Articles of Incorporation provide that the Board of Directors
is divided into three classes, designated by the Company as Class I, Class II
and Class III. Each class of directors consists of three directors who serve for
a one, two or three year period or until their successors are elected and
qualified. Thereafter, directors serve staggered three-year terms. Accordingly,
Phillip G. Hill, Stephen S. Marmaduke and Leonard L. Berry presently hold office
as Class II Directors until the 1999 annual shareholders meeting; John H.
Marmaduke, Gaines L. Godfrey and Jeffrey G. Shrader presently hold office as
Class I Directors until the 2000 annual shareholders meeting; and Ron G.
Stegall, Peter A. Dallas and Craig R. Lentzsch presently hold office as Class
III Directors until the 2001 annual shareholders meeting.

    All executive officers are chosen by the Board of Directors and serve at the
Board's discretion.

    JOHN H. MARMADUKE has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company since July 1976 and as Chairman of the Board since October 1993. Mr.
Marmaduke served as President of the Company's former parent company, Western,
from 1982 through June 1994, including the years 1991 through 1994 when Western
was a division of Wal-Mart. Mr. Marmaduke also serves on the board of directors
of the Video Software Dealers Association (VSDA). Mr. Marmaduke has been active
in the entertainment retailing industry with the Company and its predecessor
company for over 29 years.

    PHILLIP G. HILL has served as Chief Operating Officer of the Company since
May 1996 and as Senior Vice President of the Company since October 1992. Mr.
Hill was elected a Director of the Company in December 1996. From January 1990
to October 1992, Mr. Hill served as Vice President of Store Operations of the
Company. From January 1988 to January 1990, Mr. Hill served as Director of
Administration of the Company. From April 1986 to January 1988, Mr. Hill served
as a District Manager of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hill
served as Director of Operations for Gateway Books Inc., a 120-store chain of
bookstores, and Director of Store Operations of Hallmark Card Shops based in
Knoxville, Tennessee.

                                       10

<PAGE>   11


    DENNIS MCGILL has served as Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial
Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company since November 1995. From March
1994 to October 1995 Mr. McGill served as a financial consultant to the toy
manufacturing, bedding and waste management industries. From December 1989 to
February 1994, Mr. McGill served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Bed Outlet, an 18-store bedroom furniture retailer in California. From August
1986 to December 1989, Mr. McGill served as the Senior Vice President -- Finance
and Chief Financial Officer of San Francisco-based Lewis Galoob Toys, Inc., a
New York Stock Exchange-listed, international toy manufacturing company.

    ROBERT A. BERMAN has served the Company as Vice President of Store
Operations since January 1997. From June 1995 to January 1997, Mr. Berman was
self-employed in the financial services industry. From January 1989 to June
1995, Mr. Berman served as Vice President and Senior Vice President of Store
Operations for Builders Square, Inc., a chain of 185 building material
superstores. At Builders Square, Inc., Mr. Berman was responsible for store
operations, store planning and design, purchasing and construction.

    MICHAEL WOODS has served as Vice President of Information Systems of the
Company since October 1992. From August 1990 to October 1992, Mr. Woods served
as Director of Microsystems for the Company, focusing on store systems
development. From October 1989 to August 1990, Mr. Woods served as a programming
specialist and analyst for the Company.

     LEONARD L. BERRY has served as a director of the Company since March 1994.
Dr. Berry has served as a Professor of Marketing and the Director of the Center
for Retailing Studies in the College of Business Administration at Texas A&M
University since January 1982. Dr. Berry holds the J.C. Penney Chair of
Retailing Studies at Texas A&M, a position awarded in January 1991. From July
1986 to July 1987, Dr. Berry served as the National President of the American
Marketing Association. Dr. Berry also serves as a director of CompUSA and of
Lowe's Companies, Inc. and as a public member of the Council of Better Business
Bureaus. He is the author of the 1999 book, "Discovering the Soul of Service",
and many other business publications.

     PETER A. DALLAS has served as a director of the Company since October 1991
and its predecessor since 1970. Mr. Dallas is an officer in the Commercial
Banking Group with Bank of America, N.A.. Mr. Dallas has served as an officer of
Bank of America, N.A. and its predecessors, NationsBank, N.A., Boatmen's First
National Bank of Amarillo and The First National Bank of Amarillo, since 1965.

    GAINES L. GODFREY has served as a director of the Company since October
1991. Mr. Godfrey has been associated with Godfrey Ventures in the field of
financial consulting, including evaluations, financing, underwriting, purchases
and sales in a wide range of industries, since 1982 . From 1973 to 1982, Mr.
Godfrey was Vice President, Finance for Mesa Petroleum Co.

     CRAIG R. LENTZSCH has served as a director of the Company since April 1994.
Mr. Lentzsch is President and Chief Executive Officer of Greyhound Lines, Inc. a
position held since November 1994. On March 16, 1999, Greyhound merged with and
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Laidlaw, Inc. Mr. Lentzsch has served as a
director of Greyhound since August 1994. From November 1994 to April 1995, Mr.
Lentzsch also served as Chief Financial Officer of Greyhound. From August 1992
to November 1994, Mr. Lentzsch was employed by Motor Coach Industries
International, Inc., where he served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer. Mr. Lentzsch is a member of the Board of Directors of the
American Bus Association, the Intermodal Transportation Institute, The Great
American Stations Foundation and Enginetech, Inc.

     STEPHEN S. MARMADUKE has served as a director of the Company since October
1991. From 1978 to September 1992, Mr. Marmaduke served as Vice President of
Purchasing for Western. Mr. Marmaduke is the brother of the President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, John H. Marmaduke, and a son of the late
founder of Western, Sam Marmaduke.

     JEFFREY G. SHRADER has served as a director of the Company since October
1992. Mr. Shrader has served as a shareholder in the law firm of Sprouse, Smith
& Rowley, P.C. in Amarillo, Texas since January 1993.

                                       11

<PAGE>   12


     RON G. STEGALL has served as a director of the Company since May 1996. Mr.
Stegall is the founder and has served as the Chief Executive Officer of
Arlington Equity Partners, Inc. since January 1992. Mr. Stegall is also the
founder of BizMart, Inc. and from October 1987 to December 1991 served as Chief
Executive Officer of Bizmart. For more than 16 years prior to 1987, Mr. Stegall
was employed by Tandy Corporation/Radio Shack Division, serving as Senior Vice
President from 1983 to 1987 and Vice President from 1979 to 1983. Mr. Stegall
currently serves as Chairman of the Board of InterTAN, Inc. and as a director of
O'Sullivan Industries, Inc. and Gadzooks, Inc.

     The Company has an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee and a
Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee
consist solely of independent directors. The Executive Committee has the
authority, between meetings of the Board of Directors, to take all actions with
respect to the management of the Company's business that require action by the
Board of Directors, except with respect to certain specified matters that by law
must be approved by the entire Board of Directors. The Audit Committee is
responsible for (i) reviewing the scope of, and the fees for, the annual audit,
(ii) reviewing with the independent auditors the corporate accounting practices
and policies and recommending to whom reports should be submitted within the
Company, (iii) reviewing with the independent auditors their final report, (iv)
reviewing with internal and independent auditors overall accounting and
financial controls and (v) being available to the independent auditors during
the year for consultation purposes. The Compensation Committee recommends the
compensation of the officers of the Company and performs other similar functions
and recommends grants of options under the Company's stock option plans for
consideration by the Board of Directors. Messrs. J. Marmaduke, Godfrey, Shrader
and Stegall serve on the Executive Committee; Messrs. Godfrey, Dallas and
Stegall serve on the Audit Committee; and Messrs. Berry, Lentzsch and Shrader
serve on the Compensation Committee.

                                       12

<PAGE>   13


ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES

     As of January 31, 1999, the Company operated 129 superstores in 18 states
located as indicated in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME OF STATE                                                              NUMBER OF STORES
              -------------                                                              ----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
              Arkansas...............................................................            7
              Arizona................................................................            7
              Colorado...............................................................            3
              Iowa...................................................................            1
              Idaho..................................................................            7
              Indiana................................................................            2
              Kansas.................................................................            7
              Kentucky...............................................................            1
              Missouri...............................................................            8
              Montana................................................................            5
              Nebraska...............................................................            4
              New Mexico.............................................................           13
              Oklahoma...............................................................           11
              Tennessee..............................................................            4
              Texas..................................................................           38
              Utah...................................................................            3
              Washington.............................................................            6
              Wyoming................................................................            2
                                                                                               ---
              Total..................................................................          129
</TABLE>

     The Company leases sites for all of its superstores. These sites typically
are located in pre-existing, stand-alone buildings or strip shopping centers.
The Company's primary market areas are small and medium-sized communities with
populations typically ranging from 25,000 to 150,000. The Company has developed
a systematic approach using its site selection criteria to evaluate and identify
potential sites for new superstores. Key demographic criteria for Company
superstores include community population, community and regional retail sales,
personal and household disposable income levels, education levels, median age,
and proximity of colleges or universities. Other site selection factors include
current competition in the community, visibility, available parking, ease of
access and other neighbor tenants. To maintain its low occupancy costs, the
Company typically concentrates on leasing existing locations that have been
operated previously by other retailers.

     The Company actively manages its existing stores and from time to time
closes under-performing stores.

     The terms of the Company's superstore leases vary considerably. The Company
strives to maintain maximum location flexibility by entering into leases with
short initial terms and multiple short-term extension options. The Company has
been able to enter into leases with these terms in part because it generally
bears a substantial portion of the cost of preparing the site for a superstore.
The following table sets forth as of January 31, 1999 the number of superstores
that have current lease terms that will expire during each of the following
fiscal years and the associated number of superstores for which the Company has
options to extend the lease term:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF STORES        OPTIONS
                                                                       ----------------        -------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
         Fiscal Year 1999.........................................            12                  7
         Fiscal Year 2000.........................................            14                 13
         Fiscal Year 2001.........................................             7                  7
         Fiscal Year 2002.........................................            19                 17
         Fiscal Year 2003.........................................            21                 21
         Thereafter...............................................            56                 55
                                                                             ---                ---
         Total....................................................           129                120
</TABLE>

     The Company has not experienced any significant difficulty renewing or
extending leases on a satisfactory basis.

                                       13

<PAGE>   14


     The Company's headquarters and distribution center are located in Amarillo,
Texas in a leased facility consisting of approximately 50,600 square feet for
office space and 100,000 square feet for the distribution center. The leases for
this property terminate in September 2000, and the Company has the option to
renew these leases through March 2008.

ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising from
the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial statements.

     The Company sold 26 of its mall stores in fiscal 1993 and its remaining 16
mall stores in fiscal 1994. The operating results of these mall stores are
included in the financial results of the Company until their sale. In fiscal
1996, the Company established a reserve of $2.5 million ($1.6 million after-tax
charge) to cover potential losses related to certain mall store leases that were
sold to Camelot Music, Inc., which filed for bankruptcy protection in August
1996. In fiscal 1997, the reserve was reduced to $1.5 million, and $734,000 was
included in Gain on sale of mall stores in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements. In fiscal 1998, the Company was released from any
contingent liability on the remaining leases by order of a U.S. Bankruptcy
Court. Accordingly, the Company reduced the remaining $1.5 million reserve to
zero as of January 31, 1999, thereby increasing after tax net income and diluted
earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $.9 million and $.08 per share,
respectively.

ITEM 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters were submitted to a vote of the security holders during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.

                                       14

<PAGE>   15


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's Common Stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market on
June 12, 1998 under the symbol "HAST." The following table sets forth for the
fiscal periods indicated the high and low closing market prices of the Company's
Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         HIGH         LOW
                                                        -------     -------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>    
1998:
Second Quarter (June 12, 1998 to July 31, 1998)         $14.000     $11.000
Third Quarter                                           $12.000     $ 8.000
Fourth Quarter                                          $19.125     $10.250
</TABLE>

     As of April 16, 1999, there were approximately 3,500 holders of the
Company's Common Stock, including 282 shareholders of record, and 11,623,912
shares of Common Stock outstanding.

     The payment of dividends is within the discretion of the Company's Board of
Directors and will depend on the earnings, capital requirements, restrictions in
current and future credit agreements and the operating and financial condition
of the Company, among other factors. The Company presently expects to retain its
earnings to finance the expansion and further development of its business. There
can be no assurance that the Company will pay a dividend in the future.

                                       15

<PAGE>   16


ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial and operating data set forth below should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," and the Company's consolidated financial statements
and the notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Fiscal Year
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1994               1995             1996              1997              1998
                                          -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>        
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Merchandise revenue                       $   197,311       $   232,463       $   251,934       $   283,026       $   319,667
Rental video revenue                           57,603            66,449            72,357            74,739            79,001
                                          -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------
Total revenues                                254,914           298,912           324,291           357,765           398,668
Merchandise cost of revenue                   141,910           166,202           183,614           194,359           219,546
Rental video cost of revenue(1)                17,323            23,839            22,298            26,546            49,139
                                          -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------
Total cost of revenues                        159,233           190,041           205,912           220,905           268,685
Gross profit                                   95,681           108,871           118,379           136,860           129,983
Selling, general and administrative            80,480            88,278           103,479           118,566           125,611
expenses
Development expenses                            2,811             2,791             2,421                --                --
Pre-opening expenses                               --               165               404             1,071             1,474
                                          -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------
Operating income                               12,390            17,637            12,075            17,223             2,898
Interest expense, net                            (718)           (2,588)           (3,585)           (4,228)           (3,727)
Gain (loss) on sale of mall stores(2)           4,080                --            (2,500)              734             1,454
Other, net                                        148               221               126               139               232
                                          -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------
Income before income taxes                     15,900            15,270             6,116            13,868               857
Income taxes                                    6,090             5,875             2,320             5,270               392
                                          -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------       -----------
Net income (1) (2)                        $     9,810       $     9,395       $     3,796       $     8,598       $       465
                                          ===========       ===========       ===========       ===========       ===========
Diluted earnings per share                $      1.14       $      1.09       $      0.43       $      0.98       $      0.04
                                          ===========       ===========       ===========       ===========       ===========
Weighted average common shares                  8,614             8,635             8,757             8,736            10,592
outstanding-- diluted  basis
OTHER DATA:
Depreciation and Amortization(3)          $    20,860       $    26,998       $    28,535       $    33,576       $    55,301
Capital Expenditures(4)                   $    40,013       $    48,358       $    40,510       $    55,753       $    42,081
STORE DATA(2):
Number of stores:
  Open at beginning of period                      91               102               108               111               117
  Opened during period                             13                 9                 4                 8                12
  Closed during period                             (2)               (3)               (1)               (2)                0
  Open at end of period                           102               108               111               117               129
Total selling square footage at end         1,452,945         1,719,867         1,831,657         2,080,668         2,388,412
of  period
Comparable-store revenues increase(5)             9.6%              4.1%              5.9%              7.0%              5.5%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            January 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1995         1996         1997         1998         1999
                                    --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital                     $ 29,391     $ 40,731     $ 57,473     $ 51,118     $ 92,180
Total assets                         130,640      167,227      181,721      215,298      222,151
Total long-term debt, including
current maturities                    23,040       38,916       51,873       51,612       44,979
Total shareholders' equity            45,733       57,105       63,069       71,718      116,133
</TABLE>

- ----------

                                       16

<PAGE>   17


(1)  The Company adopted a new, accelerated method of amortizing its rental
     video assets in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. The adoption of the new
     amortization method has been accounted for as a change in accounting
     estimate effected by a change in accounting principle and, accordingly, the
     Company recorded a non-cash, non-recurring, pre-tax charge of $18.5 million
     in rental video cost of revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998,
     reducing net income and diluted earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $11.5
     million and $1.08 per share, respectively

(2)  The Company sold 26 of its mall stores in fiscal 1993 and its remaining 16
     mall stores in fiscal 1994. The operating results of these mall stores are
     included in the financial results of the Company until their sale. Store
     Data does not include these mall stores. In fiscal 1996, the Company
     established a reserve of $2.5 million ($1.6 million after-tax charge) to
     cover potential losses related to certain mall store leases that were sold
     to Camelot Music, Inc., which filed for bankruptcy protection in August
     1996. In fiscal 1997, the reserve was reduced to $1.5 million, and $734,000
     was included in Gain on sale of mall stores. In fiscal 1998, the Company
     was released from any contingent liability on the remaining leases by order
     of a U.S. Bankruptcy Court. Accordingly, the Company reduced the remaining
     $1.5 million reserve to zero as of January 31, 1999, thereby increasing net
     income and diluted earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $.9 million and
     $.08 per share, respectively.

(3)  Includes amounts associated with the Company's rental video cost
     allocation.

(4)  Includes procurement of rental video assets.

(5)  Stores open a minimum of 60 weeks.

                                       17

<PAGE>   18


ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

     The Company is a leading multimedia entertainment retailer that combines
the sale of books, music, software, periodicals, videocassettes, video games and
DVDs with the rental of videocassettes, video games and DVDs in a superstore and
Internet Web site format. As of January 31, 1999, the Company operated 129
superstores averaging 21,200 square feet in small to medium-sized markets
located in 18 states, primarily in the Western and Midwestern United States.
Each of the superstores is wholly owned by the Company and operates under the
name of Hastings. The Company's e-commerce Web site,
www.hastingsentertainment.com, was operational on July 31, 1998. The Company's
new site, www.gohastings.com, will be launched in May 1999.

     The Company's operating strategy is to enhance its position as a multimedia
entertainment retailer by expanding existing superstores, opening new
superstores in selected markets, and expanding its offering of products through
its Internet Web site. References herein to fiscal years are to the twelve month
periods which end in January of the following calendar year. For example, the
twelve month period ending January 31, 1999 is referred to fiscal 1998.

Rental Video Cost Allocation

     The Company adopted a new method of amortizing its rental video assets in
the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. In late fiscal 1998, the Company completed a
series of direct revenue-sharing agreements with major studios under which the
Company expects to acquire the majority of its rental video assets during fiscal
1999. The Company anticipates that its involvement in revenue-sharing agreements
will continue into the future. Revenue sharing allows the Company to acquire
rental video assets at a lower up-front capital cost than traditional buying
arrangements. The Company then shares with studios a percentage of the actual
net rental revenues generated over a contractually determined period of time.
The increased copy depth under revenue-sharing agreements will allow customer
demand for new releases to be satisfied over a shorter period of time. Because
this new business model results in a greater proportion of rental revenue to be
received over a reduced rental period, the Company has changed its method of
amortizing rental video assets in order to better match expenses with revenues.

     Under the new amortization method, The Company will continue to expense
revenue-sharing payments as revenues are recognized under the terms of the
specific contracts with supplying studios. The capitalized cost of all rental
video assets acquired for a fixed price will be amortized on an accelerated
basis over six months to a salvage value of $4.00 per unit, except for rental
video assets purchased for the initial stock of a new store, which will be
amortized on a straight line basis over 36 months to a salvage value of $4.00.
Under the old amortization method, the capitalized cost of base rental video
assets (typically copies one through four of a title for each store) was
amortized on a straight line basis over 36 months to a salvage of $5.00. The
capitalized cost of non-base units (typically copies five and above for each
store) was amortized on a straight line basis over 6 months to a salvage of
$5.00.

     The adoption of the accelerated amortization method has been accounted for
as a change in accounting estimate effected by a change in accounting principle
and, accordingly, the Company recorded a non-cash, non-recurring, pre-tax charge
of $18.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998, reducing net income and
diluted earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $11.5 million and $1.08 per share,
respectively. The Company anticipates that rental video asset amortization,
combined with revenue-sharing expense, will increase as a percentage of total
rental video revenue in fiscal 1999, as compared to fiscal 1998, due to the
change in accounting method and the terms of the revenue-sharing agreements.

                                       18

<PAGE>   19


Results of Operations

     The following tables present the Company's statement of income data,
expressed as a percentage of revenue, and the number of stores open at the end
of period for the three most recent fiscal years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Fiscal Year
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 1996        1997        1998
                                                 -----       -----       -----

<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>  
Merchandise revenue                               77.7%       79.1%       80.2%
Rental video revenue                              22.3        20.9        19.8
                                                 -----       -----       -----
     Total revenues                              100.0       100.0       100.0
Merchandise cost of revenue                       72.9        68.7        68.7
Rental video cost of revenue (1)                  30.8        35.5        62.2
                                                 -----       -----       -----
     Total cost of revenues                       63.5        61.7        67.4
     Gross profit                                 36.5        38.3        32.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses      31.9        33.1        31.5
Development expenses                               0.7          --          --
Pre-opening expenses                               0.1         0.3         0.4
                                                 -----       -----       -----
                                                  32.7        33.4        31.9
                                                 -----       -----       -----
Operating income                                   3.7         4.8         0.7
Other income (expense):
   Interest expense                               (1.1)       (1.1)       (1.0)
   Gain (loss) on sale of mall stores (2)         (0.8)        0.2         0.4
   Other, net                                      0.0         0.0         0.1
                                                 -----       -----       -----
                                                  (1.9)       (0.9)       (0.5)
                                                 -----       -----       -----
     Income before income taxes                    1.9         3.9         0.2
Income taxes                                       0.7         1.5         0.1
                                                 -----       -----       -----
     Net income (1)(2)                             1.2%        2.4%        0.1%
                                                 =====       =====       =====
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company adopted a new, accelerated method of amortizing its rental
     video assets in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. The adoption of the new
     amortization method has been accounted for as a change in accounting
     estimate effected by a change in accounting principle and, accordingly, the
     Company recorded a non-cash, non-recurring, pre-tax charge of $18.5 million
     in rental video cost of revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998,
     reducing net income and diluted earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $11.5
     million and $1.08 per share, respectively.

(2)  The Company sold 26 of its mall stores in fiscal 1993 and its remaining 16
     mall stores in fiscal 1994. The operating results of these mall stores are
     included in the financial results of the Company until their sale. In
     fiscal 1996, the Company established a reserve of $2.5 million ($1.6
     million after-tax charge) to cover potential losses related to the leases
     covering the mall stores that were sold to Camelot Music, Inc., which filed
     for bankruptcy protection in August 1996. In fiscal 1997, the reserve was
     reduced to $1.5 million. In fiscal 1998, the Company was released from any
     contingent liability on the remaining leases by order of a U.S. Bankruptcy
     Court. Accordingly, the Company reduced the remaining $1.5 million reserve
     to zero as of January 31, 1999, thereby increasing net income and diluted
     earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $.9 million and $.08 per share,
     respectively.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Fiscal Year
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            1996             1997           1998
                                            ----             ----           ----
<S>                                          <C>              <C>            <C>
Hastings Superstores:
Beginning number of stores                   108              111            117
Openings                                       4                8             12
Closings                                      (1)              (2)            --
                                             ===              ===            ===
Ending number of stores                      111              117            129
                                             ===              ===            ===
</TABLE>

                                       19

<PAGE>   20


Fiscal 1998 Compared to Fiscal 1997

     Revenues. Total revenues for fiscal 1998 totaled $398.7 million, an
increase of $40.9 million or 11.4% over fiscal 1997 revenue of $357.8 million.
The revenue growth consisted of a 12.9% increase in merchandise sales and a 5.7%
increase in rental video revenue. Each significant merchandise category
exhibited growth, with sale video providing the largest gains on a percentage
basis. The increase in rental video revenue was the result of a new successful
rental marketing program introduced in the third quarter of fiscal 1997 and the
transition to revenue-sharing copy-depth programs. Overall comparable-store
revenues increased 5.5% during the twelve months ended January 31, 1999. The
Company added twelve new superstores during fiscal 1998 and did not close any
stores.

     Gross Profit. Including the non-cash, non-recurring, pre-tax charge of
$18.5 million discussed above, under - "Rental Video Cost Allocation", gross
profit as a percentage of revenues was 32.6% in fiscal 1998, compared to 38.3%
for fiscal 1997. Excluding the rental video charge, fiscal 1998 gross profit was
37.2% of total revenues. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues for
merchandise in fiscal 1998 remained constant with fiscal 1997 at 31.3%.
Including the rental video charge, rental video gross profit as a percentage of
revenues decreased significantly from 64.5% in fiscal 1997 to 37.8% in fiscal
1998. Excluding the rental video charge, rental video gross profit as a
percentage of revenues decreased from 64.5% in fiscal 1997 to 61.2% in fiscal
1998 as a result of higher depreciation related to increased purchases and
higher cost of leased videos related to revenue-sharing agreements.

    Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses significantly decreased to 31.5% of total revenues in
fiscal 1998 from 33.1% in fiscal 1997. The primary factors contributing to this
decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenues were lower corporate human resources costs related to deferred
compensation, reduced overall advertising and on-going leverage of corporate
overhead. During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company re-priced
certain stock options granted to its Chief Executive Officer in fiscal 1992. The
Company recognized a one-time pre-tax charge of $1.0 million as deferred
compensation expense as a result of this event. Excluding this one-time charge
would reduce fiscal 1997 selling, general and administrative expenses to 32.8%
of fiscal 1997 revenue. The Company is committed to continually enhancing and
improving its information system and other corporate functions and, as a result,
anticipates incurring additional system-related development expenses in the
future that will be included under the selling, general and administrative
expenses classification or capitalized as allowed.

     Pre-opening Expenses. Pre-opening expenses increased to 0.4% of revenues
for fiscal 1998 from 0.3% of revenues for fiscal 1997. Pre-opening expenses
include human resource costs, travel, rent, advertising, supplies and certain
other costs incurred prior to a superstore's opening. The Company opened twelve
new superstores in fiscal 1998, compared to eight new superstores in fiscal
1997.

     Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased to $3.7 million for fiscal
1998 from $4.2 million for fiscal 1997 due to lower average borrowing balances.

      Gain (Loss) on Sale of Mall Stores. As a result of the sale of its 42 mall
stores to Camelot Music, Inc., the Company recorded a total pre-tax gain of $7.9
million (after-tax gain of $4.9 million) in fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994. Camelot
Music, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in August 1996, and the Company established a
reserve of $2.5 million in fiscal 1996 to cover potential losses related to
certain mall store leases. As of January 31, 1998, expenses totaling $266,000
had been charged against the reserve. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the
reserve was reduced to $1.5 million, resulting in an increase to pre-tax
earnings of $734,000. By the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998, all
potential liabilities related to the Camelot Music, Inc. bankruptcy were
settled, and the Company reduced the remaining reserve to zero resulting in an
increase to pre-tax earnings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998 of $1.5
million.

     Net Income. Including the non-cash, non-recurring, pre-tax charge of $18.5
million related to the Company's adoption of a new, accelerated method of
amortizing the costs of its rental video assets and the $1.5 million reversal of
the reserve related to the Camelot Music, Inc. bankruptcy, net income and
diluted earnings per share for fiscal 1998 equaled $465,000 and $ .04 per share,
respectively. Including a $734,000 reversal of the reserve related to the
Camelot Music, Inc. bankruptcy, net income and diluted earnings per share in
fiscal 1997 totaled $8.6 million and $.98 per share, respectively. Excluding the
non-cash, non-recurring adjustments described above, the Company's net

                                       20

<PAGE>   21


income and diluted earnings per share would have been $11.0 million and $1.04
per share, respectively, in fiscal 1998 and $8.1 million and $ .93 per share,
respectively, in fiscal 1997.

Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996

    Revenues. Total revenues for fiscal 1997 increased by $33.5 million, or
10.3%, to $357.8 million from $324.3 million for fiscal 1996. The revenue growth
consisted of a 12.3% increase in merchandise sales and a 3.3% increase in rental
video revenues. Overall comparable-store revenues increased 7% during the twelve
months ended January 31, 1998. Each significant merchandise category exhibited
growth year to year, with software products providing the largest percentage
gains. With the help of the Company's then new rental marketing program,
introduced in the third quarter, rental video revenues in fiscal 1997 recovered
from a weak revenue performance in the first two quarters to post a $2.4 million
or 3.3% increase over fiscal 1996 video revenues. In addition, the Company
opened eight new superstores and closed two superstores during fiscal 1997.

    Gross Profit. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues was 38.3% for fiscal
1997, compared to 36.5% for fiscal 1996. Gross profit as a percentage of
revenues for merchandise in fiscal 1997 increased significantly to 31.3% from
27.1% in fiscal 1996, largely due to increased sales of higher-margin products
and reduced retail music pricing pressures. As a result of increased video cost
allocation, rental video gross profit as a percentage of revenues decreased from
69.2% in fiscal 1996 to 64.5% in fiscal 1997. The remaining change in gross
profit as a percentage of revenues was a result of a slight increase in
lower-margin merchandise sales as a percentage of overall revenue. On February
1, 1996, the Company began providing for an estimated residual value of $5 per
video and began depreciation of rental videos in their first full month of
service. In fiscal 1994 and 1995, a full month's depreciation was provided in
the month the rental videos were received. These changes resulted in an increase
in fiscal 1996 rental video gross profit of $1,336,000 or 1.8% as a percentage
of rental revenues. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a
charge of $3.5 million to establish a reserve for estimated costs related to
merchandise returned or to be returned to suppliers for which credit is pending.
The establishment of this reserve decreased merchandise gross profit by 1.4% as
a percentage of merchandise revenues.

    Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased to 33.1% of revenues in fiscal 1997 from 31.9%
of revenues in fiscal 1996. The increase was primarily a result of higher
product return expenses that occurred because of the Company's transition to
purchasing its products primarily from manufacturers rather than distributors.
The Company implemented a new return process in an effort to better control
return-related costs. During the second quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company
re-priced certain stock options granted to its Chief Executive Officer in fiscal
1992. The Company recognized a one-time pre-tax charge of $1,016,800 as deferred
compensation expense as a result of this event.

    Development Expenses. System development expenses for fiscal 1996 were 0.7%
of revenues. Development expenses were not separately classified in fiscal 1997
as most significant elements of the Company's operating system became functional
during fiscal 1996. The Company is committed to continually enhancing and
improving its information system and other corporate functions and, as a result,
anticipates incurring additional system-related development expenses in the
future that will be included under the selling, general and administrative
expenses classification or capitalized as allowed.

     Pre-opening Expenses. Pre-opening expenses increased to 0.3% of revenues
for fiscal 1997 from 0.1% for fiscal 1996. Pre-opening expenses include human
resource costs, travel, rent, advertising, supplies and certain other costs
incurred prior to a superstore's opening. The Company opened eight new
superstores in fiscal 1997 compared to four new superstores in fiscal 1996.

    Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $4.2 million for fiscal 1997
from $3.6 million for fiscal 1996 due to higher average borrowing balances.

    Gain (Loss) on Sale of Mall Stores. As a result of the sale of its 42 mall
stores to Camelot Music, Inc., the Company recorded a total pre-tax gain of $7.9
million (after-tax gain of $4.9 million) in fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994. Camelot
Music, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in August 1996, and the Company established a
reserve of $2.5 million in fiscal 1996 to cover potential losses related to
certain mall store leases. As of January 31, 1998, expenses totaling

                                       21

<PAGE>   22


$266,000 had been charged against the reserve. In the fourth quarter of fiscal
1997, the reserve was reduced to $1.5 million, resulting in an increase to
earnings of $734,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    The Company's principal capital requirements arise from purchasing,
warehousing and merchandising inventory and rental videos, opening new
superstores, expanding existing superstores, and funding the expansion of its
Internet Web site. The Company's primary sources of working capital are cash
flow from operations, trade credit from vendors, borrowings from its unsecured
Revolving Credit Facility (the "Facility") and, for fiscal 1998, proceeds from
the issuance of common stock. Cash flow from operations was $28.8 million, $56.3
million and $14.4 million for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Capital
expenditures, including purchase of rental video assets, were $40.5 million,
$55.8 million and $42.1 million for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

    As of January 31, 1999, the Company's total debt capacity consisted of $25.0
million of its unsecured Series A Senior Notes (the "Notes") due 2003 with an
effective interest rate of 7.53% and its $45.0 million Facility. Total
outstanding indebtedness as of January 31, 1999 under the Notes and the Facility
was $42.7 million. The Notes provide for annual mandatory payments of principal
of $5.0 million beginning June 13, 1999 and contains a number of covenants that
restrict the operations of the Company. These covenants address, among other
matters, the maintenance of specified financial ratios and net worth
requirements and certain restrictions with respect to additional indebtedness,
transactions with related parties, investments and capital expenditures.

     The Facility bears interest at variable rates based on the lender's base
rate (7.75% and 8.5% at January 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively) and LIBOR (7.0%
and 7.3% at January 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively) and expires on December 16,
2001. The Facility includes provisions that, among other things, require the
maintenance of specified financial ratios and net worth requirements. Further,
the Facility imposes certain restrictions with respect to additional
indebtedness, transactions with related parties, investments and capital
expenditures.

As amended on December 16, 1998, the Facility provides for the following levels
of revolving credit:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    FACILITY TIME FRAME                                   MAXIMUM CREDIT UNDER FACILITY
                    -------------------                                   -----------------------------

<S>                                                                                <C>
          December 17, 1998 to December 16, 1999                                   $45 million
          December 17, 1999 to December 16, 2000                                   $60 million
          December 17, 2000 to December 16, 2001                                   $75 million
</TABLE>

    At January 31, 1999, the Company had one other debt obligation totaling $0.7
million. The principal on this obligation is payable quarterly until maturity in
May 2002. In addition, the Company maintains two capitalized lease obligations
with terms of 15 years. The total amount of these obligations was $1.6 million
at January 31, 1999.

    The Company opened twelve superstores in fiscal 1998 and plans to open 17 to
20 additional superstores in fiscal 1999. The Company plans to open
approximately 48 superstores during the next two fiscal years . The Company
invests generally between $1 million and $2 million in a new superstore, with
the largest components of that amount being merchandise, videos, fixtures and
leasehold improvements. In addition, the Company expanded three superstores in
fiscal 1998 and plans to expand approximately eight superstores in fiscal 1999.
The Company generally invests between $500,000 to $1,000,000 to expand a
superstore. Total capital expenditures were $42.1 million in fiscal 1998, of
which approximately $26.6 million was used to procure rental video assets.

    The Company believes that the net proceeds from the June 1998 initial public
offering, cash flow from operations and borrowings under the Facility will be
sufficient to fund its ongoing operations, new superstores and superstore
expansions through fiscal 2000.

Seasonality and Inflation

    As is the case with many retailers, a significant portion of the Company's
revenues, and an even greater portion of its operating profit, is generated in
the fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season. As a
result, a substantial portion of the Company's annual earnings has been, and
will continue to be, dependent on the results of

                                       22

<PAGE>   23


this quarter. The Company experiences reduced rentals of video assets in the
Spring because customers spend more time outdoors. Major world or sporting
events, such as the Super Bowl, the Olympic Games or the World Series, also have
a temporary adverse effect on revenues. Future operating results may be affected
by many factors, including variations in the number and timing of store
openings, the number and popularity of new book, music and videocassette titles,
the cost of the new release or "best renter" titles, changes in comparable-store
revenues, competition, marketing programs, increases in the minimum wage,
weather, special or unusual events, and other factors that may affect retailers
in general and the Company in particular. The seasonality of the Company's
business is illustrated in the following tables relating to each quarter of
fiscal 1998 and 1997. The quarterly information included in the table below has
not been reviewed by the Company's independent auditors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Q1             Q2              Q3             Q4
                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>      
FISCAL 1998:                                                              
Total revenues ........................     $  89,387      $  91,187      $  91,622      $ 126,472
Gross profit(1) .......................        31,670         35,471         35,167         27,675
Operating income (loss)(1) ............         3,138          3,932          2,930         (7,102)
Operating income (loss) as a
percentage of revenues(1) .............           3.5%           4.3%           3.2%          (5.6%)
Net income (loss)(1) (2) ..............         1,202          1,798          1,318         (3,853)
Net income (loss) as a percentage
of revenues(1) (2) ....................           1.3%           2.0%           1.4%          (3.0%)

FISCAL 1997:
Total revenues ........................     $  78,436      $  81,653      $  80,521      $ 117,155
Gross profit ..........................        29,146         33,047         30,417         44,250
Operating income ......................         2,419          3,084          1,282         10,438
Operating income as a percentage
of revenues ...........................           3.1%           3.8%           1.6%           8.9%
Net income (loss) (2 ..................           921          1,279             89          6,309
Net income (loss) as a percentage
of revenues ...........................           1.2%           1.6%           0.1%           5.4%
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company adopted a new, accelerated method of amortizing its rental
     video assets in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. The adoption of the new
     amortization method has been accounted for as a change in accounting
     estimate effected by a change in accounting principle and, accordingly, the
     Company recorded a non-cash, non-recurring, pre-tax charge of $18.5 million
     in rental video cost of revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.,
     reducing net income for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998 and for fiscal
     year 1998 by $11.5 million and diluted earnings per share for the fourth
     quarter of fiscal 1998 and for fiscal year 1998 $1.00 per share $1.08 per
     share, respectively.

(2)  The Company sold 26 of its mall stores in fiscal 1993 and its remaining 16
     mall stores in fiscal 1994. The operating results of these mall stores are
     included in the financial results of the Company until their sale. In
     fiscal 1996, the Company established a reserve of $2.5 million ($1.6
     million after-tax charge) to cover potential losses related to certain mall
     store leases that were sold to Camelot Music, Inc., which filed for
     bankruptcy protection in August 1996. In fiscal 1997, the reserve was
     reduced to $1.5 million and $734,000 was included in Gain on sale of mall
     stores. In fiscal 1998, the Company was released from any contingent
     liability on the remaining leases by order of a U.S. bankruptcy Court.
     Accordingly, the Company reduced the remaining $1.5 million reserve to zero
     as of January 31, 1999, thereby increasing net income and diluted earnings
     per share for the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998 and for fiscal year 1998 by
     $.9 million and $.08 per share, respectively.

    The Company does not believe that inflation has materially impacted net
income during the past three years. Substantial increases in costs and expenses
could have a significant impact on the Company's operating results to the extent
such increases are not passed along to customers.

Year 2000 Compliance

     The Year 2000 issue is primarily the result of Information Technology,
("IT"), and non-IT systems of various kinds, using a two-digit format rather
than a four-digit format to define a specific year. For example, "98" to
represent the calendar year 1998, as opposed to a four digit format "1998." Such
systems will be unable to accurately interpret or process dates beyond the year
1999, which could cause a system failure, or other computer errors, and result
in a disruption of the system(s).

                                       23

<PAGE>   24


     State of Readiness. The Company has established an internally staffed
project team to address Year 2000 issues. These issues include:

     1. Software compliance within the Company's enterprise systems;

     2. Compliance within internal IT and non-IT operating systems and
        application programs purchased from outside entities;

     3. Business risks regarding potential failure of vendor and supplier
        systems and services.

     The Company's Year 2000 plan addresses Year 2000 issues in multiple phases,
including:

     1. An inventory of the Company's systems and equipment that may be
        vulnerable to Year 2000 issues;

     2. Assessment of systems and equipment to determine risks associated with
        their failure to be Year 2000 compliant;

     3. Testing of systems, equipment and their components to determine if they
        are Year 2000 compliant;

     4. Implementation of a change within the system or equipment, or the
        replacement of the system or equipment;

     5. A census and assessment of business partner's state of readiness;

     6. Contingency planning to assess worst-case scenarios.

     Inventories, assessment and testing of Year 2000 compliance have been
substantially completed for all the Company's internal and external IT systems,
hardware and operating systems. Most of the Company's internal IT systems have
been developed and implemented since 1994, with a goal of implementation
including Year 2000 compliance. Two internal systems were identified that
contained potential risks; both systems have been replaced, and the replacement
systems have been tested and are deemed to be Year 2000 compliant. Two external
systems were found to be non-compliant; both systems were in the process of
being replaced during the first quarter of fiscal 1999, with completion
anticipated during the second quarter of fiscal 1999. Mechanical systems such as
HVAC, telecommunications, power supplies and thermostats are being checked
individually and with each manufacturer.

     The Company is tracking the Year 2000 compliance status of its vendors and
suppliers using a census and tracking system provided by the National Retail
Federation, of which the Company is a member. Vendor and service provider Year
2000 compliance status is being determined by means of a survey being conducted
by the National Retail Federation. Contingency plans are in place for any vendor
that fails to provide compliance certification by June 1999, or which
subsequently demonstrates a failure in product delivery systems. If a major
vendor cannot prove its compliance, it is expected that the vendor will be
removed as an authorized vendor of the Company and products obtained from
alternative and compliant vendors, or the vendor will be converted to a manual
system.

     Risks of Year 2000 issues. The Company could experience material and
adverse effects on its business operating results and financial condition as a
result of the Year 2000 problem. Currently, the most likely source of risk to
the Company would be the failure of a critical vendor, such as a wholesale
distributor, to be able to provide product for which the Company has no
alternative supplier.

     While the Company believes its Year 2000 projects will be completed on a
timely basis, failure to successfully complete significant portions of its Year
2000 program could have a material adverse effect on various phases of the
Company's retail operation, and therefore on its operating results and financial
condition. Also, there can be no assurances that IT and non-IT systems of third
parties that the Company may rely upon will be Year 2000 compliant in a timely
manner, and therefore the Company could be adversely affected by failure of a
significant third party to become Year 2000 compliant. Possible consequences of
Year 2000 issues causing business interruption include, but are not limited to,
loss of communications links with certain store locations, inability to process
transactions, send purchase orders, or engage in similar normal business
activities. In addition, since there is no uniform definition of Year 2000
compliance, not all situations can be anticipated.

     Contingency Plans. The Company is preparing its contingency plans to
identify the most likely worst-case scenarios, and the proper response to each.
Preliminary plans are being reviewed, and primarily revolve around responses to
a failure in the ability of one or more the Company's business partners to
provide products or services. Comprehensive contingency plans for review were
initiated during the first quarter of fiscal 1999 with completion anticipated
during the second quarter of fiscal 1999.

                                       24

<PAGE>   25


     Costs. Most of the Company's expenditures on Year 2000 compliance were
incurred as development expense on new systems between 1993 and 1996. Specific
Year 2000 costs were absorbed in the conversion of each system as it was written
and implemented. The Company does not expect the additional costs associated
with its Year 2000 efforts to be material. The Company expects assessment and
planning costs to be absorbed in normal operations and certain costs of its
contingency plans to be less than $100,000. See - "Statements Regarding
Forward-Looking Disclosure."

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) recently issued several
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS's) that may impact the
Company's accounting treatment and/or its disclosure obligations. The new SFAS's
impacting the Company are as follows:

       SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
    Activities" was issued in June 1998. The statement establishes accounting
    and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including derivative
    instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It
    requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or
    liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those
    instruments at fair value. The statement is effective for all fiscal
    quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The adoption of this
    statement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company.

        The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) issued
    Statement of Position (SOP) No. 98-1, "Accounting for Costs of Computer
    Software Developed or Intended for Internet Use." in March 1998. The SOP is
    effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1999. The adoption
    of this SOP is not expected to have a material impact on the Company.

        The AICPA issued SOP 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up
    Activities." in April 1998. The Company adopted the provisions of this SOP
    in fiscal 1998. SOP 98-5 requires costs of start-up activities and
    organization costs to be expensed as incurred. The Company's existing
    accounting policy conforms with SOP 98-5; accordingly, there was no impact
    on its results of operations.

Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Disclosure

     Certain of the statements set forth above are forward-looking statements
within the meaning Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such statements are based upon management's
current expectations, hopes, beliefs and strategies and are subject to a number
of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those described herein. The forward-looking statements set forth
above are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties, including those set
forth under the heading "Risk Factors" in the Company's Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-47969) as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and declared effective on June 11, 1998.

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is exposed to certain
market risks, primarily changes in interest rates. After an assessment of these
risks to the Company's operations, the Company believes that its primary market
risk exposures (within the meaning of Regulation S-K Item 305) are not material
and are not expected to have any material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows for the next fiscal
year. The Company is not party to any derivative contracts. See notes 1(h) and
(5) to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

                                       25

<PAGE>   26


ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                 Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
                          Financial Statements Schedule


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report............................................................     27

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1998 and 1999.............................     28

Consolidated Statements of Income
for the years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.....................................     29

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
for the years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.....................................     30

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.........................................     31

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................................     32
</TABLE>

Financial Statement Schedule - The Financial Statement Schedule filed as part of
this report is listed under Part IV, Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement
Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

                                       26

<PAGE>   27


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Hastings Entertainment, Inc.:


We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Hastings Entertainment,
Inc. and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index. In connection with
our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the
related financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hastings
Entertainment, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and 1999, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended January 31, 1999, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
changed its method of amortization for rental videos in 1998.


                                                 /s/ KPMG LLP


Dallas, Texas
March 16, 1999

                                       27

<PAGE>   28


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999
                    (Dollars in thousands, except par value)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FISCAL
                                                                               ------------------------
                                    ASSETS                                        1997          1998
                                                                               ---------      ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>            <C>      
Current assets:
     Cash                                                                      $   3,840      $   5,394
     Merchandise inventories                                                     126,835        145,432
     Income taxes receivable                                                          --            807
     Deferred income taxes                                                            --          1,636
     Other current assets                                                          3,814          4,599
                                                                               ---------      ---------
                  Total current assets                                           134,489        157,868

Property and equipment, net (note 2)                                              80,703         64,124
Other assets                                                                         106            159
                                                                               ---------      ---------
                                                                               $ 215,298      $ 222,151
                                                                               =========      =========

                     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Current maturities of long-term debt                                      $     301      $   5,345
     Trade accounts payable                                                       60,747         42,406
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                       17,590         17,937
     Deferred income taxes                                                         1,305             -- 
     Income taxes payable                                                          3,428             -- 
                                                                               ---------      ---------
                  Total current liabilities                                       83,371         65,688

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities                                      51,311         39,634
Deferred income taxes                                                                898            696
Redemption value of common stock held by estate of Company's founder               8,000             -- 

Shareholders' equity :
     Common stock, $.01 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized; 
        8,652,923 shares in 1997 and 11,736,923 shares in 1998 issued;
        8,465,198 shares in 1997 and 11,553,168 shares in 1998 outstanding            87            117
     Additional paid-in capital                                                    1,654         37,530
     Retained earnings                                                            80,168         80,633
     Treasury stock, at cost                                                      (2,191)        (2,147)
     Redemption value of common stock held by estate of Company's founder         (8,000)            -- 
                                                                               ---------      ---------
                                                                                  71,718        116,133
Commitments and contingencies                                                         --             -- 
                                                                               ---------      ---------
                                                                               $ 215,298      $ 222,151
                                                                               =========      =========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       28

<PAGE>   29


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                   Years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FISCAL YEAR
                                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                            1996           1997          1998
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------


<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>      
Merchandise revenue                                      $ 251,934      $ 283,026      $ 319,667
Rental video revenue                                        72,357         74,739         79,001
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                 Total revenues                            324,291        357,765        398,668

Merchandise cost of revenue                                183,614        194,359        219,546
Rental video cost of revenue (note 2)                       22,298         26,546         49,139
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                 Total cost of revenues                    205,912        220,905        268,685
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

                 Gross profit                              118,379        136,860        129,983
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Selling, general and administrative expenses               103,479        118,566        125,611
Development expenses                                         2,421             --             -- 
Pre-opening expenses                                           404          1,071          1,474
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                           106,304        119,637        127,085
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

                 Operating income                           12,075         17,223          2,898
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Other income (expenses):
     Interest expense                                       (3,585)        (4,228)        (3,727)
     Gain (loss) on sale of mall stores                     (2,500)           734          1,454
     Other, net                                                126            139            232
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

                                                            (5,959)        (3,355)        (2,041)
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

                 Income before income taxes                  6,116         13,868            857

Income taxes                                                 2,320          5,270            392
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

                 Net income                              $   3,796      $   8,598      $     465
                                                         =========      =========      =========

Basic earnings per share                                 $    0.44      $    1.01      $    0.04
                                                         =========      =========      =========

Diluted earnings per share                               $    0.43      $    0.98      $    0.04
                                                         =========      =========      =========

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic           8,552          8,520         10,436
Dilutive effect of stock options                               205            216            156
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted         8,757          8,736         10,592
                                                         =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       29

<PAGE>   30


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                   Years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999
                        (In thousands, except share data)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                             
                                           COMMON STOCK           ADDITIONAL                             TREASURY STOCK      
                                     ------------------------      PAID-IN         RETAINED          ----------------------- 
                                       SHARES        AMOUNT        CAPITAL         EARNINGS          SHARES         AMOUNT   
                                     ---------     ----------     ----------      ----------         -------      ---------- 

<S>                                  <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>          <C>        
Balances at January 31, 1996         8,652,923     $       87     $    1,481      $   68,064         119,195      $   (1,027)
Exercise of stock options                   --             --              9              --          (6,425)             55 
Shares transferred to fund ASOP             --             --             94              --         (17,292)            149 
Change in redemption value                  --             --             --              --              --              -- 
Dividends ($.017 per share)                 --             --             --            (139)             --              -- 
Net income                                  --             --             --           3,796              --              -- 
                                     ---------     ----------     ----------      ----------         -------      ---------- 

Balances at January 31, 1997         8,652,923             87          1,584          71,721          95,478            (823)
Purchase of treasury stock                  --             --             --              --          11,035            (182)
Sale of treasury stock                      --             --              2              --         (10,544)             13 
Exercise of stock options                   --             --              5              --          (6,612)            160 
Shares transferred to fund ASOP             --             --             63              --         (10,092)            120 
Redemption of common stock held
by estate of Company's founder              --             --             --              --         108,460          (1,479)
Dividends ($.018 per share)                 --             --             --            (151)             --              -- 
Net income                                  --             --             --           8,598              --              -- 
                                     ---------     ----------     ----------      ----------         -------      ---------- 

Balances at January 31, 1998         8,652,923             87          1,654          80,168         187,725          (2,191)
Issuance of common stock             3,084,000             30         35,882              --              --              -- 
Issuance of treasury stock                  --             --             --              --          (2,695)             31 
Acquisition of treasury share               --             --             --              --          12,453            (148)
Exercise of stock options                   --             --             (6)             --         (13,728)            161 
Termination of common stock
redemption agreement                        --             --             --              --              --              -- 
Net income                                  --             --             --             465              --              -- 
                                    ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------         -------      ---------- 
Balances at January 31, 1999        11,736,923     $      117     $   37,530      $   80,633         183,755      $   (2,147)
                                    ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========         =======      ==========
<CAPTION>
                                       REDEMPTION
                                        VALUE OF
                                      COMMON STOCK
                                     HELD BY ESTATE       TOTAL
                                      OF COMPANY'S     SHAREHOLDERS'
                                         FOUNDER          EQUITY
                                        ----------      ----------

<S>                                     <C>             <C>       
Balances at January 31, 1996            $  (11,500)     $   57,105
Exercise of stock options                       --              64
Shares transferred to fund ASOP                 --             243
Change in redemption value                   2,000           2,000
Dividends ($.017 per share)                     --            (139)
Net income                                      --           3,796
                                        ----------      ----------

Balances at January 31, 1997                (9,500)         63,069
Purchase of treasury stock                      --            (182)
Sale of treasury stock                          --              15
Exercise of stock options                       --             165
Shares transferred to fund ASOP                 --             183
Redemption of common stock held
by estate of Company's founder               1,500              21
Dividends ($.018 per share)                     --            (151)
Net income                                      --           8,598
                                        ----------      ----------

Balances at January 31, 1998                (8,000)         71,718
Issuance of common stock                        --          35,912
Issuance of treasury stock                      --              31
Acquisition of treasury share                   --            (148)
Exercise of stock options                       --             155
Termination of common stock
redemption agreement                         8,000           8,000
Net income                                      --             465
                                        ==========      ==========
Balances at January 31, 1999            $       --      $  116,133
                                        ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       30

<PAGE>   31


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                   Years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FISCAL YEAR
                                                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                                           1996           1997           1998
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>      
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income                                                          $   3,796      $   8,598      $     465
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
        by operating activities:
           Depreciation and amortization                                    24,939         28,944         55,301
           (Gain) loss on sale of mall stores, net                           2,500           (734)        (1,454)
           Loss on rental videos transferred to inventory                    3,596          4,632             -- 
           Loss on rental videos lost, stolen and defective                  4,066          2,035          3,288
           Loss on disposal of assets                                          366            744             71
           Deferred income tax                                                 741             21         (3,143)
           Deferred compensation                                                --          1,040             -- 
           Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
              Merchandise inventories                                       (6,521)       (15,822)       (18,597)
              Other current assets                                             996           (493)          (785)
              Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses                   (3,678)        24,055        (16,509)
              Income taxes payable                                          (1,953)         3,315         (4,235)
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                 Net cash provided by operating activities                  28,848         56,335         14,402
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Purchases of property and equipment                                   (40,510)       (55,753)       (42,081)
     (Increase) decrease in other assets                                       771             (4)           (53)
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                 Net cash used in investing activities                     (39,739)       (55,757)       (42,134)
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
     Borrowings under revolving credit facility                            287,550         22,100        283,600
     Repayments under revolving credit facility                           (299,300)       (22,000)      (289,950)
     Advances under long-term debt and capital lease obligations            25,000             --             -- 
     Principal payments under long-term debt and capital lease
        obligations                                                           (293)          (361)          (283)
     Payments of dividends                                                    (139)          (151)            -- 
     Purchase of treasury stock                                                 --         (1,661)            -- 
     Proceeds from sale of treasury stock                                      243            198             -- 
     Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                    64            165              7
     Proceeds from issuance of stock                                            --             --         35,912
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities        13,125         (1,710)        29,286
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                         2,234         (1,132)         1,554
Cash at beginning of year                                                    2,738          4,972          3,840
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
Cash at end of year                                                      $   4,972      $   3,840      $   5,394
                                                                         =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       31

<PAGE>   32


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

(1)    OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       (a)    GENERAL

              Hastings Entertainment, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company")
              operates a chain of retail stores in 18 states primarily in the
              Western and Midwestern United States, with revenues originating
              from the sale of music, books, software, videocassette, video game
              and DVD products and the rental of videocassettes, video games and
              DVDs. In fiscal 1996, the Company changed its name from Hastings
              Books, Music & Video, Inc. to Hastings Entertainment, Inc.

              The Company established and operated three wholly owned
              subsidiaries during fiscal 1998. Hastings Properties, Inc. and
              Hastings Internet, Inc. were established in the first quarter of
              fiscal 1998. Hastings College Stores, Inc. was established in the
              second quarter of fiscal 1998. The consolidated financial
              statements present the results of Hastings Entertainment, Inc. and
              its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and
              balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

              The Company's fiscal years ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999
              are referred to as fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

       (b)    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

              Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with
              fiscal 1998 presentation.

       (c)    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

              The Company considers all cash and short-term investments with
              original maturities of three months or less (primarily money
              market mutual funds) to be cash equivalents.

       (d)    MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES

              Merchandise inventories are recorded at the lower of cost (using
              standard cost which approximates the first-in, first-out ("FIFO")
              method) or market.

       (e)    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

              Property and equipment, excluding rental video assets (see note
              2), are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line
              method. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated over
              their estimated useful lives of 3 to 5 years. Leasehold
              improvements are amortized over the shorter of the related lease
              term or their estimated useful lives.

              Property recorded pursuant to capital lease obligations is stated
              at the present value of the minimum lease payments at the
              inception of each lease, not in excess of fair value, and
              amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the related
              lease term or estimated useful life.

              The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
              events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
              amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
              assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
              carrying amount of the asset to future net cash flows expected to
              be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
              impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the
              amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair
              value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the
              lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

                                       32

<PAGE>   33


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       (f)    INCOME TAXES

              Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
              method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
              future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
              financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
              liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and
              tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
              measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
              income in the years in which those temporary differences are
              expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
              assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
              income in the period that includes the enactment date.

       (g)    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

              The carrying amount of long-term debt approximates fair value as
              of January 31, 1998 and 1999 due to the instruments bearing
              interest at market rates. The carrying amount of accounts payable
              approximates fair value because of its short maturity period.

       (h)    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

              During fiscal year 1996 and 1997, the Company's only derivative
              position was a non-leveraged off-balance-sheet interest rate swap.
              The interest rate swap was accounted for by recording the net
              interest received or paid as an adjustment to interest expense on
              a current basis. Gains or losses resulting from market movements
              were not recognized. The swap expired in June 1998.

       (i)    STOCK OPTION PLANS

              The Company accounts for its stock option plans in accordance with
              the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB
              25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related
              interpretations. Compensation expense is recorded on the date of
              grant only if the market price of the underlying stock exceeds the
              exercise price. On February 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement
              of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for
              Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"). Under SFAS 123, the Company
              may elect to recognize expense for stock-based compensation based
              on the fair value of the awards, or continue to account for
              stock-based compensation under APB 25 and disclose in the
              financial statements the effects of SFAS 123 as if the recognition
              provisions were adopted. The Company has elected to continue to
              apply the provisions of APB 25 and provide the pro forma
              disclosure provisions of SFAS 123.

       (j)    ADVERTISING COSTS

              Advertising costs for newspaper, television and other media are
              expensed as incurred. Net advertising expenses for the years ended
              January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 were $1.5 million, $1.8 million
              and $1.0 million, respectively.

       (k)    PRE-OPENING COSTS

              Pre-opening expenses include human resource costs, travel, rent,
              advertising, supplies and certain other costs incurred prior to a
              superstore's opening.

                                       33

<PAGE>   34


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       (l)    DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

              Development expenses include costs to develop various information
              and other systems for product procurement, distribution, finance,
              inventory and store operations.

       (m)    EARNINGS PER SHARE

              Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by
              the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
              the period. Diluted earnings per share include additional shares
              that would have resulted from potentially dilutive securities.
              Prior to the Company's common stock being publicly traded, for
              purposes of computing dilution of securities under the treasury
              stock method, the price of the Company's stock was based upon
              annual appraisals of the value of the Company.

              Options to purchase 688,656 shares of common stock at exercise
              prices ranging from $13.64 per share to $19.29 per share were
              outstanding at January 31, 1998 but were not included in the
              computation of diluted EPS because the option exercise prices were
              greater than or equal to the appraised price of the common shares.
              Options to purchase 425,600 shares of common stock at exercise
              prices ranging from $13 per share to $15 per share were
              outstanding at January 31, 1999 but were not included in the
              computation of diluted EPS because the option exercise price were
              greater than or equal to the market value of the common shares.

       (n)    USE OF MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES

              The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with
              generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
              make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
              assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
              liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
              reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
              period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

       (o)    SEGMENT REPORTING

              The Company adopted SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
              Enterprise and Related Information" in 1998. This statement
              establishes standards for reporting information about operating
              segments in annual financial statements and requires selected
              information about operating segments in interim financial reports
              issued to shareholders. The Company has two operating segments,
              retail stores and Internet operations. The result of Internet
              operations are not material to consolidated financial statements.
              When and if such operations become material, the required
              disclosures will be made.

       (p)    COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

              The Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income"
              as of February 1, 1998. Comprehensive income is equal to net
              income for all periods presented.

                                       34

<PAGE>   35


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

(2)    CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING METHOD

       The Company adopted a new, accelerated method of amortizing its rental
       video assets in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. The Company adopted
       the new method upon implementation of a new business model, which
       includes revenue-sharing agreements with major studios. Revenue sharing
       increases the number of videos in the stores and satisfies customer
       demand over a shorter period of time. Revenue sharing allows the Company
       to acquire videos at a lower cost than traditional buying arrangements.
       The Company then shares with studios a percentage of the actual net
       rental revenues generated over a contractually determined period of time.
       Revenue sharing results in a greater proportion of rental revenue
       received over a reduced rental period, and accordingly, the Company has
       changed its method of amortizing rental videos in order to better match
       expenses with revenues.

       Under the new amortization method, revenue-sharing payments are expensed
       as revenues are earned under the terms of the specific contracts with
       supplying studios. The capitalized cost of all videos will be amortized
       on an accelerated basis over six months to a salvage value of $4.00 per
       unit, except for videos purchased for the initial stock of a new store,
       which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 36 months.

       The adoption of the new amortization method has been accounted for as a
       change in accounting estimate effected by a change in accounting
       principle and, accordingly, the Company recorded a non-cash pre-tax
       charge of $18.5 million, which is included in rental video cost of
       revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998, reducing net income and
       diluted earnings per share for fiscal 1998 by $11.5 million and $1.08 per
       share, respectively.

       The calculation of the change in operating expense attributable to videos
       for prior periods would not be meaningful because the new business model
       involving revenue-sharing arrangements had not been implemented.

       During fiscal 1998, prior to adopting the new method of amortization in
       the fourth quarter, the capitalized cost of base unit rental video assets
       (copies one through four of a title for each store) was amortized on a
       straight-line basis over 36 months to a salvage value of $5. The
       capitalized cost of non-base unit rental video assets (copies 5 and above
       of a title for each store) was amortized on a straight-line basis over 6
       months to a salvage value of $5.

       During fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company amortized the cost of rental
       video assets on a straight-line method over an 18-month period to a
       salvage value of $5. The Company also recorded markdowns for
       under-performing rental video assets. The amortization and markdown
       policies combined to provide an average cost allocation period of 8-13
       months.

       The Company believes its results of operations in fiscal 1996 and 1997
       would not have been materially different had the Company used the
       amortization method that was used in fiscal 1998 prior to the fourth
       quarter change in method.

                                       35

<PAGE>   36


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

(3)    MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES

       Merchandise inventories consisted of the following (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997         1998
                                                       --------     --------

<S>                                                    <C>          <C>     
Merchandise inventories:
        Music                                          $ 46,283     $ 56,687
        Books                                            51,494       54,107
        Videos                                           15,890       21,667
        Other                                            18,300       20,251
                                                       --------     --------

                                                        131,967      152,712
Less allowance for inventory returns and shrinkage        5,132        7,280
                                                       --------     --------

                                                       $126,835     $145,432
                                                       ========     ========
</TABLE>

       During fiscal 1997 and 1998, the Company purchased approximately 26% and
       22%, respectively, of all products (defined herein as merchandise
       inventories and rental videos) from three suppliers.

       Merchandise inventories that are not sold can normally be returned to the
       suppliers. At January 31, 1999, the allowance for inventory returns and
       shrinkage includes a reserve for estimated costs related to merchandise
       returned or to be returned to suppliers for which credit is pending.
       Because the amount of credit to be received requires estimates, it is
       reasonably possible that the Company's estimate of the ultimate
       settlement with its suppliers may change in the near term.

(4)    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

       Property and equipment consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997         1998
                                                            --------     --------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>     
Rental videos                                               $ 64,289     $ 69,517
Furniture and equipment                                       58,595       67,798
Leasehold improvements                                        35,985       39,958
Property under capital lease                                   1,948        1,982
                                                            --------     --------

                                                             160,817      179,255
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization (note 2)       80,114      115,131
                                                            --------     --------

                                                            $ 80,703     $ 64,124
                                                            ========     ========
</TABLE>

       Accumulated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
       includes $706,000 and $858,000 of accumulated amortization of equipment
       under capital lease at January 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

                                       36

<PAGE>   37


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

(5)    LONG-TERM DEBT

       Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations consisted of the
       following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1997        1998
                                           -------     -------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>    
Revolving credit facility                  $24,000     $17,650
Series A senior notes                       25,000      25,000
Capitalized lease obligations (note 6)       1,637       1,583
Other                                          975         746
                                           -------     -------

                                            51,612      44,979
Less current maturities                        301       5,345
                                           -------     -------

                                           $51,311     $39,634
                                           =======     =======
</TABLE>

       At January 31, 1998 and 1999, the Company had borrowings outstanding of
       $24.0 million and $17.7 million, respectively, under an unsecured
       Revolving Credit Facility (the "Facility") with a group of banks. As
       amended on December 16, 1998, the Facility provides for the following
       levels of credit:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       FACILITY TIME FRAME                                MAXIMUM CREDIT UNDER FACILITY
                       -------------------                                -----------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
              December 17, 1998 to December 16, 1999                               $45 million
              December 17, 1999 to December 16, 2000                               $60 million
              December 17, 2000 to December 16, 2001                               $75 million
</TABLE>

       The Facility bears interest at variable rates based on the lender's base
       rate and LIBOR (7.0% and 7.3% at January 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively)
       and expires on December 16, 2001. The Facility includes provisions which,
       among other things, require the maintenance of specified financial ratios
       and net worth requirements. Further, the Facility imposes certain
       restrictions with respect to additional indebtedness, transactions with
       related parties, investments and capital expenditures.

       During fiscal 1997, the Company used off-balance-sheet derivative
       instruments to manage interest rate risk. The Company's only derivative
       position was an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of
       $15 million, which effectively converted a portion of its floating rate
       debt to a fixed rate of 7%. The fair value of the interest rate swap
       agreement at January 31, 1998 was immaterial. The swap was terminated in
       June 1998.

       During fiscal 1996, the Company entered into an unsecured credit
       agreement with a financial institution which provides for Series A senior
       notes with an aggregate principal amount of $25 million. The notes are
       due June 13, 2003, require only quarterly interest payments through May
       1999, and have a stated interest rate of 7.75%. Beginning in June 1999,
       the Company will be required to make annual principal payments of $5
       million. The credit agreement includes provisions which, among other
       things, require the maintenance of specified financial ratios and net
       worth requirements.

       Further, the credit agreement imposes certain restrictions with respect
       to additional indebtedness, transactions with related parties,
       investments and capital expenditures.

       The capitalized lease obligations represent two leases on certain retail
       space with terms of 15 years.

                                       37

<PAGE>   38


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       The aggregate maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease
       obligations for years subsequent to fiscal 1998 are as follows (dollars
       in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>     
                  1999                                $  5,345
                  2000                                   5,356
                  2001                                  23,021
                  2002                                   5,220
                  Thereafter                             6,037
                                                      --------

                                                      $ 44,979
                                                      ========
</TABLE>

(6)    LEASES

       The Company leases retail space under operating leases with terms ranging
       from three to fifteen years, with certain leases containing renewal
       options. Lease agreements generally provide for minimum rentals. Some
       leases also include additional contingent rental amounts based upon
       specified percentages of sales above predetermined levels. Rental expense
       for operating leases consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1996          1997          1998
                              --------      --------      --------

<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>     
Minimum rentals               $ 10,941      $ 11,555      $ 13,280
Contingent rentals               1,643         1,710         1,769
Less sublease income              (184)         (151)         (138)
                              --------      --------      --------

           Rental expense     $ 12,400      $ 13,114      $ 14,911
                              ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>

       Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases,
       excluding certain leases assumed by another party (see note 13), and the
       present value of future minimum capital lease payments as of January 31,
       1999 are (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       CAPITAL              OPERATING
                                                                                        LEASES                LEASES
                                                                                       --------             ----------
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>                  <C>       
        1999                                                                           $    254             $   14,769
        2000                                                                                257                 14,007
        2001                                                                                260                 12,940
        2002                                                                                262                 11,434
        2003                                                                                272                  9,452
        Thereafter                                                                        1,001                 21,813
                                                                                       --------             ----------

                Total minimum lease payments                                              2,307                 84,415
        Less net present value of sublease income                                                                 (392)
                                                                                                            ----------

                Net minimum lease payments under operating leases                                           $   84,023
                                                                                                            ==========
        Less amount representing imputed interest                                           723
                                                                                       --------

                Total obligations under capital leases                                    1,583
        Less current principal maturities of capital lease
             obligations                                                                    113
                                                                                       --------

             Obligations under capital leases, excluding current maturities            $  1,470
                                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

                                       38

<PAGE>   39


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       The Company has relocated from five stores for which it continues to be
       liable through the remaining term of each lease. Included in accrued
       expenses and other liabilities is $1.6 million for the net present value
       of future payments attributable to such leases, net of probable sublease
       income. Future minimum lease payments due on these operating leases are
       included in the table above.

       A director of the Company is a limited partner in various limited
       partnerships that lease land and improvements to the Company under
       certain lease agreements. During fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, the Company
       made lease payments of $479,659, $500,427 and $531,091, respectively, to
       these partnerships.

(7)    INCOME TAXES

       Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1996        1997         1998
                             -------     -------      -------

<S>                          <C>         <C>          <C>    
Current federal              $ 1,566     $ 4,139      $ 2,987
Current state and local           13       1,110          548
Deferred federal                 281         328       (2,654)
Deferred state and local         460        (307)        (489)
                             -------     -------      -------

                             $ 2,320     $ 5,270      $   392
                             =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>

       The difference between expected income tax expense (computed by applying
       the statutory rate of 34% for fiscal 1996, 35% for fiscal 1997 and 34%
       for fiscal 1998 to earnings before income taxes) and actual income tax
       expense is as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996         1997         1998
                                                 -------      -------      -------

<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>    
Computed "expected" tax expense                  $ 2,079      $ 4,854      $   291
State and local income taxes, net of federal
     income tax benefit                              312          522           39
Other                                                (71)        (106)          62
                                                 -------      -------      -------

                                                 $ 2,320      $ 5,270      $   392
                                                 =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

                                       39

<PAGE>   40


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
       portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are
       presented below (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1997         1998
                                                                 -------      -------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>    
Deferred tax assets:
     Gift cards                                                  $    --      $   984
     Provision for contingent lease costs                            566           38
     Provision for abandoned leases                                  739          597
     Provision for deferred rent                                     474          563
     Compensated absences                                            189          190
     Deferred compensation                                           392          392
     Property and equipment, principally due to different
        depreciation methods for financial reporting and
        income tax purposes                                           --          672
     Other                                                           591          519
                                                                 -------      -------

                  Total deferred tax assets                        2,951        3,955

Deferred tax liabilities:
     Inventories, principally due to the measurement of cost
     using LIFO for income tax purposes prior to fiscal 1997       3,492        2,348
     Freight costs                                                   615          667
     Property and equipment, principally due to different
        depreciation methods for financial reporting and
        income tax purposes                                        1,047           --
                                                                 -------      -------

                  Total deferred tax liabilities                   5,154        3,015
                                                                 -------      -------

                  Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)          $(2,203)     $   940
                                                                 =======      =======
</TABLE>

       The Company did not record a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
       at January 31, 1998 or 1999. In assessing the realizability of deferred
       tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
       assets and liabilities, future taxable income and tax planning
       strategies, and believes it is more likely than not the Company will
       realize the benefits of these deductible differences at January 31, 1999.

       In fiscal 1997 the Company elected to change from the LIFO cost method to
       the FIFO cost method of inventory accounting for financial reporting and
       income tax purposes. The $4.7 million deferred tax liability related to
       the tax LIFO reserve at January 31, 1997 is being included in taxable
       income ratably over a four year period beginning in fiscal 1997.

 (8)   401k AND ASOP

       Employees who have attained age 21 are eligible to participate in the
       Company's 401k plan and may elect to contribute up to twelve percent of
       their salary, subject to federal limitations, to the plan. Employer
       contributions are determined at the discretion of the Company and are
       allocated solely to those employees who are participating in the plan and
       have completed one year of service. Amounts expensed related to the plan
       were $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million during fiscal 1996, 1997
       and 1998, respectively.

       The Company's Associate Stock Ownership Plan ("ASOP") permits full-time
       employees, as defined, who have attained age 21 and completed one year of
       service to participate in the ASOP. Employer contributions

                                       40

<PAGE>   41


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       are determined at the discretion of the Company. The Board of Directors
       has determined that the level of contributions will be made based on
       attaining operational profit goals as set by the Board of Directors. The
       contribution is based on a percentage of participants' eligible
       compensation and provisions of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.5
       million were made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
       for fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Cumulative common shares
       held by the ASOP were 56,722, 66,814 and 92,825 at January 31, 1997, 1998
       and 1999, respectively.

(9)    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

       The Company has four stock option plans: the 1991 and 1994 Stock Option
       Plans, the 1996 Incentive Stock Plan and the Outside Directors Plan (for
       non-employee directors). A total of 505,900 shares may be granted under
       each of the 1991 and 1994 Stock Option Plans, 632,375 shares may be
       granted under the 1996 Incentive Stock Plan, and 101,180 shares may be
       granted under the Outside Directors Plan.

       The 1991 and 1994 Stock Option Plans and the 1996 Incentive Stock Plan
       authorize the award of both incentive stock options and non-qualified
       stock options to purchase common stock to officers, other associates, and
       directors of the Company. The exercise price per share of incentive stock
       options may not be less than the market price of the Company's common
       stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price per share of
       non-qualified stock options is determined by the Board of Directors, or a
       committee thereof. The term of each option is determined by the Board of
       Directors and generally will not exceed ten years from the date of grant.
       The exercise price of options issued to certain executive officers of the
       Company included fixed annual increases which were eliminated in fiscal
       1997.

       The 1996 Incentive Stock Plan also authorizes the granting of stock
       appreciation rights, restricted stock, dividend equivalent rights, stock
       awards, and other stock-based awards to officers, other associates,
       directors, and consultants of the Company. There have been no grants of
       these awards under this plan.

       The Company's Chief Executive Officer has an option to acquire 404,720
       shares of common stock may be exercised in full or in part through
       January 31, 2007. In fiscal 1997, the exercise price of these options was
       reduced from $13.64 to $11.07 and fixed annual increases of the option
       exercise price were eliminated. The Company recorded compensation expense
       of $1,040,000 and an income tax benefit of $392,000 for the change in
       exercise price for the year ended January 31, 1998.

       In fiscal 1996, the Company adopted the management stock purchase plan
       that authorizes the issuance of up to 227,655 shares of common stock,
       pursuant to agreements providing for the purchase of Restricted Stock
       Units (RSU's). The cost of each RSU is equal to 75% of the fair market
       value of the common stock of the Company on the date the RSU is awarded.
       As of January 31, 1998 there were no RSU's awarded under the Plan. As of
       January 31, 1999, there were 8,025 RSU's outstanding. The Company
       recorded approximately $50,000 of compensation expense at the time the
       RSU's were awarded.

                                       41

<PAGE>   42


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       A summary of information with respect to all stock option plans is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                              OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE
                                                             ---------   ----------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>       
Outstanding at January 31, 1996                              1,344,616      $    12.08
   Granted                                                     217,254           13.70
   Exercised                                                    (6,425)          10.09
   Forfeited                                                   (23,777)          10.84
                                                             ---------      ----------

Outstanding at January 31, 1997                              1,531,668      $    12.33
   Granted                                                     932,617           13.20
   Exercised                                                    (6,612)           6.48
   Forfeited                                                  (660,119)          15.30
                                                             ---------      ----------

Outstanding at January 31, 1998                              1,797,554      $    11.72
   Granted                                                     787,162           11.05
   Exercised                                                   (13,728)          13.35
   Forfeited                                                  (654,304)          13.56
                                                             ---------      ----------

Outstanding at January 31, 1999                              1,916,684      $    10.80
                                                             ---------      ----------

   Reserved and available for grant at January 31, 1999        455,272
</TABLE>

       At January 31, 1999, the options outstanding and options exercisable, and
       their related weighted average exercise price, and the weighted average
       remaining contractual life for the ranges of exercise prices are shown in
       the table below. The table does not include 3,841 shares issued to
       outside directors at an exercise price of $.20.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          WEIGHTED-     WEIGHTED-
                                                          AVERAGE        AVERAGE
                                                          EXERCISE      REMAINING
                                             OPTIONS       PRICE     CONTRACTUAL LIFE
                                            ---------     ---------  ----------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>      
RANGE:  $5.34 - $6.92
Options outstanding at January 31, 1999       252,370     $    5.56     2.8 years
Options exercisable at January 31, 1999       212,820     $    5.50

RANGE:  $10.00 - $14.03
Options outstanding at January 31, 1999     1,635,355     $   11.57     7.8 years
Options exercisable at January 31, 1999       756,446     $   11.24

PRICE: $15.00
Options outstanding at January 31, 1999        25,118     $   15.00     3.6 years
Options exercisable at January 31, 1999         7,032     $   15.00
</TABLE>

       At January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, the number of options exercisable was
       201,743, 771,649 and 980,139, respectively, and the weighted average
       exercise price of those options was $7.31, $9.77 and $9.98, respectively.

                                       42

<PAGE>   43


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       The Company applies APB 25 in accounting for its Plans. Since the Company
       grants all stock options, except for options granted and re-priced to the
       Company's Chief Executive Officer as described above, with an exercise
       price equal to or greater than the current market price of the stock on
       the grant date, compensation expense recorded is not significant. Had the
       Company determined compensation cost based on the minimum

       value at the date of grant for its stock options under SFAS 123, the
       Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to
       the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1996              1997               1998
                                                             -------------      -------------      -------------

<S>                                                          <C>                <C>                <C>          
           Net income (loss)
              As reported                                    $       3,796      $       8,598      $         465
              Pro forma                                              3,478              6,894               (429)

           Earnings (loss) per share:
              As reported - basic:                                     .44               1.01                .04
              As reported - diluted                                    .43                .98                .04
              Pro forma - basic                                        .41                .81               (.04)
              Pro forma - diluted                                      .40                .79               (.04)
</TABLE>

       The calculation of the effect on net income includes only options granted
       during fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998. Therefore, the full impact of
       measuring compensation cost for stock options under SFAS 123 is not
       reflected in the calculation because compensation cost is reflected over
       the options' vesting period of five years and compensation cost for
       options granted prior to February 1, 1996 is not considered.

       The per share weighted average exercise price and the per share weighted
       average minimum and fair value of stock options at the date of grant,
       using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for SFAS 123 disclosure
       purposes, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MINIMUM          FAIR
                                           EXERCISE PRICE                  VALUE           VALUE
                                    ----------------------------     -----------------     ------
                                     1996       1997       1998       1996       1997       1998
                                    ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------

<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>   
Options granted at market price     $14.03     $13.64     $10.55     $ 6.84     $ 6.48     $ 7.06
Options granted at prices
    exceeding market price              --      16.53      12.94         --       4.14       2.82
Options granted at prices below
    market price                     11.13      11.06       6.19       6.25       7.25       4.55
Total options granted                13.70      13.20      11.05       6.77       6.26       7.58
</TABLE>

       The following assumptions were used in the calculation:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1996       1997       1998
                                        ----       ----       ---- 
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>  
           Expected dividend yield        --         --         --
           Risk-free interest rate      6.68%      6.47%      5.26%
           Expected life in years         10         10         10
           Volatility                     --         --        .59
</TABLE>

                                       43

<PAGE>   44


                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

(10)   STOCK REDEMPTION AGREEMENT

       The Company was a party to a stock redemption agreement with the estate
       of the Company's founder. Under the agreement, the estate could, at its
       option, require the Company to purchase shares of common stock at fair
       value in amounts equal to or less than specified annual obligations of
       $1.5 million for fiscal 1998 through 2001 and $1.0 million for fiscal
       2002 and 2003. In fiscal 1997, the Company purchased shares valued at
       $1.5 million in aggregate pursuant to this agreement. The agreement was
       terminated upon the Company's stock becoming publicly traded in June
       1998.

(11)   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

       Cash payments for interest during fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 totaled $3.3
       million, $3.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively. Cash payments for
       income taxes during fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 totaled $3.6 million, $2.8
       million and $7.8 million, respectively.

       Non-cash investing activities during fiscal 1996 and 1997 include the
       transfer of videos with a depreciated cost of $4.1 million and $5.8
       million, respectively, from property and equipment to merchandise
       inventory. There were no non-cash investing activities in fiscal 1998.

       Non-cash financing activities during fiscal 1998 include the issuance of
       treasury stock to pay outside director fees of approximately $31,000 and
       the acquisition of treasury shares for stock options exercised totaling
       approximately $148,000. There were no non-cash financing activities in
       fiscal 1996 or 1997.

(12)   CONTINGENCIES

       The Company's employees are covered under a self-insured health plan.
       Claims in excess of $100,000 per employee are insured by an insurance
       company. Estimated claims incurred but not reported have been accrued in
       the accompanying financial statements. Health insurance expense during
       fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998 was $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $1.4
       million, respectively.

       The Company is partially self-insured for workers' compensation. Claims
       in excess of $100,000 per accident and $1.1 million in the aggregate
       annually are insured by an insurance company. Estimated claims incurred
       but not reported have been accrued in the accompanying consolidated
       financial statements. Workers' compensation expense during fiscal 1996,
       1997 and 1998 was $0.6 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million,
       respectively.

       The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising from
       the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the
       ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse
       effect on the Company's financial statements.

(13)   SALE OF MALL STORES

       During fiscal 1993, the Company sold the assets, primarily inventory and
       leasehold improvements, related to 26 mall stores to Camelot Music, Inc.
       ("Camelot"). Proceeds from the sales were $9.4 million and the Company
       recognized a gain of $3.8 million. During fiscal 1994, the Company sold
       the assets of an additional 16 mall stores to Camelot. Proceeds from the
       1994 sales were $8.7 million and the Company recognized a gain of $4.1
       million. The leases on all stores were assigned to Camelot in connection
       with the transactions. In the initial assignments, the Company was
       relieved from any further liability under eight leases.

       In August 1996, Camelot filed for protection from creditors under the
       federal bankruptcy code. At the time Camelot filed bankruptcy, seven
       additional leases had expired, and the Company believed that an
       additional seven leases had been terminated or amended by agreement of
       Camelot and the lessors such that the Company

                                       44

<PAGE>   45

                  HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            January 31, 1998 and 1999

       would have no liability, leaving a total of 20 leases on which the
       Company believed it might have potential liability. In 1996, the Company
       recorded a $2.5 million reserve for future lease obligations related to
       these stores.

       Camelot ultimately rejected six leases in its bankruptcy proceeding, and
       the bankruptcy court approved the plan in December 1997. Based on these
       events, the Company reduced its recorded reserve for future lease
       obligations to $1.5 million at January 31, 1998.

       In fiscal 1998, the Company was released from contingent liability on the
       remaining six leases by a US Bankruptcy Court order. Accordingly, in the
       fourth quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company reduced the remaining $1.5
       million reserve for future lease obligations to zero and included such
       amount in Gain (Loss) on sale of mall stores in the Consolidated
       Statements of Income.

ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

                                       45

<PAGE>   46


                                    PART III

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by
reference from the caption "Directors, Executive Officers and Committees" in the
Proxy Statement for the Company's July 16, 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by
reference from the caption "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement for
the Company's July 16, 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by
reference from the caption "Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock" in the Proxy
Statement for the Company's July 16, 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by
reference from the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in
the Proxy Statement for the Company's July 16, 1999 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders.

                                       46

<PAGE>   47


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference as
     indicated as required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The exhibits
     designated by an asterisk are management contracts and/or compensatory
     plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
   Number                                      Description
   ------                                      -----------

<S>                 <C>     <C>
          3.1       (1)     Third Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
          3.2       (1)     Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.
          4.1       (1)     Specimen of Certificate of Common Stock of the Company.
          4.2       (1)     Third Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (see 3.1 above).
          4.3       (1)     Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (see 3.2 above).
         10.1       (1)     Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and its directors and executive
                            officers.
         10.2       (1)     Note Purchase Agreement regarding $25,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes Due June 13, 2003.
         10.3               Credit Agreement among Hastings Entertainment, Inc. and NationsBank as of December 16, 1998.
         10.4   *   (1)     Hastings Amended 1996 Incentive Stock Plan.                                                   
         10.5   *   (1)     Hastings 1994 Stock Option Plan.                                                              
         10.6   *   (1)     Hastings 1991 Stock Option Plan.                                                              
         10.7   *   (1)     Hastings Entertainment, Inc. Associates' 401(k) Plan and Trust.                               
         10.8   *   (1)     Hastings Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust Agreement.                                       
         10.9   *   (1)     Chief Executive Officer Stock Option , as amended.                                            
        10.10   *   (1)     Corporate Officer Incentive Plan.                                                             
        10.11   *   (1)     Management Stock Purchase Plan.                                                               
        10.12   *   (1)     Management Incentive Plan.                                                                    
        10.13   *   (1)     Salary Incentive Plan.                                                                        
        10.14   *   (1)     Hastings Entertainment, Inc. Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors.                         
        10.15       (1)     Lease Agreement, dated August 3, 1994, as amended, between Omni Capital Corporation and the   
                            Company, for office space located at Sunset Center in Amarillo, Texas.                        
        10.16       (1)     Lease Agreement, dated August 3, 1994, as amended, between Omni Capital Corporation and the   
                            Company, for warehouse space located at Sunset Center in Amarillo, Texas.                     
        10.17       (1)     Stock Redemption Agreement dated May 3, 1994, as amended, between John H. Marmaduke,          
                            Independent Executor of the Estate of Sam Marmaduke, Deceased, and the Company.               
        10.18       (1)     Lease Agreement, dated May 28, 1992, between the City of Amarillo and the Company for space   
                            located at 1900 W. 7th Avenue in Amarillo, Texas.                                             
        10.19       (1)     $1,600,000 Promissory Note and Security Agreement in favor of First Interstate Bank of Texas,
                            NA.
        10.20   *   (1)     Stock Grant Plan for Outside Directors.                                                       
        10.21   *   (1)     Form of Employment Agreement by and between the Company and certain of its executives.        
         18.1               Preferability letter from KPMG LLP                                                            
         21.1       (1)     Subsidiaries of the Company.                                                                  
         23.1               Consent of KPMG LLP                                                                           
         24.1               Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages)                                              
         27.1               Financial Data Schedule                                                                       
</TABLE>

- -------------
(1)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1 (File No. 333-47969)

                                       47

<PAGE>   48



(b)  The financial statements set forth under Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K
     are incorporated herein by reference.

Financial Statement Schedule II -

                          HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
                 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
                   Years Ended January 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999
                             (Amounts in thousands)
     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FISCAL YEAR
           DESCRIPTION                               1997         1998         1999
                                                   -------      -------      -------

<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>    
Reserves deducted from assets:

Allowance for inventory returns and shrinkage:
   Balance at beginning of period                  $   330      $ 3,900      $ 5,132
   Additions charged to costs and expenses           5,727        5,289        6,957
   Deductions of write-offs                         (2,157)      (4,057)      (4,809)
                                                   -------      -------      -------
   Balance at end of period                        $ 3,900      $ 5,132      $ 7,280
                                                   =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>


See accompanying independent auditors' report


(c)  No report on Form 8-K was filed by the registrant during the fiscal year
     for which this report is filed.

                                       48

<PAGE>   49


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, on behalf of the registrant, thereunto duly
authorized:



                                    HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



DATE:  April 30, 1999               By: /s/ Dennis McGill
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Dennis McGill
                                        Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                        Treasurer and Secretary


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below hereby authorizes and constitutes
John H. Marmaduke and Dennis McGill, and each of them singly, his true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution and redistribution, for
him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign and file
any and all amendments to this report with all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and he hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of
them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature                                Title                                              Date
- ---------                                -----                                              ----

<S>                                      <C>                                                <C> 
/s/ John H. Marmaduke                    Chairman of the Board, President and Chief         April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------      Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
John H. Marmaduke

/s/ Phillip G. Hill                      Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer     April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------      and Director
Phillip G. Hill

/s/ Dennis McGill                        Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial         April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------      Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal
Dennis McGill                            Accounting and Financial Officer)

/s/ Leonard L. Berry                     Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Leonard L. Berry

/s/ Peter A. Dallas                      Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Peter A. Dallas

/s/ Gaines L. Godfrey                    Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Gaines L. Godfrey

/s/ Craig R. Lentzch                     Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Craig R. Lentzch
</TABLE>

                                       49

<PAGE>   50


<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                                                <C> 
/s/ Stephen S. Marmaduke                 Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Stephen S. Marmaduke

/s/ Jeffrey G. Shrader                   Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Jeffrey G. Shrader

/s/ Ron G. Stegall                       Director                                           April 30, 1999
- -----------------------------------
Ron G. Stegall
</TABLE>

                                       50

<PAGE>   51


                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Exhibit
   Number                                      Description
   ------                                      -----------

<S>                 <C>     <C>
          3.1       (1)     Third Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
          3.2       (1)     Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.
          4.1       (1)     Specimen of Certificate of Common Stock of the Company.
          4.2       (1)     Third Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (see 3.1 above).
          4.3       (1)     Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (see 3.2 above).
         10.1       (1)     Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and its directors and executive
                            officers.
         10.2       (1)     Note Purchase Agreement regarding $25,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes Due June 13, 2003.
         10.3               Credit Agreement among Hastings Entertainment, Inc. and NationsBank as of December 16, 1998.
         10.4   *   (1      Hastings Amended 1996 Incentive Stock Plan.                                                   
         10.5   *   (1)     Hastings 1994 Stock Option Plan.                                                              
         10.6   *   (1)     Hastings 1991 Stock Option Plan.                                                              
         10.7   *   (1)     Hastings Entertainment, Inc. Associates' 401(k) Plan and Trust.                               
         10.8   *   (1)     Hastings Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust Agreement.                                       
         10.9   *   (1)     Chief Executive Officer Stock Option , as amended.                                            
        10.10   *   (1)     Corporate Officer Incentive Plan.                                                             
        10.11   *   (1)     Management Stock Purchase Plan.                                                               
        10.12   *   (1)     Management Incentive Plan.                                                                    
        10.13   *   (1)     Salary Incentive Plan.                                                                        
        10.14   *   (1)     Hastings Entertainment, Inc. Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors.                         
        10.15       (1)     Lease Agreement, dated August 3, 1994, as amended, between Omni Capital Corporation and the   
                            Company, for office space located at Sunset Center in Amarillo, Texas.                        
        10.16       (1)     Lease Agreement, dated August 3, 1994, as amended, between Omni Capital Corporation and the   
                            Company, for warehouse space located at Sunset Center in Amarillo, Texas.                     
        10.17       (1)     Stock Redemption Agreement dated May 3, 1994, as amended, between John H. Marmaduke,          
                            Independent Executor of the Estate of Sam Marmaduke, Deceased, and the Company.               
        10.18       (1)     Lease Agreement, dated May 28, 1992, between the City of Amarillo and the Company for space   
                            located at 1900 W. 7th Avenue in Amarillo, Texas.                                             
        10.19       (1)     $1,600,000 Promissory Note and Security Agreement in favor of First Interstate Bank of Texas,
                            NA.
        10.20   *   (1)     Stock Grant Plan for Outside Directors.                                                       
        10.21   *   (1)     Form of Employment Agreement by and between the Company and certain of its executives.        
         18.1               Preferability letter from KPMG LLP                                                            
         21.1       (1)     Subsidiaries of the Company.                                                                  
         23.1               Consent of KPMG LLP                                                                           
         24.1               Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages)                                              
         27.1               Financial Data Schedule                                                                       
</TABLE>

- -------------
(1)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1 (File No. 333-47969)

<PAGE>   1

================================================================================

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among


                          HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.,
                                   as Borrower


                                       and


                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
               Individually, as the Issuing Bank and as the Agent


                                       and


                             FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
                         NOW OR HEREAFTER PARTIES HERETO




                               December 16, 1998


================================================================================

             NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC, AS LEAD ARRANGER




<PAGE>   2




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>
                                    ARTICLE 1

                             DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1.1        Certain Definitions of Terms..................................................1
SECTION 1.2        General Definitional Provisions..............................................19

                                             ARTICLE 2

                                            THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.1        Commitments to Lend..........................................................20
SECTION 2.2        Method of Borrowing..........................................................21
SECTION 2.3        Notes........................................................................22
SECTION 2.4        Interest Rates...............................................................22
SECTION 2.5        Continuations/Conversions, Etc...............................................24
SECTION 2.6        Commitment and Other Fees....................................................25
SECTION 2.7        Reduction and Termination of Commitments.....................................26
SECTION 2.8        Mandatory Prepayments........................................................26
SECTION 2.9        Principal Payments on Loans..................................................27
SECTION 2.10       Optional Prepayments.........................................................27
SECTION 2.11       General Provisions as to Payments............................................27
SECTION 2.12       Funding Losses...............................................................28
SECTION 2.13       Sharing of Payments, Etc.  ..................................................29
SECTION 2.14       Letters of Credit............................................................30
SECTION 2.15       Pro Rata Treatment...........................................................34
SECTION 2.16       Proceeds of Loans............................................................34


                                             ARTICLE 3

                                             CONDITIONS

SECTION 3.1        Initial Loans on the Closing Date............................................34
SECTION 3.2        All Loans, Conversions/Continuations and Letters of Credit...................34


                                             ARTICLE 4

                                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 4.1        Entity Status; Power and Authority...........................................35
SECTION 4.2        Authorization; Consents......................................................36
</TABLE>


                                       ii





<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                            <C>
SECTION 4.3        No Conflicts.................................................................36
SECTION 4.4        Enforceable Obligations......................................................36
SECTION 4.5        Title to Properties..........................................................36
SECTION 4.6        Financial Condition..........................................................37
SECTION 4.7        Full Disclosure..............................................................38
SECTION 4.8        No Default or Adverse Condition..............................................38
SECTION 4.9        Material Agreements; Insurance...............................................38
SECTION 4.10       No Litigation................................................................38
SECTION 4.11       Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock................................................39
SECTION 4.12       No Financing of Regulated Corporate Takeovers................................39
SECTION 4.13       Taxes........................................................................39
SECTION 4.14       Principal Office; Names; Primary Business....................................39
SECTION 4.15       Subsidiaries.................................................................40
SECTION 4.16       ERISA........................................................................40
SECTION 4.17       Compliance with Law..........................................................41
SECTION 4.18       Government  Regulation.......................................................41
SECTION 4.19       Insider......................................................................41
SECTION 4.20       Certain Environmental Matters................................................41
SECTION 4.21       Insurance; Certifications....................................................42
SECTION 4.22       Year 2000 Compliance.........................................................42

                                         ARTICLE 5

                                   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 5.1        Financial Statements, Reports and Documents..................................43
SECTION 5.2        Payment of Taxes and Other Liabilities.......................................45
SECTION 5.3        Maintenance of Existence and Rights; Conduct of Business.....................45
SECTION 5.4        Notice of Default............................................................45
SECTION 5.5        Other Notices................................................................45
SECTION 5.6        Compliance with Loan Documents...............................................46
SECTION 5.7        Compliance with Agreements...................................................46
SECTION 5.8        Access; Books and Records....................................................46
SECTION 5.9        Compliance with Law..........................................................47
SECTION 5.10       Insurance....................................................................47
SECTION 5.11       ERISA Compliance.............................................................47
SECTION 5.12       Further Assurances...........................................................48
SECTION 5.13       Maintenance of Corporate Identity............................................48
SECTION 5.14       Primary Business.............................................................48
SECTION 5.15       Subordination of Affiliate Obligations.......................................48
SECTION 5.16       Year 2000 Compliance.........................................................49
SECTION 5.17       Material Subsidiaries........................................................49
</TABLE>

                                       iii





<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                            <C>
                                         ARTICLE 6

                                     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 6.1        Certain Financial Matters....................................................49
SECTION 6.2        Limitation on Indebtedness...................................................50
SECTION 6.3        Limitation on Property.......................................................50
SECTION 6.4        Restricted Payments..........................................................51
SECTION 6.5        Limitation on Investments....................................................51
SECTION 6.6        Affiliate Transactions.......................................................51
SECTION 6.7        Limitation on Sale of Property...............................................51
SECTION 6.8        Internal Governance Documents; Name and Principal 
                   Place of Business............................................................52
SECTION 6.9        Certain Environmental Matters................................................52
SECTION 6.10       Liquidations, Mergers........................................................52
SECTION 6.11       Subsidiaries.................................................................53
SECTION 6.12       Sale of Receivables..........................................................53
SECTION 6.13       Acquisitions.................................................................53

                                         ARTICLE 7

                                     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 7.1        Events of Default............................................................54
SECTION 7.2        Remedies Upon Event of Default...............................................56
SECTION 7.3        Certain Additional Remedies Regarding Letters of Credit......................57

                                         ARTICLE 8

                                    THE AGENT AND BANKS

SECTION 8.1        Appointment of the Agent.....................................................57
SECTION 8.2        Exculpation; Agent's Reliance................................................58
SECTION 8.3        Defaults.....................................................................59
SECTION 8.4        Rights as a Bank.............................................................59
SECTION 8.5        Indemnification..............................................................59
SECTION 8.6        Bank's Credit Decision and Non-Reliance......................................60
SECTION 8.7        Deferral of Distributions; Investments.......................................61
SECTION 8.8        Name of Article 8............................................................61
SECTION 8.9        Resignation and Removal by Agent.............................................61
</TABLE>



                                       iv





<PAGE>   5
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                            <C>
                                    ARTICLE 9

                              CHANGED CIRCUMSTANCES

SECTION 9.1        Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair.....................62
SECTION 9.2        Illegality...................................................................62
SECTION 9.3        Increased Cost and Reduced Return............................................63
SECTION 9.4        Substitute Rate for Affected LIBOR Loans.....................................64
SECTION 9.5        Alternate Lending Office Designation.........................................65

                                         ARTICLE 10

                                       MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.1       Notices......................................................................65
SECTION 10.2       No Waivers...................................................................66
SECTION 10.3       Payment of Costs and Expenses; Professionals and Consultants.................67
SECTION 10.4       Indemnification..............................................................67
SECTION 10.5       Sharing of Setoffs...........................................................69
SECTION 10.6       Amendments and Waivers.......................................................69
SECTION 10.7       Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments..........................70
SECTION 10.8       Maximum Interest Rate........................................................72
SECTION 10.9       Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction....................................73
SECTION 10.10      Counterparts; Effectiveness..................................................74
SECTION 10.11      Independence of Covenants....................................................74
SECTION 10.12      Survival.....................................................................74
SECTION 10.13      Severability.................................................................74
SECTION 10.14      Governmental Regulation......................................................74
SECTION 10.15      No Control...................................................................75
SECTION 10.16      Renewals, Extensions, Rearrangements, Termination, Etc.......................75
SECTION 10.17      Conflicts....................................................................75
SECTION 10.18      Confidentiality..............................................................76
SECTION 10.19      Payments Set Aside...........................................................76
SECTION 10.20      Limitation of Liability; Commencement of Actions.............................76
SECTION 10.21      Review.......................................................................77
SECTION 10.22      This Agreement...............................................................77
</TABLE>



                                        v

<PAGE>   6




                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A         Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit B         Note

Exhibit C         Guaranty Agreement

Exhibit D         Pledge Agreement

Exhibit E         Assignment Agreement

Exhibit F         Continuation/Conversion Notice

Exhibit G         Compliance Certificate



                                    SCHEDULES

Schedule 4.1               Jurisdictions

Schedule 4.5               Liens

Schedule 4.9               Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.10              Litigation

Schedule 4.13              Taxes

Schedule 4.14              Names

Schedule 4.15              Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.20              Certain Environmental Matters

Schedule 5.15              Intercompany Notes

Schedule 6.2               Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.5               Existing Investments



                                       vi

<PAGE>   7




                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


         This Credit Agreement is made and entered into as of the 16th day of
December, 1998, among (i) HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Texas corporation
("Borrower"), (ii) each of the financial institutions that is a signatory hereto
or becomes a party hereto as provided in Section 10.7(d) (individually, a "Bank"
and collectively, the "Banks"), and (iii) NATIONSBANK, N.A., a national banking
association ("NationsBank"), individually as a Bank, as agent for the Banks
acting in the manner and to the extent provided in Article 8 (in such capacity,
the "Agent"), and as the issuer of the Letters of Credit hereinafter referred to
(as such issuer, the "Issuing Bank").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, Borrower has requested the Banks to provide it a revolving
credit facility, and the Issuing Bank to provide it a letter of credit facility
within said revolving credit facility, for the purposes hereinafter provided;
and

         WHEREAS, the Banks, severally, are willing to commit and to advance to
the extent of their respective commitments, revolving credit loans to, and the
Issuing Bank is willing to issue its letters of credit for the account of,
Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided;

         NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the
promises herein, and for other good and valuable considerations, the receipt,
adequacy and reasonable equivalency of which are hereby acknowledged by each
party hereto, Borrower, each Bank, the Issuing Bank and the Agent agree as
follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1

                             DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS

         SECTION 1.1 Certain Definitions of Terms. For purposes of this
Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires,
capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings
assigned to them as follows:

         "Acquisition" means any transaction pursuant to which Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries, (i) whether by means of a capital contribution or purchase
or other acquisition of stock or other securities or other equity participation
or interest, (a) acquires (or after giving effect to such transaction owns) more
than 50% of the equity interest in any Person pursuant to a solicitation by
Borrower or such Subsidiary of tenders of equity securities of such Person, or
through one or more negotiated block, market, private or other transactions, or
a combination of any of the foregoing, or (b) except as permitted by Section
6.11(ii), makes any corporation a Subsidiary of Borrower or such Subsidiary, or
causes any corporation, other than a Subsidiary of Borrower or such Subsidiary,
to be

<PAGE>   8




merged into Borrower or such Subsidiary (or agrees to be merged into any other
corporation other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary (excluding directors'
qualifying shares) of Borrower or such Subsidiary), or (ii) purchases in one
transaction or a series of related transactions purchases at least 50% of the
business or assets of any Person.

         "Acquisition Consideration" means the consideration given by Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries for an Acquisition, including but not limited to the
sum of (without duplication) (a) the fair market value of any cash, property
(but excluding capital stock or other equity securities or interests of Borrower
or its Subsidiaries), earn-outs or services given, plus (b) consideration paid
with proceeds of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Agreement, plus (c) the
amount of any indebtedness for borrowed money and operating leases (calculated
to be the product of annual rentals multiplied by six) assumed, incurred or
guaranteed in connection with such Acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary
which is a Subsidiary immediately prior to such Acquisition.

         "Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any period, the net income (plus or minus
any extraordinary charges or credits) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a
consolidated basis, for such period plus (i) interest expense of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period with respect to the
Loans and all other borrowed-money Indebtedness and the interest expense
component under Capitalized Lease Obligations plus (ii) income tax expense of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period plus
(iii) other non-cash items plus (iv) the aggregate amount deducted in
determining net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis, for such period for depreciation (excluding depreciation relating to
video tapes held for rental) and amortization of Property; provided, however,
notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, for the Fiscal Quarter
commencing November 1, 1998 and ending January 31, 1999 Adjusted EBITDA shall be
increased, without duplication and only to the extent included in the
determination of net income, by the Rental Video Charge.

         "Adjusted EBITDAR" means, for any period, the net income (plus or minus
any extraordinary charges or credits) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a
consolidated basis, for such period plus (i) interest expense of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period with respect to the
Loans and all other borrowed-money Indebtedness and the interest expense
component under a Capitalized Lease Obligations plus (ii) income tax expense of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period plus
(iii) other non-cash items plus (iv) the aggregate amount deducted in
determining net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period for
depreciation (excluding depreciation relating to video tapes held for rental)
and amortization of Property plus (v) rental expense of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period; provided, however,
notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, for the Fiscal Quarter
commencing November 1, 1998 and ending January 31, 1999 Adjusted EBITDAR shall
be increased, without duplication and only to the extent included in the
determination of net income, by the Rental Video Charge.

         "Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" means, with respect to any
Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded to the
nearest 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) the 

                                        2

<PAGE>   9




applicable London Interbank Offered Rate by (ii) 1.00 minus the LIBOR Reserve
Percentage. The Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate shall be adjusted
automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the LIBOR Reserve
Percentage.

         "Affiliate" means any Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with the relevant Person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings,
the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect
to any Person, means any Person with possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
Person, through the ownership (of record, as trustee or by proxy) of Voting
Shares, through a management contract, or otherwise. Any Person owning or
controlling directly or indirectly 25% or more of the Voting Shares, or other
equity interests of another Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such
Person.

         "Affected Bank has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

         "Agent" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this
Agreement and shall include, at all relevant times, each successor appointed in
the manner provided for in Article 8.

         "Agent Indemnitees" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

         "Agreed Maximum Rate" means a per annum rate of interest equal to 5%
plus the Base Rate, which Agreed Maximum Rate shall apply only during a period
while there is no Maximum Rate applicable to the transactions contemplated
hereby.

         "Agreement", "hereof", "hereto" "herein", "hereunder" and words of
similar import means this Agreement as a whole, and not any particular article
or section.

         "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time.

         "Applicable Law" means (i) in respect of any Person, all provisions of
constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies or
regulatory agencies applicable to such Person and its properties, including,
without limiting the foregoing, all orders and decrees of all courts and
arbitrators in proceedings or actions to which the Person in question is a
party, and (b) in respect of contracts relating to interest or finance charges
that are made or performed in the State of Texas, "Applicable Law" shall mean
the laws of the United States of America, including without limitation 12 USC
Sections 85 and 86(a), as amended from time to time, and any other statute of 
the United States of America now or at any time hereafter prescribing the 
maximum rates of interest on loans and extensions of credit, and the laws of the
State of Texas, including, without limitation, Art. 1H, if applicable, and if
Art. 1H is not applicable, Art. 1D, and any other statute of the State of Texas
now or at any time hereafter prescribing maximum rates of interest on loans and
extensions of credit; provided that the parties hereto agree pursuant to Texas
Finance Code Section 346.004 that the


                                        3

<PAGE>   10




provisions of Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code shall not apply to Loans,
this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Documents.

         "Applicable Margin" means, with respect to any LIBOR Loan and the
Commitment Fee, the following per annum percentages determined by the Agent as
follows:

                  (a) The Applicable Margin shall be equal to the percentage set
         forth below based upon the ratio of Funded Debt to Adjusted EBITDA as
         of the end of each Fiscal Quarter with respect to the fourth
         fiscal-quarter period ending as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Ratio of Funded Debt to Adjusted                          Applicable Margin           Applicable Margin
EBITDA                                                     for LIBOR Loans           for Commitment Fee
- --------------------------------                          -----------------          ------------------

<S>                                                       <C>                         <C> 
Less than 2.00 to 1.00                                          0.75                        0.25

Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00                           1.00                        0.30
</TABLE>

                  (b) Each determination of the Applicable Margin determined
         pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be determined by the Agent
         within 10 days after the delivery to it of a certificate required by
         Section 5.1(e). Promptly upon each such determination, the Agent shall
         notify Borrower and each Bank of such determination. Each change in the
         Applicable Margin shall remain effective until the next such
         determination.

         "Application" means an application, in such form as the Issuing Bank
may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Bank to open a Letter of
Credit.

         "Art. 1D" means Article 5069-1D, Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of
Texas, as amended.

         "Art. 1H" means Article 5069-1H, Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of
Texas, as amended.

         "Assignment Agreement" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(d).

         "Authorized Officer" means the president, chief financial officer,
controller, director of planning, or director of accounting of Borrower or any
other officer of Borrower which the president or chief financial officer may
from time to time designate in writing to the Agent as having authority to act
with respect to the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby.

         "Availability Period" means the period from and including the Closing
Date to but not including the Commitment Termination Date.

         "Bank" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this
Agreement.


                                        4

<PAGE>   11





         "Base Rate" means, as determined by the Agent on a daily basis, a per
annum interest rate equal to the higher of (i) the Prime Rate on such day, and
(ii) the sum of (a) 1/2% plus (b) the Federal Funds Rate on such day. Each
change in the Base Rate shall become effective, without prior notice to
Borrower, automatically as of the opening of business on the date of such change
in the Base Rate.

         "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan to be made or continued as or converted
into such a designated Loan pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or
Continuation/Conversion Notice, as the case may be, which will bear interest at
the Base Rate.

         "Borrowing" means a borrowing pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or
continuation or a conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 consisting, in each case,
of the same Type of Loan having in the case of LIBOR Loans, the same Interest
Period and made previously or being made concurrently by all of the Banks.

         "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in Dallas, Texas are authorized or required by law to
close.

         "Capital Lease Obligations" means, as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) real and/or personal property which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance
sheet of such Person under GAAP.

         "Capital Stock" means, as to any Person, the equity interests in such
Person, including, without limitation, the shares of each class of capital stock
in any Person that is a corporation, and each class of partnership interest
(including, without limitation, general, limited and preference units) in any
Person that is a partnership, and each class of member interest in any Person
that is a limited partnership company.

         "Change in Control" means, other than as a result of the public
offering of previously unissued common stock of Borrower, (i) John Marmaduke,
the Estate of Sam Marmaduke, the John H. Marmaduke Family Limited Partnership,
the Stephen S. Marmaduke Family Limited Partnership, and members of the
immediate families of John Marmaduke and Steve Marmaduke (collectively, the
"Marmaduke Family") shall cease to collectively be the "beneficial owner" (as
that term is used in Rules 13d and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of at least 25%
of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of
Borrower normally entitled to vote in elections of directors; or (ii) any
"person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act), other than the Marmaduke Family or any member thereof, is or
becomes the "beneficial owner" (as that term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act) of more than 40% of the combined voting power of the
then outstanding securities of Borrower normally entitled to vote in elections
of directors; or (iii) during any period of 12 consecutive months, Continuing
Directors cease for any reason (other than death or disability) to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower then in office.


                                        5

<PAGE>   12





         "Closing Date" means December 16, 1998.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as heretofore and
hereafter amended, or any successor statute.

         "Commitment" means, as to any Bank and on each relevant date of
determination, the obligation of such Bank to make Loans to Borrower in an
aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not exceeding the amounts
set forth during each time period opposite such Bank's name in Annex A under the
caption "Commitment", as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to
this Agreement, or as adjusted or specified in any amendment to this Agreement
or in any Assignment Agreement.

         "Commitment Fee" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i).

         "Commitment Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of (i)
December 16, 2001 and (ii) the date upon which the Commitments of all Banks have
been terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         "Contested Claim" means any Tax, Indebtedness or other claim or
liability, (i) the validity or amount of which is being diligently contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently prosecuted, (ii) for
which adequate reserves, if required by GAAP, have been established and (iii)
with respect to which any right to execute upon or sell any Property or assets
of Borrower has not matured or has been and continues to be effectively
enjoined, superseded or stayed.

         "Continuation/Conversion Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.5(a).

         "Continuing Directors" means any member of the Board of Directors of
Borrower on the date of this Agreement, any director elected since the date
thereof in any annual meeting of the stockholders upon the recommendation of the
Board of Directors of Borrower or any other member of the Board of Directors of
Borrower who will be recommended or elected to succeed a Continuing Director by
a majority of Continuing Directors who are then members of the Board of
Directors of Borrower.

         "Credit Event" means the making or continuation of, or conversion into,
any Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or any extension thereof or
other amendment or modification thereto.

         "Debtor Laws" means all applicable liquidation, conservatorship,
bankruptcy, moratorium, arrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or
similar Laws, or general equitable principles, from time to time in effect,
affecting the Rights of creditors generally or providing for relief to debtors.


                                        6

<PAGE>   13





         "Default" means any of the events specified in Section 7.1, regardless
of whether there shall have occurred any passage of time or giving of notice or
both that would be necessary in order to constitute such event an Event of
Default.

         "Default Rate" means, at the time in question, the lesser of (i) the
Base Rate, as in effect for each day during such time, plus 3% and (ii) the
Maximum Rate.

         "Dividends" means, in respect of any corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or similar Person, cash distributions or any other
distributions (whether in cash, Property or obligations) on or in respect of,
any class of capital stock (or other equity or beneficial interest) of such
entity, except for distributions made solely in shares of common stock or
similar equity interests.

         "Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Bank, the office
of such Bank specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite its name on
Annex A attached hereto and made a part hereof or such other office of such Bank
as such Bank may from time to time specify to Borrower and the Agent.

         "Environmental Complaint" means any third party (including private
parties, governmental agencies, and employees) action, lawsuit, claim, demand,
event, condition, report, investigation or proceeding which seeks to impose
liability for (i) noise; (ii) pollution or contamination of the air, surface
water, groundwater, or land; (iii) generation, handling, treatment, storage,
disposal, or transportation of Hazardous Materials; (iv) exposure to Hazardous
Materials; or (v) non-compliance with any Environmental Law.

         "Environmental Law" shall mean any federal, state, or local law,
statute, ordinance, or regulation pertaining to health, industrial hygiene, or
the environmental conditions, including without limitation, (i) the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste
Amendments of 1984, as now or hereafter amended (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et
seq.); (ii) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986, as now or hereafter amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.); (iii) the
Clean Water Act, as now or hereafter amended (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq. );
(iv) the Toxic Substances Control Act, as now or hereafter amended (15 U.C.C.
Section 2601 et seq.); (v) the Clean Air Act, as now or hereafter amended (42)
U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), Texas Solid Waste Disposal Act (V.T.C.A. Health
and Safety Code Section 361.001 et seq.) and the Texas Water Code (V.T.C.A.
Water Code Sections 26.001-26.407); (vi) all regulations promulgated under any
of the foregoing; (vii) any local, state or foreign law, statute, regulation or
ordinance analogous to any of the foregoing; and (viii) any other federal,
state, local, or foreign law (including any common law), statute, regulation, or
ordinance, regulating, prohibiting, or otherwise restricting the placement,
discharge, release, threatened release, generation, treatment, or disposal upon
or into any environmental media of any substance, pollutant, or waste which is
now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic to human
health or the environment.


                                        7

<PAGE>   14





         "Environmental Liability" means any claim, demand, obligation, cause of
action, order, violation, damage, injury, judgment, penalty or fine, cost of
enforcement, cost of remedial action or any other cost or expense whatsoever,
including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, resulting from the
violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, the storage, handling,
transportation or release of Hazardous Materials, or the imposition of any
Environmental Lien.

         "Environmental Lien" means a Lien in favor of a Governmental Authority
or other Person (i) for any liability under an Environmental Law of (ii) for
damages arising from costs incurred by such Governmental Authority or other
person in response to a release or threatened release of hazardous or toxic
waste, substance or constituent into the environment.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, together with all presently effective and future regulations issued
pursuant thereto.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

         "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         "Existing Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated
as of December 12, 1994, among Borrower, NationsBank (as successor to The
Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis), individually, as an issuing bank and as
agent, and the other financial institutions parties thereto, as amended,
modified and supplemented.

         "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded
upwards if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas on the Business Day next
succeeding such day, provided that (i) if such day is not a Business Day, the
Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the
next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day,
and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day,
the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to the
Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Agent.

         "Financing Parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.8.

         "Fiscal Quarter" and "Fiscal Year" refer to the fiscal quarter and
fiscal year of Borrower.

         "Fixed Charges" means, for any period, without duplication, the sum of
(i) rental expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis,
for such period plus (ii) interest expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on
a consolidated basis, for such period on Loans and any other borrowed-money
Indebtedness and the interest expense component under Capitalized Lease
Obligations.


                                        8

<PAGE>   15





         "Funded Debt" means, as of any time, the outstanding principal balance
of (i) the Notes plus (ii) Reimbursement Obligations plus (iii) any other
borrowed-money Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such
other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting
profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
determination.

         "Governmental Authority" means, whether now or hereafter constituted
and/or existing, (i) any government or nation (ii) any state, province,
commonwealth, territory, possession, county, parish, town, township, city or
municipality, (iii) any other Person or entity that exercises executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative function of, or pertaining
to government, (iv) any political or other authority, district or subdivision of
any of the Persons or entities referred to in the preceding clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii), (v) any court, tribunal, panel, board, commission, department,
agency, bureau, examiner or instrumentality of the Persons or entities referred
to in the preceding clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), and (vi) any arbitrator,
mediator or arbitration and/or mediation panel, board or the like, whether
impaneled pursuant to Laws, by contract or otherwise.

         "Guarantee" means, directly or indirectly (without duplication): (i)
guarantee or guaranty, as applicable, an endorsement, an assumption or an
undertaking, an understanding or a contingent agreement or other agreement
(hereinafter in this definition, the foregoing shall be collectively referred to
as "any agreement", or "any other agreement", as the context may require) to
purchase or acquire, or to furnish funds or Property for the payment or
maintenance of, or otherwise to be or become liable (contingently, irrevocably,
absolutely or otherwise) under or with respect to, or to perform or cause to be
performed, the Indebtedness (or any Property constituting security therefor),
other obligations and liabilities, net worth, capital requirements, working
capital, earnings, financial condition or position, or financial covenants of
any Person, or the redemption or repurchase obligations of any Person's capital
stock, warrants or stock or other equity, partnership or similar capital
equivalents, or any class or nature; (ii) a guarantee of, or any other agreement
for, the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the stock, equity,
partnership or other interests of any Person; (iii) any agreement to purchase,
sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) Property, products, materials, supplies or
services primarily for the purpose of enabling a debtor to make payment of its
obligations or Indebtedness, or to provide assurances thereof to any creditor or
other similar instrument for the benefit of another Person; or (v) any agreement
commonly known as or referred to as a "comfort" or "keepwell" letter or
agreement; provided however, in no event shall "Guarantee" include endorsements
for collection or deposit made in the ordinary course of business. The terms
"Guarantee" and "Guaranteed" used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.

         "Guaranty Agreement" means the Guaranty Agreement, executed by each
Material Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and otherwise
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.


                                        9

<PAGE>   16





         "Hazardous Discharge" means the happening of any event, status or
circumstance involving the use, storage, spill, transportation, removal,
disposal, discharge or cleanup of any Hazardous Material.

         "Hazardous Material" means (i) any hazardous substance defined in the
Comprehensive Response, Compensation and Liability Act 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et
seq.; (ii) any substance the presence of which on any Property requires
reporting or remediation under any Environmental Law; (iii) gasoline, diesel
fuel, fuel oil, motor oil and any other petroleum hydrocarbons, including any
additives or other byproducts associated therewith; and (iv) asbestos and
asbestos-containing materials in any form.

         "Indebtedness" means, for any Person (without duplication), any
liability, indebtedness or obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
(i) for borrowed money (whether by loan or the issuance and sale of debt
securities or instruments or the sale of Property to another Person subject to
an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such
Property from such Person); (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or
similar instruments; (iii) representing the deferred purchase or acquisition
price of Property or services, including trade accounts payable; (iv) with
respect to amounts or obligations Guaranteed or Indebtedness of another secured
by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective
indebtedness of another secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person,
whether or not the respective indebtedness or obligations so secured have been
assumed by such Person; (v) with respect to reimbursement of, or payment in
respect to, letters of credit, bankers' acceptances, surety or other bonds or
similar instruments issued or credit transactions; (vi) for any Guarantee of
such Person; (vii) under, or in respect of, any Interest Rate Protection
Agreement; (viii) under leases serving as a source of financing or otherwise
capitalized in accordance with GAAP; (ix) under sales or other title retention
agreements; (x) under, or in respect of, any indemnity and similar obligations,
howsoever arising, including, indemnities incurred or arising-in connection with
the purchase, sale or use of Property, the scope of which indemnity is
unlimited, unqualified or unquantifiable, or exceeds the fair market value of
the Property being purchased, sold or used, or pertains to Environmental
Liability or to the negligence, actions, omissions or other activities of any
Person; (xi) under, or in respect of, any partnership, joint venture or similar
entity in which such Person is a general partner, joint venturer or similar
participant; (xii) in respect of unfunded vested benefits under any Plan; (xiii)
to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock,
warrants, stock equivalents or other evidences of equity or any class or nature
of such person, or to set apart any money or other Property for a defeasance,
sinking or analogous fund for any Dividend or distribution thereon, or for any
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition thereof; (xiv) under any
synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or
similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered
borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating
lease pursuant to GAAP (excluding rental video revenue sharing agreements
entered into in the normal course of such Person's business); or (xv) which
would under GAAP be shown on such Person's balance sheet as a liability.


                                       10

<PAGE>   17





         "Interest Period" means with respect to each Borrowing consisting of a
LIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending one,
two, three or six months thereafter, as Borrower may elect in the applicable
Notice of Borrowing or continuation/Conversion Notice; provided that:

                  (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day
          that is not a LIBOR Business Day shall be extended to the next
          succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless
         such LIBOR Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case
         such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding LIBOR
         Business Day;

                  (ii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day
         that is not a LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for
         which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month
         at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clause (iii)
         below, end on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month; and

                  (iii) no Interest Period shall be elected that extends beyond 
         the Commitment Termination Date.

         "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means any interest rate swap, cap,
collar or similar agreement or arrangement providing for the transfer or
amortization of interest rate or currency risks generally or under specific
contingencies.

         "Investment" in any Person means any investment, whether by means of
share purchase, loan, advance, extension of credit (other than to customers of
such Person in the ordinary course of such Person's business), capital
contribution or otherwise, in or to such Person, the guarantee of any
Indebtedness of such Person or the subordination of any claim against such
Person to other Indebtedness of such Person.

         "Issuing Bank" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph
hereof.

         "Issuing Bank Parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(g).

         "Judgment" means any judgment, order, levy, abstract, mandamus, decree,
injunction, restraining order or other directive, demand or the like, of any
Governmental Authority, howsoever issued by it (whether pursuant to its equity
rights or powers, or otherwise).

         "Laws" means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations,
rules, directives, guidelines, interpretations, rulings, orders, requirements,
determinations, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees and other similar
pronouncements or directives of any Governmental Authority, and "Law" means each
of the foregoing.

         "LC Documents" means, collectively, (i) each Letter of Credit, (ii) any
application, reimbursement agreement, pledge agreement, remarketing agreement,
note, and other agreements, 

                                       11

<PAGE>   18




documents, certificates and instruments now or hereafter relating to such
Letters of Credit, and (iii) the other documents, instruments, agreements and
certificates executed or delivered in connection with the items in clauses (i)
and (ii) preceding, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, renewed,
extended, increased, restated, refinanced, refunded and/or replaced from time to
time, with such changes to (i), (ii) and (iii) as the Agent and the Issuing Bank
shall have approved.

         "Legal Rights" means, with respect to a Person, and to such Person's
business, operations and Property, all licenses, permits, certificates,
franchises, authorizations, consents, approvals, patents and patent rights,
trademarks and trademark rights, tradenames and tradename rights, copyrights,
service marks, applications, registrations and other similar rights, privileges
and authorities, used or useful and required of such Person and/or for such
Person to own and/or operate its business and Property.

         "Lending Office" means, as to any Bank, its Domestic Lending Office or
its LIBOR Lending Office, as the context may require.

         "Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit issued pursuant to
Section 2.14.

         "Letter of Credit Event" means any proceeding brought by or against
Borrower, or any event, occurrence or circumstance in respect to a Letter of
Credit, wherein the payment of such Letter of Credit is disputed, or the basis
for such payment is disputed, or assertions with respect to any of the foregoing
are made, including, without limitation, disputes between or involving the
respective account party and/or beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, or the
commencement of any injunctive action or relief by any Person in connection
therewith.

         "Letter of Credit Exposure" means, at any time without duplication, the
sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit, plus
(ii) the aggregate unpaid amount of all Reimbursement Obligations due and
payable at such time in respect of previous drawings made under Letters of
Credit or under any LC Documents.

         "Letter of Credit Limit" means $5,000,000.

         "LIBOR Business Day" means any Business Day on which commercial banks
are open for international business in London.

         "LIBOR Lending Office" means, as to any Bank, its office, branch or
Affiliate identified in Annex A as its LIBOR Lending Office or such other
office, branch or Affiliate of such Bank as it may hereafter designate as its
LIBOR Lending Office by notice to Borrower and the Agent.

         "LIBOR Loan" means a Loan to be made or continued as or converted into
such a designated Loan pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or
Continuation/Conversion Notice, as the case may be, which will bear interest at
the Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate.

         "LIBOR Rate Borrowing" means a Borrowing consisting of a LIBOR Loan.


                                       12

<PAGE>   19





         "LIBOR Reserve Percentage" means, at any time, the maximum rate at
which reserves (including, without limitation, any marginal, special,
supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained under
regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (or any successor) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System
against "Eurocurrency liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation D).
Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the LIBOR Reserve Percentage shall
reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with
respect to (i) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference
to which the Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate is to be determined, or (ii)
any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include LIBOR Loans.
The Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate shall be adjusted automatically on
and as of the effective date of any change in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage.

         "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, tax lien, pledge, encumbrance,
Environmental Lien, easement, restriction, right-of-way, charge or adverse claim
affecting title or use of, or resulting in an encumbrance against, Property of a
Person, or a security interest, conditional sale or title retention arrangement,
or any other interest in Property designed to secure the repayment of a
liability or the performance of an obligation or agreement, whether arising by
agreement, under any Law or otherwise, including, without limitation, any lease
in the nature thereof, any option, right of first refusal or other similar
agreement to sell, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing
statement under the UCC or equivalent statute in any jurisdiction or any other
instrument that evidences the creation, perfection, continuation, notice and/or
other aspect of a present or future Lien or asserted Lien.

         "Litigation" means any proceeding, (judicial, arbitral, mediation or
otherwise) claim, complaint, demand, lawsuit, hearing, inquiry and/or
investigation conducted or threatened by or before any Governmental Authority.

         "Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

         "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, each Note, each Guaranty
Agreement, each Pledge Agreement, each Interest Rate Protection Agreement
between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Bank or any Affiliate of
a Bank, and any and all other agreements, documents, promissory notes,
instruments, reports, opinions, requests, certificates, notices, filings and all
other documents, instruments, agreements and writings, now or hereafter executed
or delivered pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement, or the
transactions provided for herein or contemplated hereby, or in or by any other
Loan Document, each of the foregoing being in form, scope and substance
satisfactory to the Banks.

         "London Interbank Offered Rate" means, for any LIBOR Loan for any
Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to
the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page)
as the London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately
11:00 a.m. (London time) two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason
such rate

                                       13

<PAGE>   20




is not available, the term "LIBOR Rate" shall mean, for any LIBOR Loan for any
Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to
the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London
Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period
for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than
one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be
the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/100 of 1%).

         "Material Adverse Effect" means any circumstance or event which,
individually or in the aggregate with other circumstances or events, (i) could
have any material adverse effect whatsoever upon the validity, performance,
perfection or enforceability of any Loan Documents, or (ii) could be material
and adverse to the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of
Borrower, taken as a whole, or the Property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, (iii) could impair the ability of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to fulfill promptly and completely their
respective obligations under any of the Loan Documents, or (iv) could result in
or cause a Default or an Event of Default.

         "Material Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of
Borrower in which one or more of the following are applicable, (i) such
Subsidiary has 5% or more of the total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
on a consolidated basis (determined as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal
Quarter), (ii) such Subsidiary has generated 5% or more of the EBITDA of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the four-quarter
period ending as of the end of the most recent Fiscal Quarter or (iii) such
Subsidiary has received loans and investments from Borrower and its Subsidiaries
in an aggregate amount of 5% or more of the total assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis (determined as of the last day of the most
recent Fiscal Quarter).

         "Maximum Rate" means, with respect to each of the Agent, the Issuing
Bank and the Banks and on any and with respect to each day, the maximum lawful
non-usurious rate of interest (if any) which, under Applicable Law, it is
permitted or authorized to contract for, charge, collect, receive, take or
reserve from Borrower on its Notes or other Obligations owed or owing to it, as
the case may be, from time to time in effect, including changes in such Maximum
Rate attributable to changes under Applicable Law which permit a greater rate of
interest to be contracted for, charged, collected, received, taken or reserved
as of the effective dates of the respective changes.

         "NationsBank" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph
of this Agreement.

         "Negative Pledge" means any term, provision, agreement, contract or
undertaking that, directly or indirectly, (i) precludes or restricts, or
purports to preclude or restrict, the imposition or voluntary creation of, a
Lien on Property, or (ii) upon the imposition or voluntary creation of a Lien on
Property, requires the owner, lessee or other interest holder therein or thereto
to incur an obligation (payment, performance, creation of a Lien or otherwise)
to a Person, or requires such owner, lessee or other interest holder to provide,
or cause to be provided, any assurances or security

                                       14

<PAGE>   21




to a Person, which assurances and security did not theretofore exist and/or was
not theretofore required, whether such assurances or security consist of
collateral, guaranties, modifications or supplements to then existing
agreements, new agreements, or otherwise.

         "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any sale, transfer or
issuance of Capital Stock to any Person, the amount of cash received by such
Person in connection with such transaction (including cash proceeds of any
property received in consideration of any such sale, transfer or other
disposition) after deducting therefrom the aggregate, without duplication, of
the following amounts to the extent properly attributable to such transaction or
to any asset that may be the subject thereof: (i) reasonable brokerage
commissions, legal fees, finder's fees, financial advisory fees, fees for
solvency opinions, accounting fees, underwriting fees, investment banking fees
and other similar commissions and fees, and all expenses incurred in such sale,
transfer or issuance, in each case, to the extent paid or payable by such
Person; (ii) filing, recording or registration fees or charges or similar fees
or charges paid by such Person; and (iii) taxes paid or payable by such Person
or any shareholder, partner or member of such Person to governmental taxing
authorities as a result of such sale or other disposition (after taking into
account any available tax credits or deductions or any tax sharing
arrangements).

         "Net Income" means, for any period, the net earnings (or loss) after
taxes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such
period.

         "Note" means a promissory note executed by Borrower, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent, payable to the order of each Bank and evidencing the obligation of
Borrower to repay Loans made to it by such Bank, and "Notes" means all of them.

         "Note Offering" means those certain Senior Notes of Borrower issued on
or about December, 1996 in the aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000, which
amount may hereafter be increased to an aggregate principal amount not in excess
of $35,000,000.

         "Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

         "Notice of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

         "Obligations" means all obligations, indebtedness, fees, expenses,
costs, indemnities and other indemnification obligations, and liabilities of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Agent and/or the Banks (and/or any
Affiliate of any Bank), now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct or
indirect, related or unrelated, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
joint, several or joint or several, or otherwise, and all renewals, extensions,
increases, refinancings, rearrangements or modifications thereof, or any part
thereof, arising pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other
Loan Document (including, without limitation and without duplication, the
Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Reimbursement
Obligations), and all interest accruing thereon (including, without limitation,
interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy

                                       15

<PAGE>   22




with respect to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, would accrue on such
Obligations), and attorneys' fees incurred in the enforcement or collection
thereof.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and any
successor to all or any of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation's functions
under ERISA.

         "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(c).

         "Permitted Indebtedness" has the meaning stated in Section 6.2.

         "Permitted Liens" means: (i) Liens imposed by mandatory provisions of
Law such as carrier's, materialmen's, mechanics', warehousemen's, landlord's and
other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, securing
Indebtedness not yet due, (ii) Liens for Taxes, if the same are not yet due and
payable or qualify as a Contested Claim, (iii) encumbrances consisting of minor
zoning restrictions, easements or other restrictions on the use of real
Property, provided that such items do not or will not impair or interfere with
the use of such Property for the purposes intended or the value thereof, (iv)
pledges or deposits in connection with or to secure worker's compensation,
unemployment insurance, pensions or other employee benefits, or public or
statutory obligations, (v) purchase money security interests securing
Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.2(vi), and (vi) Liens that exist on
Property owned by Borrower on the date of this Agreement and are listed in
Schedule 4.5, together with all renewals, extensions, refinancing and
modifications (but not increases) of the Indebtedness secured thereby.

         "Person" includes any individual, corporation, company, joint venture,
general or limited partnership, trust, organization, association, limited
liability partnership, limited liability company or other entity (whether or not
incorporated), or Governmental Authority.

         "Plan" means any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA and maintained at
any time since January 1, 1986 for employees of Borrower or of any member of a
"controlled group of corporations" or "trade or business", as such terms are
defined in Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, of which Borrower is a member, or
any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA to which Borrower is required to
contribute, or has been required to contribute at any time since January 1,
1986, on behalf of its employees.

         "Pledge Agreement" means a pledge agreement executed by Borrower and
each Subsidiary which owns capital stock in a Material Subsidiary covering all
Capital Stock of each Material Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit
D hereto and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

         "Prime Rate" means, at any time, the prime interest rate announced or
published by NationsBank from time to time as its reference rate for the
determination of interest rates for loans of varying maturities in United States
dollars to United States residents of varying degrees of 

                                       16

<PAGE>   23




creditworthiness and being quoted at such time by NationsBank as its "prime
rate"; it being understood that such rate may not be the lowest rate of interest
charged by NationsBank.

         "Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether
real, personal or mixed or tangible or intangible (including, without
limitation, Legal Rights).

         "Purchaser" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(c).

         "Qualified Bank" means (i) a Bank, (ii) an Affiliate of a Bank, and
(iii) any other Person approved by the Agent and, unless an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected in accordance
with Section 10.7, Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed by Borrower or the Agent and such approval to be deemed given by
Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Bank and the Agent from
Borrower within two Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has
been provided by the assigning Bank to Borrower; provided, however, that neither
Borrower nor any of its Affiliates shall qualify as a Qualified Bank.

         "Quarterly Date" means each April 1, July 1, October 1 and January 1.

         "Regulation D", "Regulation T", "Regulation U" and "Regulation X" mean
Regulation D, T, U or X, as the case may be, of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, or any successor or other regulation hereafter
promulgated by said Board to replace the prior Regulation D, T, U or X and
having substantially the same function.

         "Reimbursement Obligations" means, at any date, the obligations of
Borrower then outstanding, or which may thereafter arise, in respect of Letters
of Credit then outstanding, under Section 2.14 to reimburse the Issuing Bank for
the amount paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of a drawing under a Letter of
Credit or any other amounts payable under any of the LC Documents.

         "Rental Video Charge" means the one-time charge against net income of
the Borrower taken during the Fiscal Quarter commencing November 1, 1998 and
ending January 31, 1999 related to the write-down of rental video cassettes not
to exceed $22,000,000 in aggregate amount calculated on a pre-tax basis.

         "Required Banks" means, as of the date of any determination, Banks that
hold at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall have been
terminated, holding Notes and having issued (or purchased participations in)
Letters of Credit evidencing 66-2/3% of the sum of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the Loans and unexpired Letters of Credit.

         "Rights" means rights, remedies, powers and privileges.

         "Subsidiary" means, for any Person, any corporation or other entity
(including, without limitation, any partnership, joint venture, trust or limited
liability company) (i) of which at least a

                                       17

<PAGE>   24




majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms
thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or
other Persons having similar powers and/or performing similar functions of such
corporation or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at any time
securities or other ownership interests of any class or classes of such
corporation or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of
the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or
controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) of
which such Person is a general partner, joint venturer or similar capacity.

         "Tangible Net Worth" means, as of any date, the total shareholders'
equity (including common stock and preferred stock [other than mandatorily
redeemable stock] at stated value, additional paid-in capital and retained
earnings after deducting treasury stock) which would appear on a balance sheet
of Borrower prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, plus (i)
subordinated Indebtedness in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, (ii)
the LIBO reserve and (iii) deferred income taxes, less the sum of the following:
(i) intellectual property rights, (ii) goodwill and experimental expenses, (iii)
unamortized debt discount and expense, (iv) costs in excess of fair value of the
net assets acquired. If Borrower is required by Regulation S-X, any Financial
Reporting Releases, Staff Accounting Bulletins or other pronouncements or
promulgation by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, "SEC
Requirements"), to present any portion of shareholders' equity separately in its
public-filed financial statements differently from a presentation that would
appear when presented in accordance with GAAP (SEC Requirements
notwithstanding), due to Borrower's obligations with respect to redemption or
repurchase of shares of its capital stock, then GAAP accounting conventions
shall prevail for the purpose of determining Tangible Net Worth.

         "Taxes" means all taxes, assessments, fees, levies, imposts, duties,
penalties or other charges of any nature whatsoever from time to time or at any
time imposed by any Law or any Governmental Authority, whether on income,
profits, Property, sales, use, excise, franchises, capital, ownership,
operations or otherwise.

         "Temporary Cash Investment" means any Investment in (i) direct
obligations of the USA or any agency thereof, or obligations fully guaranteed by
the USA or any agency thereof (including indirect investments in such
obligations through repurchase agreements with the Agent or any Qualified Bank),
provided that such obligations mature within 6 months of the date of acquisition
thereof, (ii) commercial paper rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's or at
least P-1 by Moody's Investor Service and maturing not more than 6 months from
the date of acquisition thereof, (iii) time deposits with, and certificates of
deposit and banker's acceptances issued by, the Agent, (iv) commercial paper
maturing not more than 30 days from the acquisition thereof issued by any Bank
(or the parent of any Bank) and (v) Eurodollar investments made available
through any Bank or brokerage company.

         "Transferee" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(e).

         "Type" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(f).


                                       18

<PAGE>   25





         "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Texas and of
any other state to the extent Texas Law requires application of the same.

         "UCP" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

         "USA" means the United States of America.

         "Unavailable Commitment" means the difference, if any, between
$75,000,000 and the Commitments of all Banks.

         "Unavailable Commitment Fee" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.6(a)(ii).

         "Voting Shares" of any corporation means shares of any class or classes
(however designated) having ordinary voting power for the election of at least a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (or other governing bodies) of
such corporation.

         "Year 2000 Compliant" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22.

         SECTION 1.2 General Definitional Provisions.

         (a) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have their defined
meanings when used in each Loan Document and in each certificate, exhibit,
schedule, annex or other instrument related thereto, unless in any case the
context states or implies otherwise; and when required by the context, each term
shall include the plural as well as the singular, and vice versa. Furthermore,
in each Loan Document: (i) the word "or" is not exclusive, and the word
"including" (in its various forms) means "including without limitation"; and
(ii) provisions in the masculine, feminine or neither genders should be
construed to include any gender.

         (b) Definitions of each Person specifically defined herein or in each
other Loan Document shall mean and include herein and therein, unless otherwise
expressly provided to the contrary, the successors, assigns, heirs and legal
representatives of each such Person.

         (c) Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly
provided, references to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall
include all amendments, modifications, supplements, restatements, ratifications,
renewals, increases, extensions, replacements, substitutions and rearrangements
thereof or thereto, as applicable, and as in effect from time to time; provided,
however, nothing contained in this sentence shall be construed to authorize any
Person to execute or enter into any such amendments, modifications, supplements,
restatements, ratifications, renewals, increases, extensions or rearrangements
to a Loan Document to which it is a party, unless entered into and executed
pursuant to the applicable provisions of the respective Loan Documents.

         (d) All accounting terms not specifically defined in a Loan Document
shall be construed, and all accounting procedures, calculations and reporting
required or provided for in any Loan

                                       19

<PAGE>   26




Document shall be performed or prepared, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied.

         (e) The term "Section" refers to Sections of this Agreement, and the
terms "Annex", "Exhibit" and "Schedule" refer to Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules
attached hereto, reference to which is hereby made for incorporation herein for
all intents and purposes, unless in any case the context states or implies
otherwise. The table of contents and headings in each Loan Document are inserted
for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored when construing any such
Loan Document.

         (f) Loans hereunder are distinguished by "Type". The "Type" of a Loan
refers to the determination whether such Loan is a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR
Loan.


                                    ARTICLE 2

                                   THE CREDITS

         SECTION 2.1 Commitments to Lend.

         (a) Loans. From time to time during the Availability Period, each Bank
severally agrees to make revolving loans (each, a "Loan") to Borrower, on and
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding such Bank's
Commitment; provided, however, at no time shall the aggregate principal amount
of all Loans outstanding plus the Letter of Credit Exposure exceed the aggregate
Commitments of all Banks. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
Loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed at any time during the Availability
Period without premium or penalty.

         (b) Amount of Borrowings; Borrowings Ratable. Each Borrowing requested
by Borrower as a Base Rate Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of
$100,000, or a multiple thereof, or if a lesser amount, the amount of the
remaining unadvanced aggregate Commitments of all Banks. Each Borrowing
requested by Borrower as a LIBOR Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of
$1,000,000, or a multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. All Borrowings
hereunder shall be made from the Banks ratably in proportion to their respective
Commitments.

         (c) Types. All Loans shall, at the option of Borrower, be either Base
Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans and may be continued or converted pursuant to Section
2.5, provided that all Loans made pursuant to the same Borrowing shall be of the
same Type; provided, however, no more than 10 LIBOR Loan Borrowings shall be
outstanding at any time.


                                       20

<PAGE>   27





         SECTION 2.2 Method of Borrowing.

         (a) Borrower shall give the Agent notice (a "Notice of Borrowing"), in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, not later than 12:00 noon (Dallas time)
on (i) with respect to Base Rate Loans, the Business Day of each Borrowing
consisting of a Base Rate Loan and (ii) with respect to LIBOR Loans, the third
LIBOR Business Day before each Borrowing consisting of a LIBOR Loan, specifying:

                  (1) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day
         in the case of a Borrowing consisting of a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR
         Business Day in the case of a Borrowing consisting of a LIBOR Loan;

                  (2) the Type of the Loans comprising such Borrowing, provided
         that with respect to the initial Credit Event hereunder, all Loans
         shall be Base Rate Loans;

                  (3) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing and of each Loan
         comprising such Borrowing; and

                  (4) the deposit account of the Agent's Domestic Lending Office
         into which such Borrowing is requested to be deposited; and

                  (5) in the case of a LIBOR Rate Borrowing, the duration of the
         Interest Period applicable thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower's right to designate any Loan as a LIBOR
Loan shall be subject to the restrictions referred to in Section 2.5(c).

         (b) By 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on the date of receipt of a Notice of
Borrowing, the Agent shall notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such
Bank's ratable share of such Borrowing. Such Notice of Borrowing shall not be
revocable by Borrower.

         (c) Not later than 2:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on the date of each
Borrowing, each Bank shall make available its ratable share of such Borrowing,
in immediately available funds, to the Agent at the account number of the Agent
set forth in Annex A. Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition
precedent has not been satisfied, the Agent will make the funds so received
from each Bank available to Borrower in its deposit account designated in the
applicable Notice of Borrowing.

         (d) Unless the Agent has received notice from a Bank, prior to any
proposed Borrowing, that such Bank does not intend to fund its Loan requested to
be made on such date, the Agent may assume that such Bank has funded its Loan
and is depositing the proceeds thereof with the Agent on such date, and the
Agent in its sole discretion may, but shall not be obligated to, disburse a
corresponding amount to Borrower on such date. If Loan proceeds corresponding to
that amount are not in fact deposited with the Agent by such Bank on or prior to
the funding date of such Loan, such Bank agrees to pay, and in the event such
Bank fails to immediately pay, Borrower agrees to

                                       21

<PAGE>   28




repay, to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount, together with
interest on the balance thereof from time to time outstanding for each day from
the date such amount is disbursed to Borrower until the date such amount is paid
or repaid to the Agent, (i) in the case of Borrower, at the interest rate
applicable to such Borrowing, and (ii) in the case of such Bank, at the Federal
Funds Rate. If such Bank shall pay to the Agent such corresponding amount, the
amount so paid shall constitute such Bank's Loan a part of such Borrowing for
the purposes of this Agreement. If both such Bank and Borrower shall repay such
corresponding amount, the Agent shall promptly refund to Borrower such
corresponding amount (together with any interest paid thereon by Borrower). This
Section 2.2(d) does not relieve any Bank of its obligation to make its Loans on
any funding date therefor. The obligations of each Bank hereunder are several,
and neither any Bank nor the Agent shall be responsible for the obligation of
any other Person hereunder (or such other Person's default in the performance
thereof), nor will the failure by the Agent or any Bank to perform any of the
respective obligations hereunder relieve the Agent or any other Bank from the
performance of its respective obligations hereunder.

         (e) All Borrowings made hereunder shall be disbursed by credit to the
deposit account maintained by Borrower at the Agent's Domestic Lending Office
that is designated in the applicable Notice of Borrowing.

         SECTION 2.3 Notes.

         (a) The Loans of each Bank shall be evidenced by a Note.

         (b) Upon receipt of each Bank's Note pursuant to this Section 2.3, the
Agent shall promptly mail or deliver such Note to such Bank. Each Bank shall
record on its books, and prior to any transfer of its Note shall endorse on the
schedule forming a part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the date,
amount and maturity of each Loan made by it and the date and amount of each
payment of principal made by Borrower with respect thereto; provided that the
failure of any Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect
the obligations of Borrower or any Bank hereunder or under any other Loan
Document. Each Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized by Borrower so to endorse
its Note and to attach to and make a part of its Note a continuation of any such
schedule as and when required.

         SECTION 2.4 Interest Rates.

         (a) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof, for each day from the date such Loan is made until it
becomes due and payable, at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Base
Rate as in effect for each such date and (ii) the Maximum Rate. Accrued, unpaid
interest on the outstanding principal of the Base Rate Loans shall be due and
payable on each Quarterly Date. Any principal of and, to the extent permitted by
Law, accrued and unpaid interest on any Base Rate Loan which has become due and
payable shall bear interest on the unpaid portion thereof, payable on demand,
for each day from such due date and until paid, at the Default


                                       22

<PAGE>   29




Rate. Not less than 5 Business Days prior to each Quarterly Date, Agent shall
submit to Borrower a statement for accrued interest on Base Rate Loans due as of
such Quarterly Date.

         (b) Each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
amount thereof, for the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum
equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the applicable
Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate and (ii) the Maximum Rate. Accrued,
unpaid interest on the outstanding principal of each LIBOR Loan shall be due and
payable for each Interest Period on the last day thereof; provided, however, if
the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan exceeds three months, interest shall
also be due and payable in arrears on each three-month anniversary of the
commencement of such Interest Period during such Interest Period. Any principal
of and, to the extent permitted by Law, interest on any LIBOR Loan which has
become due and payable shall bear interest on the unpaid portion thereof,
payable on demand, for each day from such due date and until paid, at the
Default Rate. Not less than 5 LIBOR Business Days prior to the last day of each
Interest Period, Agent shall submit to Borrower a statement for accrued interest
on LIBOR Loans due as of the end of the Interest Period.

         (c) The Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the
Loans hereunder and each fee hereunder. Interest for all Base Rate Loans and all
fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days (as
applicable), in each case for the actual number of days elapsed (including the
first day but excluding the last day). Interest shall be computed for all LIBOR
Loans on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of
days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day), except that,
if use of a 360-day year would result in a rate in excess of the Maximum Rate,
such computation will be made on the basis of a year consisting of 365 or 366
days, as appropriate. Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate or fee
hereunder shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error.

         (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the applicable
contractual rate of interest provided for herein (without reference to the
Maximum Rate limitation) exceeds the Maximum Rate, then the rate of interest on
any Loan or other Obligation shall be limited to the Maximum Rate during such
time, and at all times thereafter (including periods during which any or all of
such applicable rates of interest have fallen below the Maximum Rate), the
interest rate on any Loan or other Obligation shall be the Maximum Rate, or if
there is no Maximum Rate in effect, the Agreed Maximum Rate, until the total
amount of interest accrued on such Loan or other Obligation equals the amount of
interest which would have accrued thereon if the applicable contractual rate of
interest (without reference to the Maximum Rate limitation) had at all times
been in effect; but in no event shall the aggregate interest payable or paid
during the period beginning on the date the initial Loan is made until the
Obligations are paid in full exceed an amount equal to interest at the Maximum
Rate, so long as the Maximum Rate shall be applicable to this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby. If at maturity or final payment of any Note or
other Obligations, as applicable, the total amount of interest paid or accrued
on such Note or other Obligations under the foregoing provisions is less than
the total amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued if the
applicable contractual rate of interest provided for herein had at all times
been in effect, then Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to
pay an amount equal to the difference between (i) the lesser

                                       23

<PAGE>   30




of (A) the amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued on such Note
or other Obligations, as applicable, if the Maximum Rate had at all times been
in effect and (B) the amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued
on such Note or other Obligations, as applicable, if a rate per annum equal to
the applicable contractual rate of interest provided for herein had at all times
been in effect, and (ii) the amount of interest paid or accrued in accordance
with the other provisions of such Note or other Obligations, as applicable.

         (e) The payment of interest (or any amount deemed to be interest) on
any Note and on any other Obligation shall, in all respects regarding each Loan
Document, be subject to the provisions of Section 10.8.

         SECTION 2.5 Continuations/Conversions, Etc.

         (a) Continuation/Conversion.

                  (i) Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any
         portion of the outstanding Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan by giving the
         Agent a completed and duly executed irrevocable notice of such
         election, in the form and substance of Exhibit F hereto (the
         "Continuation/Conversion Notice") not later than 12:00 noon (Dallas
         time) on the third LIBOR Business Day before the proposed date of
         conversion, specifying the proposed date of conversion, the portion of
         the Base Rate Loan to be converted, and the duration of the Interest
         Period applicable thereto.

                  (ii) Borrower may elect to continue (as of the last day of the
         applicable Interest Period) all or any part of any LIBOR Loan a the
         same Type of Loan by giving the Agent an irrevocable
         Continuation/Conversion Notice not later than 12:00 noon (Dallas time)
         on the third LIBOR Business Day before the proposed date of
         continuation. The Continuation/Conversion Notice shall specify the
         proposed date of continuation, the portion of LIBOR Loan to be
         continued, and the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

                  (iii) Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or
         any portion of a LIBOR Loan into a Base Rate Loan by giving the Agent
         an irrevocable Continuation/Conversion Notice not later than 12:00 noon
         (Dallas time) one Business Day before the date of conversion. The 
         Continuation/Conversion Notice shall specify the portion of the LIBOR 
         Loan to be converted and the date of conversion.

                  (iv) Upon receipt of a Continuation/Conversion Notice, the
         Agent shall promptly notify each Bank thereof. Any continuation
         pursuant to the preceding clause (ii) or conversion pursuant to the
         preceding clause (iii), may only occur on the last day of the
         applicable Interest Period. Each Borrowing continued as, or converted
         to, a LIBOR Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000,
         or a multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, and each Borrowing
         continued as, or converted to, a Base Rate Loan shall be in a minimum
         principal amount of $100,000 or a multiple thereof.


                                       24

<PAGE>   31





         (b) No Notice. If no Continuation/Conversion Notice is given with
respect to any LIBOR Loan prior to the time specified in Section 2.5(a)(i) or
Section 2.5(a)(ii), or if a Continuation/Conversion Notice is timely or
otherwise given, but it is incomplete and is not completed before the respective
time required by this Agreement, Borrower shall be deemed to have converted such
Loan into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the applicable Interest Period.

         (c) Restrictions on Use of Options. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Section 2.5, no LIBOR Loan may be made or continued
as such, and no Loan shall be made or converted to a LIBOR Loan, (i) when any
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) when any
provision of any Loan Document prohibits or would preclude any such
continuation, election or conversion, or (iii) if after giving effect to any
such proposed continuation, election or conversion, it would be necessary to
prepay, in whole or part, a LIBOR Loan prior to the expiration of its then
applicable Interest Period in order for Borrower to pay, in full and in
accordance with this Agreement, a mandatory, scheduled or voluntary payment or
prepayment of principal hereunder, including the final maturity payment
hereunder. During the period that a LIBOR Loan is prohibited or precluded
hereunder from continuation, election or conversion, and unless otherwise
expressly provided herein, each such LIBOR Loan shall be automatically converted
to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the applicable Interest Period, and each
other Loan shall be continued as a Base Rate Loan.

         SECTION 2.6 Commitment and Other Fees. Subject to Section 10.8:


         (a) Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of the
Banks, the following fees: (i) an amount equal to the product of (A) the
Applicable Margin for Commitment Fee and (B) the unused portion of the
Commitment of all Banks during the Availability Period (the "Commitment Fee")
and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (A) 1/10 of 1% per annum and (B) the
Unavailable Commitment (the "Unavailable Commitment Fee"). Such fees shall be
payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Date during the Availability
Period and on the Commitment Termination Date.

         (b) Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank and the Banks, by remittance
to the Agent, the respective fees referred to in Section 2.14 as consideration
for the issuance and maintenance of Letters of Credit. Such fees shall be for
the account of the Issuing Bank or for the ratable account of the Banks, as
provided in Section 2.14.

         (c) On the Closing Date and on each anniversary date of the Closing
Date prior to the termination of all Commitments, Borrower shall pay the Agent,
for its own account, an annual, non-refundable Agent's fee as set forth in a fee
letter agreement of even date herewith, between Borrower and the Agent.

         (d) On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay the Agent, for its account
and the account of the Banks, as appropriate, the fees set forth in clause (q)
of Annex B.


                                       25

<PAGE>   32





         SECTION 2.7 Reduction and Termination of Commitments.

         (a) After the Closing Date, Borrower may, upon at least 5 Business
Days' prior notice to the Agent, receipt of which notice Agent shall promptly
notify the Banks, terminate at any time, or permanently reduce from time to time
by an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $500,000 in
excess thereof, the unused portion of the Commitments of all Banks.

         (b) Each termination or reduction of the Commitment pursuant to the
provisions hereof shall apply proportionately to the respective Commitment of
each Bank, and each such termination or permanent reduction, once terminated or
so reduced, may not be reinstated. If the Commitment is terminated in its
entirety, all accrued Commitment Fees, Unavailable Commitment Fees and other
fees with respect thereto shall be due and payable on the effective day of such
termination.

         (c) To the extent not theretofore terminated or permanently reduced, as
applicable, pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement, the Commitments of
all Banks shall terminate on December 16, 2001; provided, however, in the sole
and absolute discretion of all of the Banks, such termination date for the
Commitments of all Banks may be extended for up to an additional one-year period
on each anniversary of this Agreement upon such terms and conditions as shall be
prescribed by the all of the Banks. Any such election by all of the Banks shall
be made, if at all, pursuant to a written instrument executed by all of the
Banks, which instrument shall refer to this provision and set forth the extended
term of the Commitments of all Banks and, if applicable, the terms and
conditions for such extended term.

         SECTION 2.8 Mandatory Prepayments.

         (a) If at any time (whether as a result of a temporary or permanent
reduction in Commitments pursuant to Section 2.7), the aggregate principal
amount of all Loans outstanding plus the Letter of Credit Exposure exceeds the
aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Banks, Borrower shall immediately
prepay the Loans in an amount at least equal to such excess. All such mandatory
prepayments shall be accompanied by, and Borrower shall pay, interest thereon
which has accrued until the date of payment thereof.

         (b) By 12:00 noon (Dallas time) on the date that a mandatory prepayment
is required under Section 2.8(a), Borrower shall select which outstanding Loans
(indicating the Type) are to be prepaid and shall notify the Agent thereof. Such
notice shall not be revocable by Borrower. By 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on the
date of receipt of such notice, the Agent shall notify each Bank of the contents
thereof and of such Bank's ratable share of such prepayment. Each such
prepayment shall be applied to prepay ratably the respective Loans so selected.

         (c) As provided in Section 2.2(d), Borrower shall immediately prepay
the principal of, and accrued interest on, portions of Borrowings funded by the
Agent as to which and to the extent a Bank has not funded its pro rata portion.


                                       26

<PAGE>   33





         SECTION 2.9 Principal Payments on Loans. The aggregate unpaid principal
balance of the Loans, together with accrued, unpaid interest thereon shall
(unless the maturity thereof is sooner accelerated or otherwise becomes due and
payable in accordance with the terms hereof or any other Loan Document) mature
and be due and payable on the Commitment Termination Date.

         SECTION 2.10 Optional Prepayments.

         (a) Borrower may, upon notice to the Agent given not later than 1:00
p.m. (Dallas time) on (i) the Business Day of prepayment of any Base Rate Loan
and (ii) the LIBOR Business Day prior to the date of prepayment of any LIBOR
Loan, prepay (without premium or penalty, other than any funding losses as
provided in Section 2.12) any Loan in whole at any time, or from time to time in
part, in minimum principal amounts of $250,000 or any integral multiple of
$250,000. Such notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and the
Loan or Loans (indicating the corresponding Type) applicable to such prepayment
and shall not be revocable by Borrower. The payment amount specified in such
notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with
accrued interest thereon and other fees and expenses due and owing to the date
of prepayment.

         (b) Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section
2.10, the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of
such Bank's ratable share, if any, of such prepayment.

         SECTION 2.11 General Provisions as to Payments. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 2.14(c), Borrower shall make each payment of principal of
and interest on the Loans, of the Reimbursement Obligations and of fees or any
other Obligations not later than 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on the date when due
(it being understood that interest shall accrue and be payable for such date on
any amounts which are paid after 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time)), in immediately
available funds, without deduction, setoff or counterclaim to the Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Bank at the account of the Agent set forth in Annex A. By
2:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on the date of receipt, the Agent will distribute to the
Issuing Bank or each Bank (as applicable), in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, its ratable share of each such payment. Whenever any payment of
principal of or interest on the LIBOR Loans shall be due on a day which is not a
LIBOR Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next
succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless such LIBOR Business Day falls in another
calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof shall be the
immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day. Whenever any payment of any other
Obligations shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for
payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If the
date for any payment of principal is extended as provided above or by operation
of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.
Unless the Agent has received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which
any payment is due to each Bank or the Agent hereunder that Borrower will not
make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that Borrower has made such
payment in full to the Agent on such date, and the Agent may, in reliance upon
such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Bank on such due date an amount
equal to the amount then due such Bank. If and to the extent Borrower has not
made such payment in full to the Agent, each Bank shall repay to the Agent
forthwith on demand such amount distributed

                                       27

<PAGE>   34




to such Bank, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such
amount is distributed to such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount
to the Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. In the event
any payment received by the Agent and so paid to Banks is rescinded or must
otherwise be returned by the Agent, each Bank shall, upon the request of the
Agent, repay to the Agent the amount of such payment paid to such Bank, together
with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to
such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount to the Agent, at a rate
per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.

         SECTION 2.12 Funding Losses. If Borrower (i) makes any payment or
prepayment of principal with respect to any LIBOR Loan, pursuant to Article 2 or
otherwise, on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, (ii) fails to borrow, pay or prepay any LIBOR Loans after notice has
been given to any Bank in accordance with Section 2.2(b) or 2.10(b), (iii)
defaults in making a Borrowing of, conversion into, or continuation of, LIBOR
Loans after it has given a notice regarding same in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, or (iv) converts or continues a LIBOR Loan, or
converts a Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan, in any event in this clause (iv)
pursuant to Section 2.5 at any time other than at the end of (or in the case of
a conversion to a Base Rate Loan, at the beginning of) the relevant Interest
Period, then Borrower shall, subject to Section 10.8, pay to each Bank on demand
an amount sufficient to compensate such Bank for any actual loss or expense
incurred or sustained by it as a consequence of any thereof, which compensation
shall include an amount equal to the greater of zero or

                               [(B-C) x D x E]/360

         wherein

         "B" is decimal equivalent of the London Interbank Offered Rate that is
         (or would be in the case of Borrower's failure to borrow after giving a
         Notice of Borrowing) payable by Borrower on such LIBOR Loan;

         "C" is the decimal equivalent of the Eurodollar rate that would apply
         to a hypothetical Eurodollar deposit in the Affected Principal Amount
         whose investment date were on the last Business Day on or before the
         first day of the Remaining Interest Period and whose Interest Period
         were approximately equal, as determined by the requesting Bank, to the
         Remaining Interest Period (it being agreed that in the event the
         Remaining Interest Period is not a 30, 60, 90 or 180 day period, the
         requesting Bank shall determine the Eurodollar rate in its sole
         discretion);

         "D" is the number of days from the first day of the Remaining Interest 
         Period to the last day of the Remaining Interest Period;

         "E" is the Affected Principal Amount.


                                       28

<PAGE>   35





"Affected Principal Amount" shall mean, as applicable, (i) the principal amount
of a LIBOR Loan that Borrower fails to take after having given a Notice of
Borrowing therefor (unless such Notice of Borrowing has been withdrawn prior to
becoming irrevocable) or (ii) the amount of any prepayment or repayment of a
LIBOR Loan that occurs, or the entire principal amount of a LIBOR Loan that
converts to another Type of Loan on a date which is not the last day of the
Interest Period therefor.

"Remaining Interest Period" shall mean, as applicable, (i) the entire Interest
Period that would have been applicable to a LIBOR Loan that Borrower fails to
take after having given a Notice of Borrowing therefor (unless such Notice of
Borrowing has been withdrawn prior to becoming irrevocable) or (ii) if a
prepayment or repayment on a LIBOR Loan occurs, or a LIBOR Loan converts to a
Loan of another Type of Loan, whether or not required hereby, prior to the last
day of the Interest Period therefor, the period from and including the date
thereof to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

If a Bank claims compensation under this Section 2.12, such Bank shall furnish a
certificate to Borrower (with a copy to the Agent if it is not the Bank
involved) that provides a detailed calculation of the amount to be paid to such
Bank, which certificate shall be binding against Borrower, absent manifest
error.

         SECTION 2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc. Each of the Agent and the Banks
agrees that if it shall, whether through the exercise of rights under any Loan
Document or rights of banker's lien, setoff, counterclaim or otherwise against
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise, obtain payment of a portion of
the aggregate Obligations owed to it which, taking into account all
distributions made by the Agent under this Agreement causes the Agent or such
Bank to have received more than it would have received had such payment been
received by the Agent and distributed pursuant to this Agreement, then (i) it
shall notify the Agent and each of the other Banks, (ii) it shall be deemed to
have simultaneously purchased and shall be obligated to purchase interests in
the Obligations as necessary to cause the Agent and all Banks to share all
payments as provided for herein, and (iii) such other adjustments shall be made
from time to time as shall be equitable to ensure that the Agent and all Banks
share all payments of Obligations as provided for herein; provided, however,
nothing contained herein shall in any way affect the right of the Agent or any
Bank to obtain payment (whether by exercise of rights of banker's lien, setoff,
counterclaim or otherwise) of indebtedness other than the Obligations. Borrower,
on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries, expressly consents to the
foregoing arrangements and agrees that any holder of any such interest or other
participation in the Obligations, whether or not acquired pursuant to the
foregoing arrangements, may to the fullest extent permitted by law exercise any
and all rights of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim (but not against trust
or escrow accounts or deposits) as fully as if such holder were a holder of the
Obligations in the amount of such interest or other participation. If all or any
part of any funds transferred pursuant to this Section 2.13 is thereafter
recovered from the seller under this Section 2.13 which received the same, the
purchase provided for in this Section 2.13 shall be deemed to have been
rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery,
together with interest, if any, if interest is required pursuant to court order
to be paid on account of the possession of such funds prior to such recovery.


                                       29

<PAGE>   36





         SECTION 2.14 Letters of Credit.

         (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Commitments may be
utilized, upon the request of Borrower, in addition to the Loans provided for in
Section 2.1 hereof, by the issuance by the Issuing Bank of one or more Letters
of Credit for the account of Borrower; provided, however, that no Letter of
Credit may be issued if (i) after giving effect thereto (A) the Letter of Credit
Exposure (including the amount of the requested Letter of Credit) would exceed
the Letter of Credit Limit or (B) such Letter of Credit Exposure plus the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loans would exceed the
Commitments of all Banks, and (ii) the expiration date thereof extends beyond
the earlier of one year from issuance or 5 Business Days prior to the Commitment
Termination Date. In addition to the applicable provisions of Article 3, all
Letters of Credit shall be issued upon the request of Borrower on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Section 2.14; and the provisions hereof that are
applicable to the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be correspondingly
applicable to each renewal, extension or reissuance thereof, or amendment
thereto. Upon the date of issuance by the Issuing Bank of a Letter of Credit,
the Issuing Bank shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to
have sold to each Bank, and each Bank shall be deemed, without further action by
any party hereto, to have purchased from the Issuing Bank, a participation in
such Letter of Credit and the related Letter of Credit Exposure, to the extent
of such Bank's pro rata share of the Commitments of all Banks. Borrower hereby
acknowledges and agrees to all such participations.

         (b) Borrower shall give the Agent and the Issuing Bank at least 5
Business Days' prior written notice specifying the date each Letter of Credit is
to be issued and describing the proposed terms of such Letter of Credit,
including without limitation, the date, face amount, beneficiary and expiry date
thereof, the nature of the transactions proposed to be supported thereby and
such other information as the Issuing Bank shall reasonably request, all in
detail reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank. Upon receipt of such notice,
the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such
Bank's pro rata share of the amount of such proposed Letter of Credit. The
issuance by the Issuing Bank of each Letter of Credit shall, in addition to the
conditions precedent set forth in Article 3, be subject to the conditions
precedent that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form, contain such terms
and support such transactions as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent
and the Issuing Bank, and that Borrower shall have executed and delivered a
reimbursement agreement acceptable to the Issuing Bank, and such other
instruments and agreements relating to such Letter of Credit as either the Agent
or the Issuing Bank shall have reasonably requested. Each Letter of Credit
shall, to the extent not inconsistent with the express terms hereof or the
applicable Application, be such to the Uniform Customs and Practices for
Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce
Publication No. 500 (together with any subsequent revisions thereof approved by
a Congress of the International Chamber of Commerce and adhered to by the
Issuing Bank (the "UCP")), and shall, as to matters not governed by the UCP, be
governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Texas (other than conflict of law principles).


                                       30

<PAGE>   37





         (c) Borrower agrees to pay the following fees, by remittance to the
Agent, in respect of Letters of Credit issued hereunder: (i) for the account of
the Issuing Bank, a fee equal to the product of (x) 0.125% and (y) the average
daily amount available for drawings under all outstanding Letters of Credit;
(ii) for the ratable account of the Banks, a fee equal to the product of (x) the
per annum rate of interest equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to
time and (y) the average daily amount available for drawings under all
outstanding Letters of Credit; and (iii) with respect to the negotiation of each
Letter of Credit, for the account of the Issuing Bank, a fee equal to $75.00.
The foregoing fees shall be due and payable as follows: (A) fees under clauses
(i) and (ii) above shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on each
Quarterly Date and on the Commitment Termination Date; and (B) fees under clause
(iii) shall be due and payable upon negotiation of the Letter of Credit. The
foregoing fees are distinct from, and in addition to, interest on the Notes and
Loans, if any, made in respect of the Letters of Credit, and fees and other
amounts otherwise provided herein.

         (d) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any
demand for payment under such Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly
notify Borrower, the Agent and each Bank of Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations
as a result of such demand and the date on which any payment is to be made to
such beneficiary in respect of such demand. Borrower shall, by 1:00 p.m. (Dallas
time) on the date on which a drawing is to be made, reimburse the Issuing Bank
for any amount paid or to be paid by the Issuing Bank upon any drawing under any
Letter of Credit, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice or
other formalities of any kind, in an amount, in same day funds, and the unpaid
balance of such amount from time to time remaining outstanding and unpaid after
each such drawing shall accrue interest, until paid in full, at the Default Rate
which interest shall be due and payable on demand, or if demand is not sooner
made, then on the Quarterly Date next following such drawing and if applicable,
on each Quarterly Date thereafter.

         (e) If, by 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on the day on which a drawing is to
be made or is made, Borrower fails to reimburse the Issuing Bank as provided in
Section 2.14(d), for whatever reason, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the
Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the unreimbursed amount
of such drawing and of such Bank's respective pro rata portion thereof. On the
date of such notice (or if such notice is given after 1:00 p.m. (Dallas time) on
such date, the next succeeding Business Day), each Bank agrees, without regard
to the existence of a Default or Event of Default, to pay to the Issuing Bank,
an amount equal to such Bank's pro rata portion of such unreimbursed amount,
together with interest on such amount for each day from the date the Issuing
Bank pays such draw to the date of payment by such Bank of such amount at a rate
of interest per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such period. The
Issuing Bank shall pay to each Bank such Bank's pro rata portion of all amounts
received from Borrower for payment, in whole or in part, of the Reimbursement
Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, but only to the extent such Bank
has made payment to the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit
pursuant to this Section 2.14(e).

         (f) Reimbursement Obligations of Borrower in respect of the Letters of
Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid
strictly in accordance with the terms of this

                                       31

<PAGE>   38




Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation,
the following circumstances:

                  (1) any lack of validity on enforceability of any Letter of
         Credit, or any agreement or instrument related thereto, or any other
         Loan Documents;

                  (2) any amendment or waiver of, or any consent to departure
         from, the terms of any Letter of Credit or any other Loan Document,
         without the express prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and the
         Required Banks;

                  (3) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other
         rights which Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or
         any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any
         such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any Bank or any
         other Person, whether in connection with such Letter of Credit, this
         Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument
         related thereto, the transactions contemplated herein, or any unrelated
         transaction;

                  (4) any statement, draft, certificate, demand or any other
         document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
         fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement
         therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever;

                  (5) payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit
         against presentation of a draft, demand, certificate or other document
         which appears on its face to comply but does not in fact comply with
         the terms of such Letter of Credit;

                  (6) any material adverse change in the financial condition of
         Borrower;

                  (7) any breach of any Loan Document by Borrower or any other 
         Person; or

                  (8) any other circumstances or happening whatsoever, whether
         or not similar to any of the foregoing.

         (g) IN ORDER TO INDUCE THE ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT BY THE ISSUING
BANK, (i) BORROWER AGREES THAT THE ISSUING BANK SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR
LIABLE FOR, AND BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND UNDER EACH OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE LETTERS OF CREDIT SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED BY, ANY
CIRCUMSTANCE, ACT OR OMISSION WHATSOEVER (WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN TO THE ISSUING
BANK) OTHER THAN A CIRCUMSTANCE, ACT OR OMISSION CAUSED SOLELY BY AND RESULTING
FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE ISSUING BANK, AS
DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION, AND (ii) BORROWER ASSUMES ALL
RISK OF THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE BENEFICIARY OR ANY TRANSFEREE OF ANY LETTER
OF CREDIT WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF SUCH

                                       32

<PAGE>   39





LETTER OF CREDIT. NEITHER THE ISSUING BANK NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, NOR ANY OF
ITS OR THEIR OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, DIRECTORS OR INSURERS, OR
ANY OF ITS OR THEIR SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS, HEIRS AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES
(COLLECTIVELY, THE "ISSUING BANK PARTIES"), SHALL BE LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE FOR:
(1) VALIDITY, SUFFICIENCY OR GENUINENESS OF CERTIFICATES OR OTHER DOCUMENTS, OR
OF ANY ENDORSEMENTS THEREON, EVEN IF SUCH CERTIFICATES OR OTHER DOCUMENTS SHOULD
IN FACT PROVE TO BE IN ANY OR ALL RESPECTS INVALID, INSUFFICIENT, FRAUDULENT OR
FORGED; (2) ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS OR DELAYS IN TRANSMISSION OR
DELIVERY OF ANY MESSAGES OR ADVICES BY MAIL, TELEX OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER OR NOT
THEY BE IN CODE; (3) ERRORS IN TRANSLATION OR FOR ERRORS IN INTERPRETATION OF
FOREIGN, TECHNICAL OR INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC TERMS; (4) THE USE THAT MAY BE MADE OF
ANY LETTER OF CREDIT OR FOR ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE BENEFICIARY AND ANY
TRANSFEREE IN CONNECTION THEREWITH; (5) PAYMENT BY THE ISSUING BANK AGAINST
PRESENTATION OF DOCUMENTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF ANY CORRESPONDING
LETTER OF CREDIT, INCLUDING FAILURE OF ANY DOCUMENTS TO BEAR ANY REFERENCE OR
ADEQUATE REFERENCE TO SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT; (6) ANY CONSEQUENCE ARISING FROM
CAUSES BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE ISSUING BANK; AND (7) ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES
WHATSOEVER IN MAKING OR FAILING TO MAKE PAYMENT UNDER ANY LETTER OF CREDIT;
EXCEPT ONLY THAT BORROWER SHALL HAVE A CLAIM AGAINST THE ISSUING BANK, AND THE
ISSUING BANK SHALL BE LIABLE TO BORROWER, TO THE EXTENT, BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT,
OF ANY DIRECT, AS OPPOSED TO CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE
DAMAGES SUFFERED BY BORROWER WHICH BORROWER PROVES WERE CAUSED BY THE FAILURE OF
THE ISSUING BANK TO DETERMINE WHETHER ANY DRAFT, CERTIFICATE OR OTHER DOCUMENT
PRESENTED UNDER ANY LETTER OF CREDIT APPEARED ON ITS FACE TO COMPLY WITH THE
TERMS OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, AND NOT IN
LIMITATION THEREOF, THE ISSUING BANK MAY ACCEPT CERTIFICATES OR OTHER DOCUMENTS
THAT APPEAR ON THEIR FACE TO BE IN ORDER, WITHOUT RESPONSIBILITY FOR FURTHER
INVESTIGATION. NONE OF THE FOREGOING SHALL AFFECT, IMPAIR OR PREVENT THE VESTING
OF ANY OF THE RIGHTS AND POWERS OF THE ISSUING BANK, THE AGENT OR ANY BANK
HEREUNDER FOR ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS ENTERED INTO BY BORROWER WITH RESPECT TO ANY
LETTER OF CREDIT, ALL OF WHICH RIGHTS SHALL BE CUMULATIVE.

         IN FURTHERANCE AND NOT IN LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS,
BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY ACTION TAKEN BY THE ISSUING BANK (INCLUDING AS A RESULT
OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE) WITHOUT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT UNDER OR
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LETTER OF CREDIT, OR ANY RELATED DRAFTS, CERTIFICATES,
DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS, SHALL BE BINDING, ABSOLUTELY, IRREVOCABLY AND


                                       33

<PAGE>   40




UNCONDITIONALLY, ON BORROWER AND SHALL NOT PUT THE ISSUING BANK UNDER ANY
RESULTING LIABILITY TO BORROWER, AND BORROWER MAKES LIKE AGREEMENT AS TO ANY
INACTION OR OMISSION, UNLESS WITH GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS
SUBSECTION 2.14(G) ARE INTENDED TO RELEASE THE ISSUING BANK FROM ANY OBLIGATION
OR LIABILITY RESULTING FROM, OR ATTRIBUTABLE TO, ANY ISSUING BANK, UNDER, OR IN
CONNECTION WITH, ANY LETTER OF CREDIT.

         SECTION 2.15 Pro Rata Treatment. Except as required under Section
2.6(b), Section 2.6(c), Section 2.12, Section 2.14(c), Section 2.14(d) and
Article 9, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any
Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the fees, each
termination or reduction of the Commitments, and each refinancing of any
Borrowing with, conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing
as a Borrowing of any Type, shall be allocated ratably and pro rata among the
Banks in accordance with their respective Commitments. Each Bank agrees that in
computing such Bank's portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Agent
may, in its discretion, round each Bank's portion of such Borrowing to the next
higher or lower whole dollar amount.

         SECTION 2.16 Proceeds of Loans. Subject to the terms of this Agreement,
the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used to refinance
Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement and for accounts receivable and
inventory financing, new store opening costs, expansion costs of existing stores
and other general corporate purposes of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   CONDITIONS

         SECTION 3.1 Initial Loans on the Closing Date. The obligations of the
Banks to make any Loan, or of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, on
the Closing Date are subject to the conditions precedent that on or before the
Closing Date, the Agent shall have received, there shall have been performed and
there shall exist, the documents, actions and other matters set forth in Annex
BC hereto, each in form, scope and substance, and (as applicable) dated as of a
date, satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

         SECTION 3.2 All Loans, Conversions/Continuations and Letters of Credit.
The obligations of the Banks to make each Loan or to continue any Loan as, or to
convert any Loan into, a LIBOR Loan or a Base Rate Loan, or of the Issuing Bank
to issue any Letter of Credit, are subject to, in addition to the conditions
referred to in Section 3.1, the satisfaction of the Agent as to the following
conditions precedent:


                                       34

<PAGE>   41



         (a) Representations True and No Defaults. (i) The representations and
warranties contained and referred to in Article 4 (other than those
representations and warranties limited by their terms to a specific date) shall
be true, complete and accurate in all material respects on and as of the date of
the Credit Event as though made on and as of such date; (ii) no event shall have
occurred since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered
pursuant to Section 5.1 (or in the case of a Credit Event prior to the delivery
of such statements, July 31, 1998), that has caused a Material Adverse Effect;
and (iii) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

         (b) No Material Adverse Change. As of the date of the Credit Event, no
change or event that might cause a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.

         (c) Borrowing/Letter of Credit Documents. Other than a continuation or
conversion pursuant to Section 2.5, the Agent shall have received (i) a
certificate signed by an Authorized Officer dated as of such date to the effects
set forth in Section 3.2(a), (ii) a Notice of Borrowing delivered in accordance
with Section 2.2(a) or a notice requesting a Letter of Credit delivered in
accordance with Section 2.14(b), as the case may be, and (iii) such other
documents and certificates relating to the transactions herein contemplated as
the Issuing Bank or Banks, as applicable (through the Agent), may reasonably
require.

         (d) Continuation/Conversion Documents. On the date of any continuation
or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5, the Agent shall have received (i) a
certificate executed by an Authorized Officer dated as of such date to the
effects set forth in Section 3.2(a), (ii) a Continuation/Conversion Notice
delivered in accordance with Section 2.5(b), and (iii) such other documents and
certificates relating to the transactions herein contemplated as the Banks
(through the Agent) may reasonably require.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         To induce each of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks to enter
into and perform its agreements pursuant to this Agreement, including, without
limitation, the making of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit,
Borrower (i) makes and reaffirms to each of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Banks each of the representations and warranties contained in each Loan
Document, and (ii) without duplication, represents and warrants to each of the
Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks that, at the time of execution hereof and
the transactions contemplated hereby and as of each of the dates of each of the
financial statements required to be delivered, from time to time, pursuant to
Section 5.1:

         SECTION 4.1 Entity Status; Power and Authority. Borrower and each of
its Subsidiaries are duly organized and validly existing in good standing under
the laws of the state of its incorporation or organization and are corporations
or other legal Persons duly qualified as a

                                       35

<PAGE>   42




foreign corporation or organization and in good standing in all states in which
the failure to be so qualified could have a Material Adverse Effect, all of
which jurisdictions are set forth in Schedule 4.1 hereto. Borrower and each of
its Subsidiaries has the corporate power and authority and all Legal Rights
which are necessary (i) to own, lease, use and operate its Property and to
transact its business as now being and as proposed to be conducted and (ii) to
execute and deliver each Loan Document executed by it, perform and comply with
all obligations and agreements thereunder and consummate the transactions
contemplated thereby. The outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
As of the Closing Date, there are no Material Subsidiaries.

         SECTION 4.2 Authorization; Consents. The execution, delivery and
performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of each Loan Document
executed by it, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby,
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and other action by, on
behalf of, and with respect to, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, and no
consent, approval, authorization, declaration, filing, order or other action by,
on behalf of, or with respect to, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is
required of, or from, any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection
with any of such execution, delivery or performance, or the validity or
enforceability of any Loan Document against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
or any of their respective Property covered thereby which has not been obtained
and is final and in full force and effect.

         SECTION 4.3 No Conflicts. Neither the execution or delivery of any Loan
Document, nor the consummation of any transaction contemplated therein, nor the
performance of, or compliance with, any of the terms and provisions thereof,
does or will (i) conflict with, or result in or constitute a breach, violation
or default of, or require a consent under, (A) any provision of Law to which
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Property is subject
or bound, (B) any judgment or Legal Right applicable to Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their respective Property, (C) any lease, indenture, loan
agreement, note, purchase or acquisition agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or
other agreement or instrument to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
Property may be bound or subject, or (D) any provision of the charter, bylaws or
other organizational or governance document of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, or (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien or
Negative Pledge upon Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
respective Property, except for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
the Banks.

         SECTION 4.4 Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Document has been duly
executed and delivered by Borrower or its Subsidiaries executing it, and
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, as applicable, enforceable against Borrower or its Subsidiaries,
as applicable, in accordance with its respective terms.

         SECTION 4.5 Title to Properties. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have
good and indefeasible title to, or valid leasehold interests in, as applicable,
all of their respective Property, free and clear of all Liens (except Permitted
Liens), Negative Pledges and any other adverse claims of any

                                       36

<PAGE>   43




nature, except any of the foregoing which are for the benefit of the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Banks. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.5, there are no
financing statements, lien instruments, abstracts of judgment, levies,
executions or other filings of record in any jurisdiction naming Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries as "debtor", "mortgagor", "obligor" or the like, or covering
any Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except those evidencing
Permitted Liens.

         SECTION 4.6 Financial Condition.

         (a) Financial Statements. Borrower has delivered to the Agent copies of
the audited balance sheet of Borrower as of January 31, 1998, and the related
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended on
such date, with reports thereon by KPMG Peat Marwick, its independent public
accountants, and unaudited copies of such financial statements of Borrower for
the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998. Such financial statements (together
with related schedules and notes, the "Financial Statements") are true, complete
and accurate in all material respects, fairly present the financial condition of
Borrower as of the respective dates thereof and have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP applied throughout the periods covered thereby, subject to normal
year-end audit adjustments. As of the date hereof, Borrower has no (i)
obligations, liabilities or other Indebtedness (including Guarantees) or (ii)
Investments in any Person which are (separately or in the aggregate) not
reflected in such Financial Statements; and there has been no material adverse
change in the financial condition, management, control, operations, business or
prospects of Borrower or its Property (as applicable) since the date of the
Financial Statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the Banks recognize that
the above described interim financial statements of Borrower do not include full
footnote disclosures that are included in the year-end financial statements of
Borrower.

         (b) Solvency. Upon giving effect to the issuance of each Note (and the
incurrence of the Indebtedness thereunder), the execution, delivery and
performance of each Loan Document by Borrower, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby, the following are and will be true, complete
and accurate in all material respects:

                  (i) the fair saleable value of the assets of Borrower exceeds
         the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of the
         existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities)
         of Borrower, as they mature;

                  (ii) the assets of Borrower do not constitute unreasonably
         small capital for Borrower to carry out its business as now conducted
         and as proposed by it to be conducted;

                  (iii) Borrower does not intend to incur debts beyond its
         ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the
         timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower, and of amounts
         to be payable on or in respect of debt of Borrower); and

                  (iv) Borrower does not intend, nor believe, that final
         judgments against it in actions for money damages will be rendered at a
         time when, or in an amount such that, it will be

                                       37

<PAGE>   44




         unable to satisfy any such judgments promptly in accordance with their
         terms (taking into account the maximum reasonable amount of such
         judgments in any such actions and the earliest reasonable time at which
         such judgments might be rendered).

         SECTION 4.7 Full Disclosure. There is no fact that Borrower has not
disclosed to the Banks which might reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. Neither the financial information referenced in Section 4.6(a)
nor any certificate, report, exhibit, schedule, statement, disclosure letter or
other information furnished to the Agent or any Bank by, or on behalf of,
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether heretofore or herewith, in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery or
consummation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or included therein
or delivered pursuant thereto, contains any untrue statement of a material fact
or omits or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make and keep the
statements contained herein or therein from being misleading. All information
furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
shall be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

         SECTION 4.8 No Default or Adverse Condition. No event has occurred and
is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, and there
exists no event, circumstance, condition or casualty (whether or not covered by
insurance) which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 4.9 Material Agreements; Insurance. Neither Borrower nor any of
its Subsidiaries is in default under, or in violation or in breach of (nor has
any event or circumstance occurred which, but for the passage of time or the
giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under, or a violation or
breach of), (i) its charter, bylaws or other internal governance document, (ii)
any Judgment affecting it or any of its Property, or (iii) any partnership
agreement or any material indenture promissory note, contract, lease, purchase
or acquisition agreement, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, security
agreement, license, permit, franchise or other material agreement or obligation
to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound. Attached
hereto as Schedule 4.9 is a complete and correct list of all of Borrower's and
each of its Subsidiaries' material patents, trademarks, tradenames, copyrights
and service marks and all applications, registrations and licenses relating
thereto. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or bound
by, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement or other hedging agreement or
material contract or agreement, except as otherwise permitted herein. Borrower
and its Subsidiaries maintain insurance in compliance with Section 5.10.

         SECTION 4.10 No Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 (and
therein designating which of the following clauses (i) through (iv) is
applicable thereto), as of the date hereof, there is no Litigation or Judgment
pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened, against, affecting or
challenging (as applicable) (i) any Property of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, Borrower's or any Subsidiary's sole
legal and beneficial title therein and all Legal Rights with respect thereto,
(ii) the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document, (iii) the ability of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into, execute, deliver and perform
its obligations

                                       38

<PAGE>   45




under each Loan Document to which it is a party as provided therein, and
otherwise to consummate the actions and transactions contemplated thereby, (iv)
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, could
reasonably be expected to result in a Judgment, individually or when aggregated
with all other Judgments, (A) for the payment of money in excess of $1,000,000
(regardless of insurance coverage) or (B) for the forfeiture of any Legal Rights
of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries(other than of a trivial or
non-consequential nature), or (v) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of
their respective Property or Legal Rights, which might otherwise have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 4.11 Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock. The proceeds of the Loans
and each Letter of Credit will be used solely as provided in Section 2.16, and
none of such proceeds will be used (i) for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
any "margin stock" as defined in Regulations G, T, U or X, (ii) for the purpose
of maintaining, reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally
incurred to purchase or carry a "margin stock", or (iii) for any other purpose
which might constitute this transaction a "purpose credit" within the meaning of
Regulations G, T, U or X. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate,
incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying "margin stock". Neither Borrower
nor any Person acting on behalf of Borrower has taken or will take any action
which might cause any of the Loan Documents to violate Regulations G, T, U or X,
or any other regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
or to violate the Exchange or any rule or regulation thereunder, in each case as
now in effect or as the same may hereafter be in effect.


         SECTION 4.12 No Financing of Regulated Corporate Takeovers. No proceeds
of the Loans will be used to acquire any security in any transaction which is
subject to Sections 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act, including particularly
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.

         SECTION 4.13 Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all
returns, reports, statements and filings with respect to all Taxes, deductions
and withholdings required to be filed by Borrower and its Subsidiaries; all such
returns, reports, statements and filings are true, complete and accurate in all
material respects; and all Taxes, deductions and withholdings with respect to
Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Property have been paid
prior to the time that such Taxes, deductions or withholdings could give rise to
a Lien thereon, except for those being diligently contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which any reserves required under GAAP have been
established by Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule
4.13, to Borrower's knowledge, (i) no tax or similar Lien has been filed on, or
is being enforced against, Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
respective Property, (ii) there is no proposed Tax assessment against Borrower,
any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Property, and there is no
basis for any such assessment, and (iii) the United States federal income tax
returns of Borrower have been examined and reported on by the taxing authorities
or closed by applicable Laws and satisfied for all years prior to and including
the 1994 fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.

         SECTION 4.14 Principal Office; Names; Primary Business. The actual and
anticipated principal place of business of Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries, or if it has more than one such 





                                       39

<PAGE>   46







place, its chief executive office, is shown in Schedule 4.14, and Borrower
intends to maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, its
principal records and books at such office. Schedule 4.14 also lists the address
of each location at which Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries operates or
conducts its business or maintains or stores any of its equipment, inventory or
other Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14, neither Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries (i) has conducted within the last 5 years and is now
conducting and does currently have any plans to hereafter conduct, and has owned
within the last 5 years and is now owning and does currently have any plans to
hereafter own, any material business, operations or Property in any name other
than "Hastings Entertainment, Inc." or any other name which includes the word
"Hastings", and (ii) has, within the last 5 years, merged into, consolidated
with, or acquired, any Person. The primary business of Borrower is the retail
sale of entertainment products, including music products, including tapes,
compact discs, prerecorded video tapes, records and accessories, as well as the
retail sale of books and the retail rental of prerecorded video tapes.

         SECTION 4.15 Subsidiaries. Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries and
is not a general or limited partner in any Person, except as set forth in
Schedule 4.15, which lists as to each Subsidiary or general or limited
partnership interest: (i) name of entity; (ii) jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization; (iii) foreign qualification; (iv)
share/percentage/nature/ownership; and (v) primary business. Except as set forth
in Schedule 4.15, there are no outstanding warrants, options, rights, contracts
or commitments of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any kind entitling any
one or more Persons to purchase or otherwise acquire (A) in excess of an
aggregate of 150,000 shares of Capital Stock of Borrower, (B) any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for in excess of an aggregate of 150,000 shares
of Capital Stock of Borrower or (C) any shares of Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary of Borrower or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower.

         SECTION 4.16 ERISA. No Reportable Event (as defined in Section 4043(b)
of ERISA) to which the notice requirement has not been waived has occurred with
respect to any Plan. Each Plan complies with all applicable provisions of ERISA,
and Borrower has filed all reports required by ERISA and the Code to be filed
with respect to each Plan. Borrower does not have knowledge of any event which
could result in a liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the PBGC.
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have met all requirements with respect to
funding the Plans imposed by ERISA or the Code. Since January 1, 1986, there
have not been any, nor are there now existing any events or conditions that
would permit, termination of any Plan under circumstances which would cause the
Lien provided under Section 4068 of ERISA to attach to any Property of Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries. The value of the Plans' liabilities as defined in
Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA on the date hereof does not exceed the value of
such Plans' assets allocable to such benefits as of the date of this Agreement
by more than $500,000.00 and shall not be permitted to do so hereafter. No
existing Plan is a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) and
neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has made a complete or partial
withdrawal from any such multiemployer plan so as to incur withdrawal liability
as defined in Section 4201 of ERISA.


                                       40

<PAGE>   47





         SECTION 4.17 Compliance with Law. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have
complied in all material respects with, and is in compliance in all material
respects with, all Laws applicable to it and its Property, including
Environmental Laws and the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938,
29 U.S.C. Section 200, et seq., as amended, including specifically, but without
limitation, 29 U.S.C. Section 215(a).

         SECTION 4.18 Government Regulation. Neither Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the
Interstate Commerce Act (as any of the preceding acts have been amended), or any
other Law which regulates either the incurring by Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or the determination or setting of, or changes to,
the rates or amounts charged by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the
goods or products it sells or the services it performs, including Laws relating
to common contract carriers or the sale of electricity, gas, steam, water or
other public utility services. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
(i) an "investment company" registered or required to be registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and neither Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is "controlled" by such a company, or (ii) a "holding company" or a
"public utility" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
1935, as amended, and is not a "subsidiary company" or an "affiliate" or any
such company.

         SECTION 4.19 Insider. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is,
and no Person having "control" (as that term is defined in 12 U.S.C. Section
375(b)(5) or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries is, an "executive officer" who participates or who has the
authority to participate in major policymaking functions, "director" or
"principal shareholder" (as those terms are defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 375(b)
or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of any Bank, of a bank holding
company or other legal Person of which any Bank is a Subsidiary, or of any
Subsidiary of a bank holding company of which any Bank is a Subsidiary.

         SECTION 4.20 Certain Environmental Matters. Except as disclosed in
Schedule 4.20, and after reasonable inquiry made by or on behalf of Borrower,
(i) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (A) is not aware of, and has not
received notice or otherwise learned of, any Environmental Complaint or
Environmental Liability which could individually or in the aggregate have a
Material Adverse Effect, (B) has no threatened or actual liability (contingent,
direct or otherwise) in connection with the release or threatened release,
generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of any
Hazardous Material, or other substance which could individually or in the
aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (C) is not aware of, and has not
received notice or otherwise learned of, any federal or state investigation
evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release or
threatened release, and/or the generation, handling, treatment, storage,
disposal or transportation of any Hazardous Material for which Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries is or may be liable, which could individually or in the
aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (D) is not in violation of any
Judgment or Litigation based upon Environmental Laws, or subject to any such
Judgment or Litigation, which could individually or in the aggregate have a
Material Adverse Effect, (E) has, in full force and effect, all material
permits,

                                       41

<PAGE>   48




licenses, approvals and other authorizations necessary for the use and operation
of its Property, including, the generation, handling, treatment, storage,
disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Material, and (F) is in
compliance with all Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so
comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to
result in any Environmental Liability that could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) all Properties of Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries are free from any Hazardous Material and Environmental Liens which
could individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. There
have been no environmental investigations, studies, audits, tests, reviews or
other analyses conducted by or on behalf of, or which are in the possession or
knowledge of, Borrower, or any of Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries'
predecessors, in relation to any Property now or previously owned or leased by
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower's or any of its
Subsidiaries' predecessors, which have not been (y) made available to any Bank
or its agents, employees or contractors and (z) listed in Schedule 4.20. Neither
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received a notice of any Environmental
Liability, Environmental Lien or Environmental Complaint other than those which
have been provided to the Agent and listed in Schedule 4.20.

         SECTION 4.21 Insurance; Certifications. The insurance certificates
delivered pursuant to Section 3.1 are true, complete and accurate in all
material respects, and the insurance coverage set forth therein complies in all
regards with the requirements set forth in Section 5.10. In furtherance of the
foregoing, but not in limitation thereof, and in furtherance of all other
matters as to which certifications are required pursuant to Section 3.1, all
matters certified to by each and every Person which were evidenced by
certificates and certifications referred to in Section 3.1 were true, complete
and accurate in all material respects, as so certified and received by the
Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Bank, as of the Closing Date and were certified
by officers of Borrower, each of whom was authorized to execute and deliver such
certificate for and on behalf of Borrower.

         SECTION 4.22 Year 2000 Compliance. Borrower has (i) initiated a review
and assessment of all areas within its and each of its Subsidiaries' business
and operations (including those affected by suppliers and vendors) that could be
adversely affected by the "Year 2000 Problem" (that is, the risk that computer
applications used by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or its suppliers and
vendors) may be unable to recognize and perform properly date-sensitive
functions involving certain dates prior to and any date after December 31,
1999), (ii) developed a plan and timeline for addressing the Year 2000 Problem
on a timely basis, and (iii) to date, implemented that plan in accordance with
the timetable. Borrower reasonably believes that all computer applications
(including those of its suppliers and vendors) that are material to its or any
of its Subsidiaries' business and operation will on a timely basis be able to
perform properly date-sensitive functions for all dates before and after January
1, 2000 (that is, be "Year 2000 Compliant"), except to the extent that a failure
to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                       42

<PAGE>   49






                                    ARTICLE 5

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         Until payment in full of the Notes, the payment and performance of all
other Obligations, and the expiration and termination of all Letters of Credit,
and so long as the Banks have any obligation hereunder to make any Loans or the
Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue any Letters of Credit, Borrower agrees
that it will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, punctually
and completely perform and observe each of the following covenants:

         SECTION 5.1 Financial Statements, Reports and Documents. Borrower shall
deliver the following to the Agent, inform, substance and scope satisfactory to
Agent and otherwise as provided herein:

         (a) Quarterly Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within
50 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, copies of the consolidated
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flow of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ending with
such quarter, and the related consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such
period, in each case setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures
for the corresponding periods for the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable
detail and certified by the president, chief financial officer or controller of
Borrower as being true, complete and accurate in all material respects, as
fairly presenting the consolidated financial condition and results of operations
of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the periods therein covered, and as having
been prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit
adjustments;

         (b) Annual Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within 95
days after the end of each Fiscal Year, copies of the audited statements of
consolidated income, stockholders' equity and cash flow of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, and the related consolidated balance sheet of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, in each case
setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding
Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by (i) an unqualified
opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick or other independent public accountants of
recognized national standing selected by Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to
the Banks, to the effect that such financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP, and fairly present the consolidated financial condition
and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of,
and for, such Fiscal Year, and (ii) a certificate executed by the president,
chief financial officer or controller of Borrower to the same effect as such
opinion;

         (c) Audit, Management and Other Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof,
a copy of each written report submitted to Borrower by independent accountants
in any annual, quarterly or special audit, review or examination;


                                       43

<PAGE>   50





         (d) Compliance Certificate. Concurrently with the delivery of the
financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and (b),
respectively, a certificate in the form of Exhibit G ("Compliance Certificate"),
executed by the president, chief financial officer or controller of Borrower,
(i) stating that a review of the activities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
during such period has been made under such officer's supervision and that to
the knowledge of such officer, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every obligation and covenant
contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party and is not in Default
under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or, if any such Default has
occurred, specifying the nature and status thereof, and (ii) setting forth in
reasonable detail the computation and information necessary to determine whether
Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with Section 6.1 as of the end
of the respective Fiscal Quarter or Year, as applicable;

         (e) Insurance Report. Within 30 days after any significant change in
insurance coverage by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a report describing
such change; and, with the annual financial statements furnished to the Agent
under Section 5.1(b), a report describing the insurance coverage of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries;

         (f) Litigation Reports. With the annual financial statements furnished
to the Agent under Section 5.1(b), reports by counsel to Borrower describing all
Litigation affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
respective Property which if adversely determined could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect; and if a significant change in such
Litigation occurs or additional Litigation is threatened or commenced during a
Fiscal Quarter which if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, with the quarterly financial statements
furnished to the Agent under Section 5.1(a) for such Fiscal Quarter, reports by
counsel to Borrower describing such changes in or additions to such Litigation
since the date of the Litigation report most recently furnished to the Agent;

         (g) Environmental Notices. Notice to the Agent, in writing, promptly
upon Borrower's receipt of notice or otherwise learning (whichever first occurs)
from any Person of any (i) Environmental Complaint or Environmental Lien or (ii)
any other claim, demand, action, event, condition, report or investigation
indicating any potential or actual liability (A) upon which any Environmental
Liability or Environmental Lien could result against Borrower, any of it
Subsidiaries, any Bank or any Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
or (B) arising in connection with (1) the non-compliance with, or violation of,
the requirements of any Environmental law, (2) the release or threatened
release, generation, treatment, handling, storage, disposal or transportation of
any Hazardous Material into the environment or which act, occurrence or event
Borrower would have a duty to report to a Governmental Authority under an
Environmental Law, or (3) the existence of any Environmental Lien on any
Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and Borrower shall immediately
deliver a copy of each such notice to the Agent;

         (h) Supplemental Schedules. As soon as possible, and in any event
within 15 days after Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, Borrower shall provide
the Agent with a supplement to any existing Schedule which would make such
Schedule (and any subsequent supplement thereto), and

                                       44

<PAGE>   51




the corresponding representation and warranty to which it applies, true,
complete and accurate in all material respects; provided, however, any such
supplement shall not be deemed to have amended any Schedule to this Agreement
unless and until the Banks have approved such amendment;

         (i) Financial Projections. Concurrently with the delivery of the
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b), consolidated
financial projections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including a projected
income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flow), in form reasonably
prepared by Borrower, through the Availability Period; and

         (j) Other Information. Within such period reasonably prescribed by the
Agent, such other information concerning the business, operations, Property or
financial condition of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as any Bank (through
the Agent) shall reasonably request.

         SECTION 5.2 Payment of Taxes and Other Liabilities. Except for (i)
Contested Claims and (ii) Taxes, Indebtedness and other claims and liabilities
which in the aggregate if unpaid could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries
to, timely pay and discharge when due (A) all Taxes, deductions and
withholdings, (B) all other lawful claims against it or any of its Property, and
(C) all of its other Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities.

         SECTION 5.3 Maintenance of Existence and Rights; Conduct of Business.
Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain
its existence and all of its Legal Rights necessary or desirable in the ordinary
course of its business and conduct and the ownership, maintenance and operation
of its Property, and conduct its business in an orderly and efficient manner
consistent with good business practices and industry standards and in accordance
with all Laws, except where the failure to so preserve, maintain or conduct
would only result in a trivial and inconsequential effect. In addition, Borrower
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, act prudently and in
accordance with customary industry standards and with its contractual
obligations in managing and operating its Property, business and investments and
will keep in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted,
all of its Property and Legal Rights which are necessary or desirable to the
conduct of its business and the ownership and maintenance of its Property.

         SECTION 5.4 Notice of Default. As soon as possible, but in any event
within 5 Business Days of becoming aware thereof, Borrower shall furnish to the
Agent written notice of the existence of any condition or event which
constitutes or would become a Default or an Event of Default, which notice shall
specify the nature and period of existence thereof and the action which Borrower
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

         SECTION 5.5 Other Notices. As soon as possible, but in any event within
5 Business Days of becoming aware thereof, Borrower will promptly notify the
Agent of (i) any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations,
Property or business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any default
under, or any threatened or actual acceleration of the maturity of, any


                                       45

<PAGE>   52




Indebtedness owing or secured by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or any of
their respective Property), which individually or in the aggregate represents a
monetary obligation of $1,000,000 or more, or one with respect to which a
default thereunder might have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) any default or
event of default under one or more leases pertaining to one or more locations at
which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries operates or conducts any of its
business or stores any of their respective Property, if such event could
individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) any
significant adverse claim against or affecting Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their respective Property, (v) any discovery or
determination by Borrower that any computer application (including those of its
suppliers and vendors) that is material to its or any of its Subsidiaries'
business and operations will not be Year 2000 Compliant on a timely basis,
except to the extent that such failure could not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) the commencement of, and/or any material
determination in, any Litigation which could reasonably be expected to result in
a Judgment in excess of $1,000,000 (without regard to insurance coverage). In
respect to each of the foregoing notices, Borrower will promptly provide to the
Agent all reasonably related information requested by the Agent, in reasonable
detail satisfactory to the Agent.

         SECTION 5.6 Compliance with Loan Documents. Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, promptly and completely comply with and
observe and perform all covenants and provisions of each Loan Document executed
by it. In furtherance of the foregoing, but in no way limiting the generality
thereof, the proceeds of each Loan will be used strictly in compliance with
Section 2.16.

         SECTION 5.7 Compliance with Agreements. Borrower will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, promptly comply in all material respects with all
material contracts, leases, agreements, indentures, mortgages or documents
binding on it or affecting it or its Property, business or operations.

         SECTION 5.8 Access; Books and Records. Upon reasonable notice, during
all business hours, and at any time that an Event of Default continues to exist,
Borrower authorizes and will permit any representatives of the Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Bank (i) to have access to, and grant permission for such
representatives to examine, copy or make excerpts from, any and all books,
records and documents that relate to the business, operations or Property of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) to inspect any and all Property of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) to discuss the business,
operations and financial condition of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with
its officers and employees and its independent certified public accountants,
legal counsel (except for attorney/client privileged information and work
product) and other consultants, all of the foregoing at the expense of (A)
Borrower, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default
and (B) the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank, as applicable, if no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing. Borrower will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to, maintain adequate books and records of its respective
transactions in accordance with GAAP.







                                       46

<PAGE>   53


         SECTION 5.9 Compliance with Law. Borrower will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all Laws applicable to
it or any of its Property, business operations or transactions.

         SECTION 5.10 Insurance. Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, maintain insurance with reputable insurers of sound financial
strength and creditworthiness with respect to its Property and as to its
operations and business, all as required by each Loan Document and otherwise in
such types, amounts, scope and coverage, and against such risks, casualties,
contingencies and liabilities, as required or necessitated by Law, and
additionally, as is customarily maintained by other Persons engaged in similar
businesses and operations, the foregoing insurance coverage specifically
including the following: (i) worker's compensation or similar insurance as may
be required by applicable Law, (ii) public liability insurance against claims
for personal injury, death or property damage suffered upon, in or about, any
Property occupied by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries or occurring as a
result of the ownership, maintenance or operation by Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries of any equipment, vehicle or other Property or as the result of the
use of products or equipment manufactured, constructed, sold or operated by
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries or services rendered by them, and (iii)
insurance against the loss or damage to the Property and businesses of Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries now owned or hereafter acquired. In addition,
Borrower will provide such information regarding its insurance and the insurance
of its Subsidiaries as reasonably requested by the Agent.

         SECTION 5.11 ERISA Compliance. Borrower will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to, at all times:

         (a) make contributions to each Plan in a timely manner and in an amount
sufficient to comply with the minimum funding standards requirements of ERISA
and the Code;

         (b) immediately upon acquiring knowledge of any "reportable event" to
which the notice requirement has not been waived or of any "prohibited
transaction" (as such terms are defined in the Code or ERISA, as applicable) in
connection with a Plan, furnish the Agent with a statement executed by an
Authorized Officer setting forth the details thereof and the action which
Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken
by the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto;

         (c) notify the Agent immediately upon receipt by Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of any notice of an interest by the PBGC to terminate or appoint a
trustee or of the institution of any proceeding or other action which may result
in the termination of any Plan and furnish to the Agent copies of such notice;

         (d) if requested by the Agent, furnish the Agent with copies of each
annual report (together with all related schedules and attachments) for each
Plan filed with the Internal Revenue Service not later than 30 days after such
report has been filed; and




                                       47

<PAGE>   54


         (e) furnish the Agent with copies of any request for waiver of the
funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Sections
303 and 304 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code promptly after the request is
submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Department of Labor or the
Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be.

         SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances. Borrower will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to, cure and cause to be cured promptly any defects or
deficiencies in the execution, delivery, creation or issuance of the Loan
Documents, or any of them, and any of the transactions contemplated thereby. In
addition, Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, promptly
make, execute or endorse, and acknowledge and deliver or file, or cause each of
the same to be done, all such vouchers, invoices, notices, certifications and
additional agreements, documents, instruments, undertakings or other assurances,
and take any and all such other action, as the Agent may, from time to time,
reasonably request or deem reasonably necessary or proper under any of the Loan
Documents and the obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries thereunder.

         SECTION 5.13 Maintenance of Corporate Identity. Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain separate corporate records, books
and accounts. Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, observe
the formal legal, financial and accounting requirements necessary for the
maintenance of Borrower as a separate legal entity, including the keeping of
corporate records indicating that, to the extent required by Law or its charter
documents, transactions are reviewed and authorized by its Board of Directors
and stockholders. All monies and funds advanced and to be advanced to or on
behalf of Borrower by its Affiliates (other than capital contributions and other
equity infusions, in each case, that are of a "common stock" nature, by
shareholders or Affiliates of Borrower into Borrower), pursuant to a loan or
otherwise, will be evidenced by valid, binding and enforceable written
obligations to repay such monies and funds, the repayment of which shall be
subordinated to the full and final payment of the Obligations, on terms and
conditions satisfactory to the Banks.

         SECTION 5.14 Primary Business. Borrower will continue the retail sale
of entertainment products, including music products, including tapes, compact
discs, prerecorded video tapes, records and accessories, as well as the retail
sale of books and the retail rental of prerecorded video tapes, as its primary
business.

         SECTION 5.15 Subordination of Affiliate Obligations. Borrower will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cause all loans or advances of Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries at any time arising or existing to be evidenced by promissory
notes. All such promissory notes are set forth on Schedule 5.15. Borrower will
obtain and deliver to the Agent the written agreement, in form, substance and
scope satisfactory to the Agent, of the holder of each such promissory note
evidencing the subordination of such holder's right to payment under each such
note to the payment of the Obligations. Borrower will cause the face of each
promissory note to be marked with a reference to such subordination agreement,
and will take and cause to be taken all such further and additional actions as
the Agent may reasonably request to effect and evidence such subordination.





                                       48

<PAGE>   55






         SECTION 5.16 Year 2000 Compliance. Borrower will, and will cause each
of its Subsidiaries to, be Year 2000 Compliant, except to the extent that the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

         SECTION 5.17 Material Subsidiaries. At any time that any Person becomes
a Material Subsidiary, (i) such Subsidiary shall execute a Guaranty Agreement,
(ii) 100% of such Subsidiary's Capital Stock shall be pledged to secure the
Obligations and (iii) the Banks shall receive such board resolutions, officer's
certificates and opinions of counsel as the Agent shall reasonably request in
connection with the actions described in clauses (i) and (ii) above.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         Until payment in full of the Notes, the payment and performance of all
other Obligations, and the expiration and termination of all Letters of Credit,
and so long as the Banks have any obligation hereunder to make any Loans or the
Issuing Bank has any obligation to issue any Letters of Credit, Borrower agrees
that it will punctually and completely perform and observe each of the following
covenants:

         SECTION 6.1 Certain Financial Matters. Borrower will not permit:


         (a) the ratio of Adjusted EBITDAR to Fixed Charges to be less than 2.00
to 1.00 a of the end of any Fiscal Quarter for the four-quarter period ending as
of the end of such Fiscal Quarter; or

         (b) The Tangible Net Worth as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be
less than the sum of (i) $98,000,000 plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the
cumulative amount of net income of Borrower from August 1, 1998 through the end
of such Fiscal Quarter (without regard to, or reduction for, any net loss
reported for any Fiscal Quarter) plus (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the
tangible net worth of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is
merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower or
substantially all of the assets of which are acquired by Borrower or any
Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent the purchase price paid therefor is paid in
equity securities of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower, plus (iv) 100% of
the Net Cash Proceeds of any offerings of Capital Stock of Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries; or

         (c) the ratio of (i) Funded Debt as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter to
(ii) Adjusted EBITDA for the four-quarter period ending as of the end of such
Fiscal Quarter, to be more than 2.50 to 1.00; or

         (d) the aggregate amount of capital expenditures of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (excluding, however, the capitalized cost of video tapes purchased
by Borrower and its Subsidiaries

                                       49

<PAGE>   56



for rental) to exceed (i) $28,000,000 for the Fiscal Year ending January 31,
1999, (ii) $35,000,000 for the Fiscal Year ending January 31, 2000, or (iii)
$42,000,000 for any Fiscal Year commencing February 1, 2000 or thereafter.

         SECTION 6.2 Limitation on Indebtedness. Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur, create, contract, assume, have
outstanding, permit or suffer to exist, Guarantee or otherwise be or become,
directly or indirectly, liable in respect of any Indebtedness, except the
following (collectively, "Permitted Indebtedness"):

                  (i) the Obligations;

                  (ii) current liabilities for Taxes incurred in the ordinary
         course of business which are not yet due and payable;

                  (iii) so long as the same is paid in accordance with its terms
         and neither paid in violation of, nor renewed, extended, refinanced or
         modified in a manner or upon terms that would violate, any provision of
         any Loan Document, Indebtedness listed in Schedule 6.2, together with
         all renewals, extensions, refinancings and modifications (but not
         increases) thereof;

                  (iv) trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business
         that, except for Contested Claims, are paid within the earlier of (A)
         60 days of the date when payment thereof is due and payable and (B) 180
         days of the date the respective goods are delivered or services are
         rendered;

                  (v) purchase-money Indebtedness for equipment purchases which
         does not exceed, in aggregate, $8,000,000 for any Fiscal Year;

                  (vi) Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries which,
         prior to the incurrence thereof, is subordinated to the payment of the
         Obligations pursuant to a subordination agreement in form, scope and
         substance satisfactory to the Required Banks and which, when added
         together with other such subordinated Indebtedness of Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries, does not exceed an aggregate amount approved by the
         Required Banks; and

                  (vii) Indebtedness of Borrower evidenced by promissory notes
         issued by Borrower pursuant to the Note Offering.

         SECTION 6.3 Limitation on Property. Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) grant, create, enter into, incur, permit
or suffer to exist, upon or with regard to any of its respective Property now
owned or hereafter acquired, (a) any Lien, except for Permitted Liens, or (b)
any Negative Pledge, except for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
Banks, or the purchasers of the promissory notes issued by Borrower pursuant to
the Note Offering, or (ii) enter into any sale-and-lease-back transaction.
Anything in the foregoing or elsewhere in the Loan

                                       50

<PAGE>   57




Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, it is understood that no Liens, other
than Permitted Liens, or Negative Pledges, except for the benefit of the Banks
or the purchasers of the promissory notes issued by Borrower pursuant to the
Note Offering, are permitted on or with respect to any of the Property of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

         SECTION 6.4 Restricted Payments. Except in situations in which,
immediately before and after giving effect to the proposed transaction, Borrower
is in full compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.1 and
there is no other Default, Borrower will not directly or indirectly (i) declare
or make, or incur any liability to pay or make, any Dividends, or (ii) redeem,
repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any of its capital stock,
warrants, stock equivalents or other evidence of equity of any class or nature.
Further, Borrower will not directly or indirectly set apart any money or other
Property for a defeasance, sinking or analogous fund for any Dividend or
distribution thereon, or for any redemption, retirement or other acquisition
thereof.

         SECTION 6.5 Limitation on Investments. Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or have outstanding any Investments in
any Person, except for (i) Temporary Cash Investments; (ii) Investments in
Material Subsidiaries, and to the extent that such Material Subsidiaries are
acquired pursuant to Section 6.13, subject to the restrictions therein; (iii)
other Investments which are Acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.13; and
(iv) other Investments which do not exceed $1,000,000 in aggregate at any given
time (including Investments listed in Schedule 6.5).

         SECTION 6.6 Affiliate Transactions. Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with, or pay any
management or other fees or compensation to, any Affiliate of Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries other than transactions in the ordinary course of business
which are on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries than would be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction
with a Person who is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. In
addition, Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
enter into any transaction with, or pay any management or other fees or
compensation to, any Person (a "Non-Affiliated Person") who is not an Affiliate
of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, wherein an Affiliate of Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries is directly or indirectly involved in, related to, or
associated with, such transaction other than transactions in the ordinary course
of business which are on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries than would be obtained in a comparable arm's- length
transaction with a Non-Affiliated Person wherein an Affiliate of Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries is not directly or indirectly involved, related or
associated.

         SECTION 6.7 Limitation on Sale of Property. Borrower will not, and will
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, assign, lease, sublease or discount
or otherwise exchange or dispose of any of its Property other than (i) sales of
inventory in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) sales or other
dispositions of obsolete equipment that is no longer needed for its ordinary
business or which is being replaced by equipment of at least comparable value
and utility to the equipment replaced when such equipment was efficiently
operational and functional, (iii) sales of previously viewed video

                                       51

<PAGE>   58




tapes, and (iv) sales of fixed assets (which shall not include sales of
previously viewed video tapes) during each Fiscal Year which have an aggregate
book value not in excess of 10% of the book value of Borrower's and its
Subsidiaries' total fixed assets as of the beginning of such Fiscal Year.

         SECTION 6.8 Internal Governance Documents; Name and Principal Place of
Business. Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
amend its certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governance
documents in any respect which could have a Material Adverse Effect. Without
notifying the Agent in writing at least 30 Business Days prior to the effective
date of each of the following changes, Borrower will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) change its name, or operate any of its business,
operations or Property or own or lease any Property under any name, different
than as set forth in Schedule 4.14, (ii) change its identity or corporate or
other legal structure, or (iii) change its principal place of business or chief
executive office, as applicable, from such address and location set forth in
Schedule 4.14. Further, Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as practical and
in any event within 30 days after Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries opens to
the public for business any location at which it will conduct its business or
store or maintain any of its inventory, equipment or other Property, other than
locations set forth in Schedule 4.14.

         SECTION 6.9 Certain Environmental Matters. Except in compliance in all
respects with Environmental Laws, and otherwise in no way posing an imminent and
significant endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment,
Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, knowingly (i)
cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be placed, held, transported, located,
released or disposed of on, under, from, to, or at, any Property now or
hereafter owned, leased or otherwise controlled directly or indirectly by
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (for purposes of this Section 6.9, the
"Subject Property"), or (ii) permit the Subject Property ever to be used
(whether by Borrower or any other Person) as a dump site or storage site
(whether permanent or temporary) for any Hazardous Material. Without limitation
of the Agent's, the Issuing Banks' and the Banks' rights under the Loan
Documents, the Agent and its representatives shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to enter upon the Subject Property or take such other actions as the
Agent or any Bank deems necessary or advisable to cleanup, remove, resolve or
minimize the impact of, or otherwise deal with, any Hazardous Discharge or
Environmental Complaint upon the Agent's or any Bank's receipt of any notice
from any Governmental Authority or other Person, asserting the existence of any
Hazardous Discharge or Environmental Complaint on or pertaining to the Subject
Property which, if true, could result in Environmental Liability against
Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Bank or otherwise which, in the sole
opinion of any of them, could jeopardize any of their present or future Liens
against or rights to the Subject Property. All costs and expenses incurred by
the Agent, the Banks and their representatives in the exercise of any such
Rights shall become part of the Obligations and by payable upon demand, together
with interest on the unpaid portion thereof at the Default Rate.

         SECTION 6.10 Liquidations, Mergers. Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time (i) liquidate or dissolve itself
(or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or otherwise wind up, except that (a)
a Subsidiary of Borrower may liquidate or dissolve into

                                       52

<PAGE>   59




Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower which is a Material Subsidiary, and (b) a
Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Material Subsidiary may liquidate or
dissolve into Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower; or (ii) enter into any
merger or consolidation unless (a) with respect to a merger or consolidation,
Borrower shall be the surviving corporation, unless the merger or consolidation
involves a Material Subsidiary and Borrower is not merging with another Person,
and either (1) such Material Subsidiary shall be the surviving corporation, (2)
the survivor of the merger becomes a Material Subsidiary, or (3) the entity
formed in the consolidation becomes a Material Subsidiary, (b) such transaction
shall not be utilized to circumvent compliance with any term or provision
herein, and (c) no Default or Event of Default shall then be in existence or
occur as a result of such transaction.

         SECTION 6.11 Subsidiaries. Borrower will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, create or permit to exist any Subsidiary and will not
become a general partner, venturer or similar capacity in any partnership,
venture or similar Person, except (i) Material Subsidiaries who execute a
Guaranty Agreement and 100% of whose Capital Stock is pledged pursuant to a
Pledge Agreement to secure the Obligations, and (ii) Subsidiaries who are not
Material Subsidiaries, provided that (a) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of all
Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries shall not exceed 5% of the
EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the
four-quarter period ending as of the most recent Fiscal Quarter, (b) the
aggregate amount of total assets of all Subsidiaries that are not Material
Subsidiaries shall not exceed 5% of the total assets of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis (determined as of the last day of the most
recent Fiscal Quarter), and (c) the aggregate amount of loans to and investments
in all Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries by Borrower and its
Subsidiaries shall not exceed 5% of the total assets of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (determined as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter).

         SECTION 6.12 Sale of Receivables. Unless in favor of the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Banks or reasonably necessary in connection with collection
efforts on delinquent receivables, Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, sell or discount any of its accounts or notes receivable.

         SECTION 6.13 Acquisitions. Borrower will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, make any Acquisitions unless (i) immediately prior to
and after giving effect to the proposed Acquisition there shall not exist a
Default or Event of Default, (ii) such Acquisition shall not be opposed by the
board of directors of the Person being acquired, (iii) the Banks shall have
received written notice thereof at least 20 Business Days prior to the date of
such Acquisition, together with a Compliance Certificate setting forth the
covenant calculations both immediately prior to and after giving effect to the
proposed Acquisition, but calculated to exclude any increases in EBITDA which
would be the result of any expenses that Borrower projects to be eliminated by
such proposed Acquisition, (iv) the assets, property or business acquired shall
be primarily in the business described in Section 5.14, (v) if such Acquisition
results in a Material Subsidiary, (a) such Material Subsidiary shall execute a
Guaranty Agreement, (b) 100% of such Material Subsidiary's Capital Stock shall
be pledged pursuant to a Pledge Agreement to secure the Obligations, and (c) the
Agent on 







                                       53

<PAGE>   60

behalf of the Banks shall receive such board resolutions, officer's certificates
and opinions of counsel as the Agent shall reasonably request in connection with
such Acquisition; and (vi) the aggregate Acquisition Consideration for all
Acquisitions during (a) the 1998 Fiscal Year shall not exceed $30,000,000 and
(b) during each Fiscal Year thereafter shall not exceed the sum of (1)
$30,000,000, plus (if Net Income is greater than zero) or minus (if Net Income
is less than zero) (2) 50% of Net Income for the immediately preceding Fiscal
Year.


                                    ARTICLE 7

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         SECTION 7.1 Events of Default. An "Event of Default" shall exist if any
one or more of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

         (a) failure or refusal to pay (i) when due, any principal of any Note
or any Reimbursement Obligations on any Letter of Credit or (ii) by the earlier
of (A) 5 Business Days of the date when due or (B) 3 Business Days after notice
by the Agent, any interest on any Note or any Reimbursement Obligations on any
Letter of Credit, or any fee, expense or other Obligations required hereunder;
or

         (b) any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made
by, or on behalf of, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under, or in connection
with, any of the Loan Documents, or in any certificate, notice, request,
statement or other communication furnished or made to the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or any Bank pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is untrue, misleading
or inaccurate in any material respect as of the date on which such
representation, warranty or certification was made (or deemed made) or
furnished; or

         (c) (i) failure to perform, observe or comply with any covenant or
agreement contained in Article 6 or the occurrence of an event or circumstance
designated as a "default" or an "event of default" under any other Loan
Document; or (ii) except as provided in Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(c)(i),
failure to perform, observe or comply with any covenant or agreement contained
in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, which failure continues for a
period of 30 days after Borrower obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof;
provided, however, that if such failure is susceptible to cure but not within
such 30-day period, a plan to cure such failure has been approved in writing by
the Required Banks and Borrower has commenced actions according to such plan
within the 30-day period and is prosecuting such plan diligently, then no Event
of Default shall occur under this Section 7.1(c)(ii) until the later of 60 days
after the Borrower obtains knowledge of such failure or such other date as
agreed to by Borrower and the Required Banks in the plan approved by the
Required Banks; provided further, however, that no such grace period shall
apply, and an Event of Default shall exist under this Section 7.1(c)(ii) upon
such failure to perform, observe or comply, if such failure (A) is not
susceptible to cure, as determined in the discretion of the Required Banks, or
(B) may not be cured, as determined in the discretion of the Required Banks,
within 60 days after 






                                       54

<PAGE>   61







Borrower obtains knowledge of such failure or within a reasonable time
thereafter according to any plan provided to the Required Banks; or

         (d) either (i) default in the payment, within 3 Business Days of when
due, of Indebtedness of Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, individually or in
the aggregate, in excess of $1,000,000 or any default, event or condition in
respect of any note, agreement, indenture, loan agreement, credit agreement,
bond or other document evidencing or relating to any such Indebtedness shall
occur, and such default, event or condition continues for more than the period
of grace, if any, specified therein, if the effect of such default, event or
condition is to permit or cause the holder of such Indebtedness (or a trustee on
behalf of any such holder) to cause such Indebtedness to become due or prepaid
prior to its maturity or require Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to
purchase, prepay or redeem such Indebtedness or (ii) Indebtedness of Borrower or
any Material Subsidiary, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of
$1,000,000 becomes due or prepayable (or required to be redeemed or purchased)
before its stated maturity by acceleration of the maturity thereof or otherwise;
or

         (e) Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) apply for or consent
to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, trustee,
custodian, intervenor or liquidator of Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or of
all or a substantial part of its Property, (ii) commence or file a voluntary
petition, proceeding or case in bankruptcy, or admit in writing that it is
unable to pay its debts as they become due or generally not pay its debts as
they become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors,
(iv) file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with
creditors or take advantage of any Debtor Laws, (v) file an answer admitting the
material allegations of or consenting to, or default in answering, a petition,
proceeding or case filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or
insolvency proceeding or (vi) take corporate action for the purpose of effecting
any of the foregoing; or

         (f) an involuntary petition, proceeding, case or complaint is filed
against Borrower or any Material Subsidiary seeking bankruptcy, liquidation,
dissolution, winding-up or reorganization of Borrower or any Material
Subsidiary, or the composition or readjustments of its debts, or the appointment
of a receiver, custodian, trustee, intervenor or liquidator of it or all or
substantially all of its Property, and such petition, proceeding, case or
complaint is not dismissed within 30 days of the filing thereof; or an order,
order for relief, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction or other competent authority approving a petition, proceeding, case
or complaint seeking liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding-up or
bankruptcy of Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or appointing a receiver,
custodian, trustee, intervenor or liquidator of Borrower or any Material
Subsidiary, or of all or substantially all of its Property, and such order,
order for relief, judgment or decree continues unstayed for a period of 30 days;
or

         (g) any Judgment or in the aggregate, Judgments for the payment of
money in excess of the sum of $1,000,000 or that would otherwise have a Material
Adverse Effect shall be rendered against Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or
with respect to any Property of Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries,
and such Judgment or Judgments shall not be satisfied, discharged or



                                       55

<PAGE>   62



appealed (provided that during the pendency of such appeal prosecution of the
Judgment or Judgments is stayed) within 30 days of the date it is rendered; or

         (h) both (i) and (ii) following shall occur: (i) either (A) proceedings
have been instituted to terminate, or a notice of termination has been filed
with respect to, any Plan by Borrower or any Subsidiary, any member of the
"controlled group" (as defined in the Code) of Borrower, PBGC or any
representative of any thereof, or any such Plan shall be terminated, in each
case under Section 4041 or 4042 of ERISA, or (B) a "reportable event" (as
defined in Title 4 of ERISA) has occurred with respect to any Plan and continues
for a period of 60 days, and (ii) the sum of the estimated liability to PBGC
under Section 4062 of ERISA and the currently payable obligations of Borrower or
any Subsidiary to fund liabilities (in excess of amounts required to be paid to
satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue
Code) under the Plan or Plans subject to such event exceeds 10% of the
consolidated net worth of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time; or

         (i) a Change in Control shall occur; or

         (j) except pursuant to the express terms of any Loan Document, any Loan
Document shall, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason,
cease to be in full force and effect or be declared to be null and void, or
Borrower or any other Person shall deny that it has any or any further liability
or obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or

         (k) the Banks shall fail (other than as a result of action or inaction
of Agent or any Bank) to have a perfected first priority Lien in 100% of the
outstanding Capital Stock of each Material Subsidiary.

         SECTION 7.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default. In the event an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Agent may, and upon written request of the
Required Banks, shall, exercise any one or more of the following Rights, and any
other Rights available at law or in equity or provided in any of the Loan
Documents: (i) terminate all or any portion of the Commitments (including the
commitment to issue Letters of Credit), and such Commitments shall thereupon
terminate, and (ii) declare the principal of, and all earned and accrued
interest on, the Notes then outstanding and all other accrued and unpaid
Obligations to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall be and
become due and payable, each and all of the foregoing without presentment,
demand, protest, notice of default, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of
acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by
Borrower, provided however, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default
specified in Section 7.1(e) or Section 7.1(f), all of the Commitments shall
thereupon automatically and immediately terminate and the principal of, and all
earned and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding and all other accrued
and unpaid Obligations shall thereupon be and become automatically and
immediately due and payable, each and all of the foregoing without presentment,
demand, protest, notice of default, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of
acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by






                                       56

<PAGE>   63


Borrower. If any amount payable under any of the Loan Documents is not paid when
due the outstanding and unpaid portion of such amount shall bear interest at the
Default Rate.

         SECTION 7.3 Certain Additional Remedies Regarding Letters of Credit.
Borrower hereby agrees, in addition to the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof,
that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default or
any Letter of Credit Event, it shall, if requested by the Agent remit (and, in
the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(e) or Section 7.1(f),
forthwith, without any presentment, demand, protest, notice if default or of
occurrence of a Letter of Credit Event, notice of any intent to accelerate,
notice of acceleration or any other notice of any kind or the taking of any
other action by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks (all of which are
hereby waived by Borrower), it shall remit) to the Agent an amount in
immediately available funds (which funds shall be held as collateral for the
Obligations) equal to the then aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit
Exposure. Borrower hereby grants to Agent a security interest in, a general lien
upon, and a right of setoff with respect to, all amounts from time to time and
at any time held by, or paid or remitted to, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any
Bank, which are held as cash collateral as further security for the payment of
the Obligations.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                               THE AGENT AND BANKS

         SECTION 8.1 Appointment of the Agent. Each of the Banks and the Issuing
Bank hereby appoints NationsBank as Agent to act as herein specified, and acting
in the manner and to the extent provided in this Article 8, NationsBank accepts
such appointment as the Agent. Each of the Banks and the Issuing Bank hereby
irrevocably authorizes the Agent to receive payments of principal, interest and
other amounts due hereunder as specified herein and otherwise to take such
action on its behalf, to exercise such powers and to perform such duties under
the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to, or required of, the Agent
by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with all other powers reasonably
incidental thereto, which authorization permits the Agent to perform any of its
duties under the Loan Documents by or through its agents, attorneys or
employees. The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those
expressly set forth with respect to it in the Loan Documents. The relationship
of the Agent to the Banks and the Issuing Bank is only that of one company
acting solely as an administrative agent for others, and nothing in the Loan
Documents, express or implied, is intended to, or shall be construed to,
constitute the Agent a trustee or other fiduciary for the Issuing Bank, or any
holder of any of the Notes, or of any participation therein, nor to impose on
the Agent duties and obligations other than those expressly provided for in the
Loan Documents. As to any matters not expressly provided for in the Loan
Documents and any matters to which the Loan Documents place within the
discretion of the Agent, the Agent shall not be required to exercise any
discretion or take any action (and it may request instructions from the Banks
and the Issuing Bank with respect to any such matter), in which case it shall be
required to act or refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected an free
from liability to all Banks and the Issuing Bank in so acting or refraining from
acting) upon the instructions of the Required Banks (including itself),






                                       57

<PAGE>   64









and such instructions shall be binding upon all Banks and the Issuing Bank, and
all holders of, and participants in, the Notes and the Letters of Credit;
provided, however, (i) the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in
failing or refusing to act under any Loan Documents unless it shall be
indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks and the Issuing Bank against any an
all liability and expense (other than any such liability or expense proximately
caused by the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a
final judgment) which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to
take any such action, and (ii) the Agent shall not in any event be required to
take any action which (A) is contrary to any Loan Document or Law or (B) exposes
it to a risk of personal liability that it considers unreasonable.

         SECTION 8.2 Exculpation; Agent's Reliance. AS AMONG THE BANKS, NEITHER
THE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, NOR ANY OF ITS OR THEIR DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, INSURERS OR EMPLOYEES, NOR ANY OF ITS OR THEIR
SUCCESSORS, HEIRS, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES OR ASSIGNS (COLLECTIVELY, THE "AGENT
INDEMNITEES"), SHALL EVER BE LIABLE FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED TO BE TAKEN
BY ANY OF THEM UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, INCLUDING THEIR
NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, EXCEPT THAT EACH SHALL RESPECTIVELY BE LIABLE FOR ITS
OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL JUDGMENT.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other provision of any
Loan Document, the Agent: (i) may treat the payee of any Note as the holder
thereof until the Agent receives and accepts an Assignment Agreement entered
into by the Persons as provided in Section 10.7 and all other provisions of
Section 10.7 are complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent; (ii)
may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for Borrower), independent
public accountants and other experts and advisors selected by it and shall be
fully protected and free from liability to all Banks and the Issuing Bank for
any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with
the advise of such counsel, accountants, experts or advisors; (iii) makes no
warranty or representation to any Bank or the Issuing Bank and shall not be
responsible to any Bank or the Issuing Bank for any statements, recitals,
information, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any
Loan Document, or in any communication or writing made or delivered in
connection therewith; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain, to inquire or
to keep itself informed as to the financial condition of Borrower or its
Subsidiaries or the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or
conditions of any Loan Document on the part of any Person or to inspect the
Property (including the books and records) of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or
any other Person; (v) shall not be responsible to any Bank or the Issuing Bank
for the financial condition of Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the due
execution, legality, validity, enforceability, collectibility, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of any Loan Document or instrument or document furnished in
connection therewith, or the creation, perfection, continued creation or
perfection, or priority, of any Lien purported to be created by any Loan
Document, or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or
thereto; and (vi) may rely, and shall be fully protected and free from liability
to all Banks and the Issuing Bank in relying, (A) upon the representations and
warranties of Borrower, the Banks and the Issuing Bank in exercising its powers
hereunder, and (B) upon any notice, consent, certificate, statement, resolution,
instrument or other writing (which may be by telegram, cable,







                                       58

<PAGE>   65


telecopy, facsimile, telex, mail or telephone) believed by it to be genuine and
signed, sent, communicated or otherwise made by the proper Person or Persons.

         SECTION 8.3 Defaults. The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge
of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default (other than the non-payment
of principal of or interest on Loans or of Commitment Fees and Unavailable
Commitment Fees) unless the Agent has received written notice from a Bank, the
Issuing Bank or Borrower specifying the occurrence of such Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default". In the event that
the Agent receives a Notice of Default, it shall give prompt notice thereof to
the Banks and the Issuing Bank (and shall give each Bank and the Issuing Bank
prompt notice of each such non-payment). Subject to Section 8.1, the Agent shall
take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be
directed by the Required Banks; provided that, unless and until the Agent shall
have received such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to)
take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall in its sole and absolute discretion deem
advisable in the best interest of the Banks and the Issuing Bank.

         SECTION 8.4 Rights as a Bank. NationsBank (and any successor acting as
the Agent), in its capacity as a Bank or the Issuing Bank (as applicable)
hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any Bank or Issuing
Bank (as applicable) and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent,
and the term "Bank", "Banks", "Issuing Bank", Required Banks", "holders of
Notes" or similar terms shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include
NationsBank (and any successor acting as Agent) in its individual capacity.
NationsBank (and any successor acting as the Agent) and its Affiliates may
accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures or as
transfer agent in respect of capital stock of, and generally engage in any kind
of banking, trust, investment, financial advisory or other business with, the
Borrower or its Affiliates, and may accept fees and other consideration from the
Borrower or its Affiliates for services in connection with any of the foregoing,
any of the Loan Documents or otherwise, all as if it were not Agent hereunder
and without having to account for the same to the Banks or the Issuing Bank. All
fees and other amounts received by Agent for its capacity as Agent hereunder
shall solely be for its benefit and no other party hereto.

         SECTION 8.5 Indemnification. EACH BANK AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, REIMBURSE
AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH AGENT INDEMNITEE (TO THE EXTENT NOT INDEMNIFIED AND
REIMBURSED, ON DEMAND, BY BORROWER), RATABLY ACCORDING TO ITS PERCENTAGE SHARE,
FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSSES, LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, CLAIMS, LOSSES,
DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, SUITS, JUDGMENTS, DEMAND, SETTLEMENTS, COSTS,
DISBURSEMENTS OR EXPENSES (INCLUDING FEES AND EXPENSES OF ATTORNEYS,
ACCOUNTANTS, EXPERTS AND ADVISORS) OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER (IN THIS
SECTION 8.5, THE FOREGOING IS COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS THE "LIABILITIES AND
COSTS", WHICH TO ANY EXTENT (IN WHOLE OR PART) MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY,
OR ASSERTED AGAINST, SUCH AGENT INDEMNITEE IN ANY WAY RELATING TO, OR ARISING
OUT OF, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTION 










                                       59

<PAGE>   66







AND EVENTS (INCLUDING THE ENFORCEMENT THEREOF) AT ANY TIME ASSOCIATED THEREWITH
OR CONTEMPLATED THEREIN (INCLUDING ANY VIOLATION OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH ANY
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS BY ANY PERSON OR ANY LIABILITIES OR DUTIES OF ANY PERSON WITH
RESPECT TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FOUND IN OR RELEASED INTO THE ENVIRONMENT) OR AS
A RESULT OF ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED TO BE TAKEN BY SUCH AGENT INDEMNITEE,
INCLUDING ITS NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, OTHER THAN AS PROVIDED IN THE FOLLOWING
PROVISO, THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF AN AGENT INDEMNITEE; PROVIDED THAT NO BANK
SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY PORTION, IF ANY, OF ANY LIABILITIES AND COSTS WHICH IS
PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY THE AGENT'S OWN INDIVIDUAL GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT, AS DETERMINED IN A FINAL JUDGMENT. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY
OF THE FOREGOING, EACH BANK AGREES, IN PROPORTION WITH ITS PERCENTAGE SHARE, TO
REIMBURSE THE AGENT PROMPTLY UPON ITS DEMAND FOR ANY COSTS AND EXPENSES
(INCLUDING ATTORNEYS' FEES AND EXPENSES AND OTHER CHARGES) INCURRED BY THE AGENT
IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREPARATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION,
MODIFICATION, AMENDMENT OR ENFORCEMENT (WHETHER THROUGH NEGOTIATIONS, LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHERWISE) OF, OR LEGAL ADVICE IN RESPECT OF THEIR RIGHTS OR
RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY OF THEM, OR ANY OTHER
DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AGENT IS
NOT REIMBURSED, ON DEMAND, FOR SUCH AMOUNTS BY BORROWER. Each Bank's obligations
under this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
discharge of Borrower's obligations hereunder.

         SECTION 8.6 Bank's Credit Decision and Non-Reliance. Each Bank and the
Issuing Bank hereby acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
upon the Agent or any other Person, and based upon such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made (i) its own independent
investigation and analysis (including legal and credit investigation and
analysis) of Borrower and its Affiliates, and its and their respective financial
conditions, operations and affairs, and Properties, and the transactions
provided for in, and contemplated by, each of the Loan Documents, and (ii) its
own independent decision to enter into and perform each Loan Document. Each Bank
and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent or any other Person, and based on such investigation,
analysis, documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own independent legal, credit and other decisions in taking
or omitting to take action under or in connection with the Loan Documents.
Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly
required to be furnished to the Banks and/or the Issuing Bank by the Agent
hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
Bank or the Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning the
affairs, financial condition, or business of Borrower or its Affiliates which
may come into the possession of the Agent or any of its Affiliates.








                                       60

<PAGE>   67

         SECTION 8.7 Deferral of Distributions; Investments. Whenever the Agent
in good faith determines that it is uncertain about how to distribute to the
Banks or the Issuing Bank any funds which it has received, or whenever the Agent
in good faith determines that there is any dispute among the Banks and/or the
Issuing Bank about how such funds should be distributed, the Agent may choose to
defer distribution of the funds which are the subject of such uncertainty or
dispute. If the Agent in good faith believes that the uncertainty or dispute
will not be promptly resolved, it may, or if the Agent is otherwise required to
invest funds pending distribution to the Banks and/or the Issuing Bank, it
shall, invest such funds pending distribution in any manner it deems
appropriate, absent timely instructions from the Required Banks; all interest on
any such investment (net of investment and related costs, if any, incurred in
connection therewith) shall be distributed upon the distribution of such
investment and in the same proportion and to the same Persons as such
investment. All moneys received by the Agent for distribution to the Banks
and/or the Issuing Bank (other than to the Person who is the Agent in its
separate capacity as a Bank) shall be held by the Agent pending such
distribution solely as the Agent for such Banks and/or the Issuing Bank, and the
Agent shall have no equitable title to any portion thereof. ABSENT GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT ON ITS PART (BUT EXCLUDING ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE
OF ANY OTHER KIND), AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL JUDGMENT, THE AGENT SHALL BE
FULLY PROTECTED AND FREE FROM LIABILITY TO THE BANKS AND/OR THE ISSUING BANK,
FOR ANY COSTS AND LIABILITIES RESULTING FROM OR RELATED TO THE DEFERRAL OF
DISTRIBUTIONS AND/OR MAKING OF INVESTMENTS AS PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 8,
INCLUDING THE FAILURE OF ANY SUCH INVESTMENT.

         SECTION 8.8 Name of Article 8. The provisions of this Article 8 (other
than the following Section 8.9) are intended solely for the benefit of the
Agent, Banks and the Issuing Bank, and neither the Borrower nor any other Person
shall be entitled to rely on any such provision or assert any such provision in
a claim or defense against the Agent, any Bank or the Issuing Bank. The Agent,
Banks and the Issuing Bank may waive or amend such provisions as they desire
without any notice to or consent of the Borrower. Nothing contained in any Loan
Document, and no action taken by any Bank, the Issuing Bank or the Agent
pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or pursuant to or in connection with
the Loan Documents, shall be deemed to constitute the Banks and the Issuing
Bank, together or with or without the Agent, a partnership, association, joint
venture or other entity.

         SECTION 8.9 Resignation and Removal by Agent. The Agent may resign at
any time as the Agent under the Loan Documents by giving written notice thereof
(which notice shall contain the date of such resignation) to the Banks, the
Issuing Bank and Borrower and, upon the gross negligence or manifest
incompetence of the Agent, the Agent may be removed as the Agent under the Loan
Documents by the Required Banks. Upon any such resignation or removal, the
Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no
successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Banks and shall
have accepted such appointment within 30 calendar days after the retiring
Agent's giving notice of resignation or the Required Banks' removal of the
retiring Agent, as applicable, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of Banks
and the Issuing Bank appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof
having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. 








                                       61

<PAGE>   68


In any case where a successor Agent is being selected, the parties agree to
attempt to select such successor from one of the Banks. If one of the Banks is
selected as a successor Agent, such selection shall not be subject to approval
by Borrower; however, if a Person other than one of the Banks is selected as a
successor Agent, such selection, so long as no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, shall be subject to the approval of Borrower, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the acceptance of any
appointment as the Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent
shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all rights, powers, privileges
and duties of the retiring or removed Agent and the retiring or removed Agent
shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents.
After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the
provisions of this Article 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken
or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Agent under the Loan Documents.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                              CHANGED CIRCUMSTANCES

         SECTION 9.1 Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair.
If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) the Agent shall have
determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower)
that, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, or
reporting or data gathering and/or dissemination networks, systems or companies
related thereto or dealing therewith, adequate and reasonable means do not exist
for ascertaining the London Interbank Offered Rate for such Interest Period, or
(ii) the Agent shall have received written notice from the Required Banks that
the London Interbank Offered Rate determined or to be determined for such
Interest Rate Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such
Banks (as conclusively certified by such Banks) of making or maintaining their
LIBOR Loans during such Interest Period, then the Agent shall forthwith give
notice thereof to Borrower and the Banks. Until the Agent notifies Borrower that
such notice has been withdrawn by the Agent, no further LIBOR Loans by any Bank
shall be made or continued as such, nor shall Borrower have the right to convert
Loans to LIBOR Loans.

         SECTION 9.2 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if
at any time a Bank determines (which determination shall be reasonably exercised
and if so reasonably exercised, shall be conclusive and binding upon the
parties, absent manifest error) that the making or maintaining LIBOR Loans
hereunder has become unlawful pursuant to applicable Law, or any interpretation,
application or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law),
then such Bank (an "Affected Bank") shall so promptly notify the Agent, the
other Banks and Borrower. Upon giving such notice (i) the obligations of all
Banks to make or continue, or to convert Base Rate Loans into, LIBOR Loans shall
be suspended until the Affected Bank notifies the Agent, the other Banks and
Borrower that it may again make and maintain LIBOR Loans, and (ii) Borrower
shall, upon the request of any Bank, prepay any LIBOR Loan then outstanding
(which prepayment, if requested by Borrower, shall be made with the proceeds or
effect of a Base Rate Loan extended 






                                       62

<PAGE>   69




contemporaneously by such Bank, together with accrued interest thereon, and loss
and expenses, if any, provided for in Section 2.12.

         SECTION 9.3 Increased Cost and Reduced Return.


         (a) If the adoption of, or any change in, any Law, or in the
interpretation, application or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank
(or its Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the
force of law) of any central bank or other Governmental Authority:

                  (i) shall subject any Bank (or its Lending Office) to any tax,
         duty or other charge of any kind whatsoever with respect to this
         Agreement, any Note, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any LIBOR
         Loan made by it, or its obligations in respect to any of the foregoing,
         or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to such Bank (or its
         Lending Office) in respect to any amounts due to it in respect to any
         of the foregoing (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall
         net income of such Bank or its Lending Office imposed by any
         jurisdiction); or

                  (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
         special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement (including,
         without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of
         Governors of the Federal Reserve System) against assets of, deposits
         with or other liabilities of or for the account of, advances, loans or
         other extensions of credit by, or other acquisition of funds by, any
         Bank (or its Lending Office), which is not otherwise included in the
         determination of the Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate; or

                  (iii) shall impose on any Bank (or its Lending Office) or on
         the London interbank market any other condition affecting this
         Agreement, any Note, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any LIBOR
         Loan, or its obligations in respect to any of the foregoing;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or
its Lending Office) of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining any
LIBOR Loan or issuing or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the
amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its Lending Office)
under this Agreement or under its Notes with respect thereto, then subject to
Section 10.8, within 5 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the
Agent), Borrower shall, without limiting the effect of any other applicable
provision hereof (but without duplication) pay to such Bank such additional
amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such increased costs ir
reduction of amount receivable, but only to the extent of the actual amount of
such increased costs or reduction of amount received.

         (b) If the adoption of, or any change in, any Law regarding capital
adequacy or risk-based capital guidelines or requirements, or in the
interpretation, application or administration thereof or compliance by any Bank
(or its Lending Office, or its or any of their Affiliates) with any request or
directive regarding capital adequacy or risk-based capital guidelines or
requirements (whether or not 







                                       63

<PAGE>   70




having the force of law) of any central bank or other Governmental Authority,
does or shall, in the reasonable determination of such Bank, have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on such Bank's (or its Lending Office, or its or
their Affiliates) capital or assets as a consequence of its obligations
hereunder, or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit, to a level below that
which such Bank (or its Lending Office, or its or their Affiliates) could have
achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Bank's (or its Lending Office, or its or their Affiliates) policies with
respect to capital adequacy or risk-based capital guidelines or requirements),
then from time to time, within 5 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to
the Agent), subject to Section 10.8, Borrower shall, without limiting the effect
of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 (but without duplication), pay
to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for
the amount of such reduction, but only to the actual amount of such reduction.

         (c) Each Bank will promptly notify Borrower and the Agent of any event
of which it has knowledge which will entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant
to this Section 9.3. A certificate of any Bank claiming compensation under this
Section 9.3 and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it,
as well as the manner in which such amount or amounts were calculated, hereunder
shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower in the absence of manifest error. In
determining such amount, such Bank may use, among others, any reasonable
averaging and attribution methods.

         (d) If Borrower pays any Bank compensation under this Section 9.3 and
thereafter such Bank receives a refund of amounts under this Section 9.3 with
respect to which such compensation was paid by Borrower, such Bank shall refund
to Borrower the amount of such compensation to the extent of such refund so
received by such Bank.

         (e) The rights and benefits of the Banks under this Section 9.3 shall
also apply to the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.

         SECTION 9.4 Substitute Rate for Affected LIBOR Loans.

         (a) If the obligation of any Bank to make, convert or continue (as
applicable) a LIBOR Loan shall be suspended pursuant to Section 9.1 or Section
9.2 (each such affected LIBOR Loan, an "Affected Loan"), then each such Affected
Loan that otherwise would have been made, converted or continued (as applicable)
by the Banks as a LIBOR Loan shall be made, converted or continued (as
applicable) instead as a Base Rate Loan.

         (b) If the London Interbank Offered Rate is not published or reported
for 30 consecutive days or 30 days have passed since Borrower's receipt of an
Agent's notice a provided in Section 9.1 or an Affected Bank's notice as
provided in Section 9.2, as applicable, and the circumstance underlying such
notice continues to exist, then within 15 days after the earlier to occur of any
such event (such earliest to occur event, a "LIBOR Event"),. and so long as such
LIBOR Event shall be continuing, Borrower may notify the Agent and the Banks
that is desires to discuss with them the 




                                       64

<PAGE>   71








availability of a reasonably comparable alternate rate option or additional
interest rate option for the Loans that is mutually agreeable to Borrower, the
Agent and the Banks; and, if Borrower, the Agent and the Banks so mutually agree
within 30 days after such notice is given by Borrower, the parties shall as soon
as reasonably practical thereafter enter into an amendment to this Agreement and
any other affected Loan Documents in form, scope and substance, and upon terms
and conditions, satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks. If, in any event, any
Bank does not, in its sole discretion (with due respect for, among other
matters, its independent requirements, considerations and circumstances), agree
to any proposed alternate or additional interest rate option within such 30-day
period, no such alternate or additional interest rate option shall be available
with respect to the LIBOR Event initiating the discussions related to such
proposed alternative or additional interest rate option.

         SECTION 9.5 Alternate Lending Office Designation. Each Bank agrees that
it will endeavor to use reasonable efforts to designate an alternate Lending
Office with respect to any LIBOR Loans affected by the matters or circumstances
described in any of Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 to reduce the liability of
Borrower or avoid the results provided thereunder, so long as such designation
is not disadvantageous to such Bank as determined by it in its sole discretion;
provided that notices to the Agent under Article 2 or Article 9 shall not be
effective until actually received by a representative of the Agent, as
distinguished from received at its place of business only.


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 10.1 Notices.

         (a) All notices, requests and other communications to any party under
any Loan Document shall be in writing or, in the case of a Notice of Borrowing,
by telephone confirmed the same day in writing on or before 12:00 noon (Dallas
time) (including bank wire, telecopy, telex or similar writing) and shall be
given to such party at its address, telecopy or telex number set forth in Annex
A (or in an Assignment Agreement, if applicable) or such other address, telecopy
or telex number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to
the Agent and Borrower. Each such notice, request or other communication shall
be effective (i) if given by telex, when such telex is transmitted to the telex
number specified pursuant to this Section 10.1 and the appropriate answerback is
received, (ii) if given by telecopy, when such telecopy is transmitted to the
telecopy number specified pursuant to this Section 10.1, and the sender has
received electronic confirmation thereof, (iii) if given by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, 72 hours after such communication is
deposited in the mails with postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iv) if
given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to
this Section 10.1; provided that notices to the Agent under Article 2 or Article
9 shall not be effective until actually received by a representative of Agent,
as distinguished from received at its place of business only.




                                       65

<PAGE>   72


         (b) Any verbal communication or instrument in writing received by the
Agent in connection with a Borrowing or a Loan, the issuance of a Letter of
Credit or any other matter with respect to any Loan Document, which purports to
be dispatched or signed by or on behalf of Borrower and confirmed, in the case
of a verbal communication, by the Agent by telephone confirmation with an
Authorized Officer, shall conclusively be deemed to have been dispatched or
signed by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to such Person's authority to bind
Borrower and all other Persons for the liabilities and matters in connection
therewith to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Bank; and the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Bank may conclusively rely thereon and shall have no
obligation, duty or responsibility to determine the validity or genuineness
thereof or the authority of the Person or Persons executing or dispatching the
same.

         SECTION 10.2 No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Agent, the Issuing
Bank, any Bank or Borrower in exercising any Right under any Loan Document, and
no course of dealing with respect to any such Rights, shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or
discontinuance of steps or actions to enforce any Rights, preclude or prejudice
the concurrent or subsequent exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such
Rights. The Rights provided in the Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law or in equity.

         SECTION 10.3 Payment of Costs and Expenses; Professionals and
Consultants.


         (a) Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred
(whether before, after or during the Closing Date) by or on behalf of the Agent
(including audit costs and expenses and all attorneys' and other professionals'
and consultants' fees, costs and expenses of Agent incurred in connection with
the preparation of, advice or counsel regarding, or enforcement of, any Loan
Document) in connection with (i) the investigation, review, negotiation,
preparation, execution, delivery, administration, syndication, participation,
filing, recordation, refinancing, restructuring, renegotiation or enforcement of
each of the Loan Documents, and any and all renewals, amendments, extensions,
restatements, supplements, rearrangements, consents, waivers, assignments and
modifications thereto or thereof, and the transactions contemplated thereby,
(ii) the monitoring, evaluating, making, maintaining, servicing, enforcement and
collection of the Loans and the issuance, administration, maintaining,
servicing, enforcement and payment of the Letters of Credit and the
Reimbursement Obligations, (iii) the creation, preservation, maintenance,
protection, perfection and enforcement of Rights under each Loan Document and
Liens in Property (whether or not incurred in connection with the commencement
of a proceeding, litigation, foreclosure or other proceeding), specifically
including all costs and expenses incurred with respect to any bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization proceeding, regardless of whether the Agent
ultimately prevails in such bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceeding,
and (iv) all amounts expended, advanced or incurred by or on behalf of the Agent
to satisfy any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document which is not
timely satisfied by Borrower, if the Agent, at its discretion, so chooses to
incur any such expenses or costs.



                                       66

<PAGE>   73



         (b) Should Borrower fail to perform or observe any covenant or
agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents and such failure continues
through the cure period provided for therein, if any, the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or any Bank may then perform or attempt to perform such covenant or
agreement on behalf of Borrower. Such Person will endeavor to give Borrower
notice of such performance or attempted performance. Borrower shall, at the
request of such Person, promptly pay any amount expended in such performance or
attempted performance to such Person at the principal office of the Agent,
together with interest on the portion thereof form time to time remaining unpaid
at the Default Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly understood
and agreed that (i) neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank, nor any Bank,
assumes any liability or responsibility for the performance of any covenants or
agreements of Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or
any other documents, or other control over the management and affairs of
Borrower, and (ii) Borrower's failure to perform any covenant or agreement that
is cured, in whole or in part, by any of their action shall be and continue a
Default unless and until (A) all of such Person's attendant costs and expenses
have been reimbursed as herein provided and (B) Borrower has submitted, and the
Agent has received and approved, with the consent of the Required Banks, such
objective evidence that supports the determination that such Default will not
reoccur.

         (c) Borrower acknowledges and agrees that all attorneys, accountants,
auditors, and other professional Persons and consultants who are from time to
time engaged or employed by the Agent (including, without limitation, Donohoe,
Jameson & Carroll, P.C.) and whose fees and expenses are or may be paid or
reimbursed, as applicable, by Borrower, pursuant to the terms of any Loan
Document, an the professionals of the Agent and not of Borrower, and each of
them (i) shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the Agent,
and (ii) shall have no duty of disclosure, duty or loyalty, duty of care or any
other duty of any type or nature whatsoever, or deemed to have any
attorney-client or other similar professional relationship whatsoever, to
Borrower.

         SECTION 10.4 Indemnification. SUBJECT TO SECTION 10.8, BORROWER SHALL
INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, PROTECT AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH BANK, THE AGENT, THE ISSUING
BANK, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, PARENT COMPANIES AND OTHER
RELATED ENTITIES, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
ATTORNEYS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND CONSULTANTS, INSURERS AND STOCKHOLDERS,
AND EACH OF THEM (AND TOGETHER WITH EACH AND ALL OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS,
ASSIGNS, HEIRS AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES"), FROM AND
AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, CLAIMS, ACTIONS, SUITS AND OTHER
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, JUDGMENTS, PENALTIES, DAMAGES, COSTS, INTEREST, CHARGES,
ATTORNEYS' AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS' AND CONSULTANTS' FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES AND
DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ("INDEMNIFIED COSTS"), WHICH MAY
BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED OR SUSTAINED BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST, THE INDEMNIFIED
PARTIES, OR ANY OF THEM, BY REASON OF, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY MANNER RELATED
TO (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, CONSEQUENTIALLY, OR OTHERWISE) ANY







                                       67

<PAGE>   74






LOAN DOCUMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LETTER OF CREDIT), THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY, OR THE ENFORCEMENT, PROTECTION OR
ADMINISTRATION THEREOF OR WITH RESPECT THERETO (COLLECTIVELY, THE "SUBJECT
TRANSACTIONS"), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES, COSTS AND EXPENSES
INCURRED BY ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES IN INVESTIGATING, PREPARING FOR,
DEFENDING AGAINST, OR PROVIDING EVIDENCE, PRODUCING DOCUMENTS, OR TAKING ANY
OTHER ACTION IN RESPECT OF ANY COMMENCED OR THREATENED LITIGATION UNDER ANY
FEDERAL OR STATE, OR ANY SUBDIVISION THEREOF, SECURITIES OR ENVIRONMENTAL LAW OR
OTHER LAW OF ANY JURISDICTION OR AT COMMON LAW.

THIS FOREGOING IS INTENDED TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, PROTECT AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH
OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AGAINST ALL RISKS, FORESEEABLE OR UNFORESEEABLE,
INVOLVED IN THE SUBJECT TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE
NEGLIGENCE OR ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE, COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR
OTHERWISE) OF ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, ALL OF WHICH RISKS ARE HEREBY
ASSUMED BY BORROWER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY SHALL NOT BE
ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION FOR INDEMNIFIED COSTS TO THE EXTENT SUCH INDEMNIFIED
COSTS ARE DIRECTLY CAUSED BY A BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT
OR ITS OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AS DETERMINED BY A COURT OF
COMPETENT JURISDICTION. AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY WILL PROVIDE BORROWER WITH NOTICE
OF A CLAIM FOR INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER AS SOON AS REASONABLY PRACTICAL, AND
SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY WILL PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION CONCERNING THE CLAIM AS
BORROWER MAY REASONABLY REQUEST. BORROWER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO APPROVE, WHICH
APPROVAL WILL NOT BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD OR DELAYED, ANY SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT
PROPOSED TO BE ENTERED INTO BY AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
ACTION, SUIT, INVESTIGATION OR PROCEEDING UNDERLYING A CLAIM FOR INDEMNIFICATION
HEREAFTER PROVIDED THAT (i) BORROWER IS NOT IN DEFAULT (AS DEFINED IN SECTION
1.1) AS OF THE TIME AT WHICH SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY PROPOSES TO ENTER INTO SUCH
SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT, AND (ii) BORROWER HAS NOT TAKEN A POSITION IN SUCH ACTION,
SUIT, INVESTIGATION OR PROCEEDING WHICH, IN THE SOLE JUDGMENT OF SUCH
INDEMNIFIED PARTY, IS ADVERSE TO OR IN CONFLICT WITH THE POSITION OF SUCH
INDEMNIFIED PARTY. IF, UNDER THE PRECEDING SENTENCE, BORROWER DOES NOT APPROVE A
SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT PROPOSED BY AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY, BORROWER'S
INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL CONTINUE IN ANY EVENT WITH RESPECT
TO THE CLAIM AND INDEMNIFIED COSTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE SETTLEMENT PROPOSAL. TO
THE EXTENT THAT THE FOREGOING INDEMNIFICATION MAY BE DEEMED UNENFORCEABLE, IN
WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR 








                                       68

<PAGE>   75





ANY REASON WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BECAUSE IT IS VIOLATIVE OF LAW OR PUBLIC POLICY
AS DETERMINED BY A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT OR ORDER OF A COURT OF
COMPETENT JURISDICTION, BORROWER AGREES TO CONTRIBUTE THE MAXIMUM PORTION THAT
IT IS NOT PROHIBITED TO PAY UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO THE PAYMENT AND
SATISFACTION OF THE SUBJECT TRANSACTIONS.

         SECTION 10.5 Sharing of Setoffs. Borrower hereby grants to Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Bank the right of setoff, to secure repayment of the
Obligations, upon any and all monies, securities or other Property of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries and the proceeds therefrom, now or hereafter held or
received by or in transit to Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank or any of their
respective agents, from or for the account of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise,
and also upon any and all deposits (general or special, but excluding trust or
escrow accounts or deposits) and credits of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and
any and all claims of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Bank at any time existing. In connection with any setoff,
counterclaim or similar action by any Bank, such Bank agrees that it shall
comply with, and otherwise be bound by, the provisions of Section 2.13.
Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Bank agree that any Person
purchasing a participation from a Bank pursuant to Section 10.7(b) shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by Law and if provided in the participation agreement
between the Bank and the participant, have all of the obligations of a Bank
pursuant to the terms of this Section 10.5. Without limiting any Bank's right of
setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, the Agent shall have the right to charge
any account of Borrower maintained with Agent for the amount of any payment due
under any Loan Document, under the Notes or with respect to any of the Letters
of Credit.

         SECTION 10.6 Amendments and Waivers. All modifications, consents,
amendment, waivers and the like of any provision of any Loan Document, or
consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom
(collectively, the foregoing are referred to in this Section 10.6 as a
"modification"), shall be effective only if the same is in a writing inform,
scope and substance, and subject to conditions and requirements, if any,
acceptable to the Agent and the Required Banks, and if so acceptable, is signed
by Borrower, the Agent and, at least, the Required Banks; provided that no such
modification shall, unless consented to in writing by all the Banks, (i) modify
the Commitment of any Bank or subject any Bank to any additional funding
obligation, (ii) reduce the principal amount or the stated rate of interest on
any Loan or reduce any fees hereunder (other than fees payable solely to the
Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable), (iii) extends the date fixed for any
principal reduction pursuant to Section 2.8 or Section 2.9, the payment of any
interest on any Loan, the payment of any Reimbursement Obligation or the payment
of any fees hereunder (other than fees payable solely to the Agent or the
Issuing Bank, as applicable), the maturity date of any of the Obligations or the
Commitment Termination Date, (iv) release or impair the Lien in any Property in
favor of the Banks, (v) release any guarantor of the Obligations, (vi) change
the percentage of the Commitments or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
the Notes, or the number of Banks which shall be required for the Banks or any
of them to take any action under this Section 10.6 or any other provision of the
Loan Documents, or (vii) affects this 








                                       69

<PAGE>   76





Section 10.6 or Section 10.3 or Section 10.4 or modifies the definition of
"Required Banks"; provided, further, that, (y) no modification or waiver which
modifies the rights, duties or obligations of the Agent shall be effective
without the prior written consent of the Agent, and (z) no modification or
waiver which modifies the rights, duties, obligations or commitment of the
Issuing Bank shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Issuing
Bank.

         SECTION 10.7 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.

         (a) The Loan Documents shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
of the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that
(i) Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its right or obligations under
any Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Issuing
Bank and all the Banks, and (ii) unless otherwise permitted under this Section
10.7, no Bank may transfer, pledge, assign, sell participations in or otherwise
convey or encumber its Commitments or Loans or interests in Letters of Credit.
Borrower shall not directly or indirectly purchase or otherwise retire any
Obligations owed to any Bank or the Issuing Bank nor will any Bank or the
Issuing Bank accept any offer to do so, unless each Bank or the Issuing Bank (or
both, as applicable) shall have received substantially the same offer with
respect to the same pro rata share of the Obligations owed to it. If Borrower,
directly or indirectly, at any time purchases some but less than all of the
Obligations owed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks, then
notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary such purchaser or
purchasers shall not be entitled to any rights of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
the Banks under the Loan Documents (including voting rights or the right to
participate in or determine any modification (as that term is defined in Section
10.6)), unless and until Borrower has purchased all of the Obligations.

         (b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any
benefits hereunder or thereunder, shall inure to or for the benefit of any
Person that is not a signatory party hereto, other than any of such Persons that
are expressly named or designated as indemnitees, releasees or exculpatees
herein. All conditions to make Loans hereunder or to issue Letters of Credit
hereunder, and all covenants, warranties, representations, and other terms and
provisions of, and applicable to, Borrower and its Subsidiaries in each Loan
Document are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Bank, and their respective successors and assigns. No
other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in
accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that no Loans will be made
or Letters of Credit will be issued in the absence of strict compliance with any
or all of such conditions; and no other Person shall, under any circumstances,
be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, covenants, warranties,
representations and other terms and provisions. Any of such conditions, and the
breach of, or noncompliance with, any such covenants, warranties,
representations and other terms and provisions may be freely waived in whole or
in part by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks (subject to applicable
provisions hereof) at any time if in its or their (as applicable) sole
discretion it or they (as applicable) deem it advisable to do so. No such
conditions, covenants, warranties, representations or other terms or provisions
are intended to release, or authorize or permit a breach by, Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries of any of their respective obligations and requirements to any
third Person, 








                                       70

<PAGE>   77







or any noncompliance therewith, or to evidence the contractual interference
therewith by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks.

         (c) Subject to the provisions of this Section 10.7, any Bank may in the
ordinary course of its business, with notice to but without any consent of
Borrower with respect thereto, and in accordance with applicable Law, at any
time sell to one or more Persons who are Affiliates of such Bank (each a
"Participant") a participating interests in all or any part of any Loans, or in
the Commitments, of such Bank. In the event of any such sale by a Bank to a
Participant, (i) such Bank shall remain a "Bank" for all purposes under this
Agreement, and the Participant shall not constitute a "Bank" hereunder, (ii)
such Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (iii) such
Bank shall remain solely responsible for the performance of its obligations
under this Agreement, (iv) such Bank shall remain the holder of any such Note
and the obligor to fund its respective Commitments for all purposes under this
Agreement, and (v) Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the other Banks
shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with
such Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. Participants shall have no rights under this Agreement or any of the
Loan Documents, other than rights of setoff (and attendant obligations)
expressly set forth herein. No Bank shall sell any participating interest under
which the Participant shall have, and no Participant shall have, any rights to
vote on any modification (as such term is defined in Section 10.6) of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any agreement between any Bank and any
Participant granting any Participant any voting rights shall be void ab initio.
Except in the case of the sale of a participating interest to a Bank, the
relevant participation agreement shall not permit the Participant to transfer,
pledge, assign, sell participations in, or encumber its portion of, the
Commitments, the Loans, or the Letters of Credit.

         (d) Subject to the provisions of this Section 10.7(d), any Bank may, in
the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable Law,
assign to one or more Qualified Banks (each a "Purchaser") a proportional part
(not less than $5,000,000 of the Bank's Commitment, unless such Bank is reducing
its Commitment to zero) of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents,
and such Purchaser shall (i) assume all such rights and obligations, pursuant to
an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an
"Assignment Agreement") and other necessary and related documents, all in form,
scope and substance satisfactory to the Agent, executed by such Purchaser, such
transferor Bank, the Agent and the Issuing Bank, and (ii) pay to the Agent, for
its account, a non-refundable processing fee in the amount of $3,500. Upon the
effectiveness of such Assignment Agreement, such Purchaser shall for all
purposes be a Bank party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and
obligations of a Bank under this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an
original party hereto with a Commitment as set forth in the Assignment
Agreement, and the transferor Bank shall be released from its obligations
hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no further consent or action by
Borrower, the Banks or the Agent shall be required. Upon the consummation of any
transfer to a Purchaser pursuant to this Section 10.7(d), the transferor Bank,
the Agent, the Issuing Bank and Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements, at
Borrower's cost and expense, so that, if required, new Notes are issued to such
Purchaser. Any sale pursuant to this Section 10.7(d) shall be of an equal pro
rata portion of each of the transferor Bank's Commitment, 










                                       71

<PAGE>   78






Loans and interests in Letters of Credit. A Purchaser shall be subject to all
the provisions of this Section 10.7 the same as if it were a Bank signatory
hereto as of the Closing Date.

         (e) Borrower authorizes each Bank to disclose to any Participant or
Purchaser (each a "Transferee") and any prospective Transferee any and all
financial information in such Bank's possession concerning Borrower which has
been delivered to such Bank by or on behalf of them pursuant to this Agreement
or which has been delivered to such Bank by them in connection with such Bank's
credit evaluation prior to entering into this Agreement.

         (f) No Transferee (including for this purpose a different Lending
Office of a Bank) shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under this
Agreement than the transferor Bank would have been entitled to receive with
respect to the rights assigned, unless such assignment is made with the prior
written consent of Borrower or by reason of the provisions referred to in
Section 9.5 regarding the designation of a different Lending Office under
certain circumstances.

         (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 10.7, no
transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Bank hereunder or
any grant of participations therein shall be permitted if such transfer,
assignment or grant would require Borrower to file a registration statement with
the Securities and Exchange Commission or to qualify the Loans or the Letters of
Credit under the "Blue Sky" laws of any state.

         (h) Each Bank initially party to this Agreement hereby represents, and
each person that becomes a Bank pursuant to an assignment permitted by Section
10.7(d) will, upon its becoming party to this Agreement, represent that it is a
Qualified Bank, and that it will make or acquire Loans only for its own account
in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that subject to the
preceding provisions of this Section 10.7, the disposition of any promissory
notes or other evidences of or interests in Obligations held by it shall at all
times be within its exclusive control.

         SECTION 10.8 Maximum Interest Rate. It is the intent of the parties
hereto that each of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks (collectively, the
"Financing Parties"), and Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the execution,
delivery and performance of all Loan Documents, the transactions provided for
therein and contemplated thereby, and all matters incidental and related thereto
and arising therefrom, shall comply and conform strictly with Applicable Law
from time to time in effect, including without limitation, Usury Laws. In
furtherance thereof, the Financing Parties and Borrower stipulate and agree that
none of the terms and provisions contained in, or pertaining to, the Loan
Documents shall ever be construed to create a contract to pay for the use or
forbearance or detention of money with interest at a rate or in an amount in
excess of the Maximum Rate or maximum amount of interest permitted or allowed to
be contracted for, charged, received, taken or reserved under said Laws. For
purposes of each Loan Document, (i) "interest" shall include the aggregate of
all amounts which constitute or are deemed to constitute interest under the Laws
of the State of Texas or, to the extent they may apply, the Laws of the United
States of America, that are contracted for, chargeable, receivable (whether
received or deemed to have been received), taken or reserved under each such
document, and (ii) all computations of the maximum amount of interest









                                       72

<PAGE>   79

permitted or allowed under Applicable Law will be made on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed over a 365 or 366 day year, whichever is
applicable. Neither Borrower nor any other Person shall ever be required to pay
unearned interest on, or with respect to any of, the Loan Documents and shall
never be required to pay interest on, or with respect to any of, the Loan
Documents at a rate or in an amount in excess of the Maximum Rate or maximum
amount of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged, received, taken
or reserved under Applicable Law, and the provisions of this paragraph shall
control over all other provisions of the Loan Documents. If the effective rate
or amount of interest which would otherwise be payable under the Loan Documents
would exceed the Maximum Rate or maximum amount of interest any Financing Party
or any other holder of any Note or other Obligations is allowed by Applicable
Law to charge, contract for, take, reserve or receive, or in the event any
Financing Party or any holder of any Note or other Obligations shall charge,
contract for, take, reserve or receive monies that are deemed to constitute
interest which would, in the absence of this provision, increase the effective
rate or amount of interest payable under the Loan Documents to a rate or amount
in excess of that permitted or allowed to be charged, contracted for, taken,
reserved or received under Applicable Law then in effect, then the principal
amount of such Note or other Obligations or the amount of interest which would
otherwise be payable thereunder shall be payable at, or reduced to, as
applicable, the maximum amount allowed pursuant to the then applicable weekly
rate ceiling under Applicable Law, or if no such ceiling is then in effect, as
authorized and allowed under said Laws as now or hereafter construed by the
courts having jurisdiction, and all such monies so charged, contracted for,
received, taken or reserved that are deemed to constitute interest in excess of
the Maximum Rate or maximum amount of interest permitted by Applicable Law shall
be immediately returned or credited to the account of Borrower upon such
determination.

         SECTION 10.9 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT,
EACH NOTE AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (INCLUDING ITS AND THEIR VALIDITY,
ENFORCEABILITY AND INTERPRETATION) SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEAS (WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF
LAW PRINCIPLES) AND TO THE EXTENT CONTROLLING, THE FEDERAL LAWS OF THE USA;
PROVIDED THAT (I) THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 346 OF THE TEXAS FINANCE CODE ARE
EXPRESSLY DECLARED BY THE PARTIES NOT TO BE APPLICABLE TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY ANY OF THEM, AND (II) THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
TEXAS AND/OR THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SHALL NOT LIMIT THE AMOUNT OR RATE OF
INTEREST WHICH THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE MAY CONTRACT FOR, CHARGE, RECEIVE,
COLLECT, TAKE, RESERVE AND/OR APPLY IF OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS PERMIT AT ANY TIME
A HIGHER AMOUNT OR RATE. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT (Y) THEY INTEND
THAT THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
PROVISIONS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE RIGHT OF THE PARTIES TO SELECT
THE GOVERNING LAW) OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AND NOT BY COMMON LAW AND (Z)
THE STATE OF TEXAS BEARS A REASONABLE RELATIONSHIP TO THIS TRANSACTION







                                       73

<PAGE>   80







AND NO OTHER STATE HAS A MATERIALLY GREATER INTEREST IN THIS TRANSACTION THAN
THE STATE OF TEXAS. BORROWER HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF
THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS AND OF ANY
TEXAS STATE COURT SITTING IN DALLAS COUNTY, TEXAS FOR PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

         SECTION 10.10 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties on separate
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when the Agent shall have
received counterparts hereof signed by all of the parties hereto.

         SECTION 10.11 Independence of Covenants. Each covenant and agreement of
Borrower under each Loan Document shall be given independent effect so that, if
a particular action or condition is prohibited or required by any covenant, the
fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the
limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or
Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

         SECTION 10.12 Survival. The obligations of Borrower under Sections
2.12, 9.3, 10.3, 10.4, 10.8, 10.18 and 10.20 shall survive the termination of
this Agreement, the payment of all other Obligations, the termination of the
Commitments and the return of the Letters of Credit to the Issuing Bank for a
period of 5 years after the law of such events to occur. The representations and
warranties set forth in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents
shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents and shall continue until one year after the later of (i)
the repayment of the Obligations and (ii) the date on which the Banks'
obligations to make Loans and the Issuing Bank's obligation to issue Letters of
Credit shall have fully and finally terminated; and any investigation at any
time by or on behalf of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank shall not
diminish any of their respective rights to rely thereon.

         SECTION 10.13 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions
or part of a provision contained in any Loan Document shall for any reason be
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction,
such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall be deemed not to affect
any other jurisdiction or any other provision or part of a provision of any Loan
Document, but such Loan Document shall be reformed and construed in such
jurisdiction as if such provision or part of a provision held to be invalid or
illegal or unenforceable had never been contained herein and such provision or
part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable in such
jurisdiction to the maximum extent possible.

         SECTION 10.14 Governmental Regulation. Anything contained in any Loan
Document to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that
neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank, nor any Bank, shall be obligated (i) to
extend or fund any credit or other financial accommodation to, or for the
benefit of, Borrower in an amount, or (ii) to perform any other 






                                       74

<PAGE>   81


agreement or obligation to, or for the benefit of, Borrower in any regard, in
contradiction or violation of any limitation or prohibition provided by any
applicable statute or regulation, or any interpretation, ruling decision,
opinion or other pronouncement in respect thereto (whether or not having the
effect of law), which any of them believes is applicable.

         SECTION 10.15 No Control. None of the covenants, terms or other
provisions of any Loan Document or any document executed in conjunction
therewith or related thereto shall, or shall be deemed to, give the Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Bank rights or powers to exercise control over, or
participate in the management of, the business, affairs, operations or
management of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
Property, including any right or power to influence or affect any of their
respective treatment, transportation, storage or disposal of toxic and/or
hazardous waste, substances or constituents. The relationship among Borrower,
its Subsidiaries and the other parties hereto created by this Agreement and each
of the other Loan Documents is only that of debtor-creditor (with or without
security, as applicable), and the Rights of such other parties hereunder and
thereunder are limited to the rights to receive payment of the Obligations and
to exercise the Rights provided herein and therein and in any other document
executed in conjunction herewith or therewith or related hereto or thereto.

         SECTION 10.16 Renewals, Extensions, Rearrangements, Termination, Etc.
With respect to each and every (i) renewal, extension, increase and
rearrangement, if any, of the Obligations, or any part thereof, and (ii)
amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, waiver and consent, if any, of
or to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all provisions of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall apply with equal force and effect
to each such event or circumstance, except to the extent, if any, expressly set
forth in connection with each such event or circumstance; provided, however, the
foregoing is not intended in any regard to convey, acknowledge or otherwise
evidence on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank, expressly or by
implication, any present consent or agreement to any such event or circumstance
occurring subsequent to the date hereof, it being acknowledged and agreed that
the entry by the parties hereto to any such events or circumstances shall be
evaluated as they occur and subject to the other provisions of the Loan
Documents, as same may be applicable. Except as expressly provided therein, all
Loan Documents shall remain in effect until full and complete payment of all
Obligations, termination of all commitments and obligations of the Issuing Bank
and/or the Banks to make or extend any credit or financial accommodation to, or
for the benefit of, Borrower, and receipt by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
Banks, or any of the foregoing Persons, if so requested, of such written
assurances of Borrower and any other designated Person or Persons that no other
claims, rights, defenses, liabilities or obligations exist in respect hereto or
against any of them or any other Indemnified Party.

         SECTION 10.17 Conflicts. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict
between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Loan Document,
the terms of this Agreement shall control.







                                       75

<PAGE>   82


         SECTION 10.18 Confidentiality. Each Bank, the Issuing Bank and the
Agent agree to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance
with customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature
and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any non-public
information supplied to it by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement which is
identified by Borrower as being confidential at the time the same is delivered
to the Banks, the Issuing Bank or the Agent, provided that nothing herein shall
limit the disclosure of any such information (i) to the extent required by
statute, rule, regulation or judicial process, (ii) to counsel for any Bank, the
Issuing Bank or the Agent, (iii) to bank examiners, auditors or accountants of
any Bank, the Issuing Bank or the Agent, (iv) to any other Bank, the Issuing
Bank or the Agent, (v) in connection with any litigation to which any Bank, the
Issuing Bank or the Agent is a party, provided, further, that, unless
specifically prohibited by applicable Law or court order, each Bank, the Issuing
Bank and the Agent shall, at least 5 Business Days prior to disclosure thereof,
notify Borrower of any request for disclosure of any such non-public information
(A) by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such
request in connection with an examination of such Bank's financial condition by
such governmental agency) or (B) pursuant to legal process, (vi) to any
Transferee (or prospective Transferee) so long as such Transferee (or
prospective Transferee) agrees in writing to handle such information
confidentially, or (vii) to the extent necessary in connection with any Right
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

         SECTION 10.19 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that Borrower makes a
payment or payments to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank, or any of them
(or their Transferee), or the Agent, the Issuing bank or any Bank, or any of
them (or their Transferee) enforces any Lien or exercises its right of setoff,
and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff, or
any part thereof, are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or
any other Person under any Debtor Laws or equitable cause, then, to the extent
of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be
satisfied, and all rights and remedies therefor, shall be revived and shall
continue in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such
enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

         SECTION 10.20 Limitation of Liability; Commencement of Actions. To the
extent not prohibited by applicable Law, no claim may be made by or on behalf of
Borrower or any other Person against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank or
any other Indemnified Party for any punitive damages in respect of any claim for
breach of contract arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by
any Loan Document, or any action omission, or event occurring in connection
therewith (whether any of such is a claim based on contract, tort, duty imposed
by law or otherwise), and Borrower hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to
sue, or commence or authorize the commencement of any Litigation, upon any claim
or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or
suspected to exist in its favor. Further, any claim made by or on behalf of
Borrower or any other Person against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank or
any other Indemnified Party shall be barred unless it is asserted by the
commencement of an action or proceeding in a court as prescribed in Section 10.9
by the filing of a claim therein within two (2) years after the first act,
occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action, or any part




                                       76

<PAGE>   83

thereof, is based, discovered or, in the exercise of reasonable diligence,
should have been discovered; and Borrower agrees that such period of time is a
reasonable and sufficient time for it to investigate and act upon any such claim
or cause of action. The provisions of this Section 10.20 shall survive any
termination, howsoever occurring, of this Agreement and each Loan Document and
the full and final payment of the Notes and the other Obligations.

         SECTION 10.21 Review. Borrower acknowledges and represents to the
Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Bank that Borrower has reviewed this Agreement
and each other Loan Document, has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own
choice throughout its review and negotiation of this Agreement and each other
Loan Document, has been afforded an opportunity to review and negotiate this
Agreement and each other Loan Document with the advice of its legal counsel, and
is fully informed and knowledgeable of the terms, provisions, rights and effects
of this Agreement and each other Loan Document. In furtherance of the foregoing,
but not in limitation thereof, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that each Loan
Document should be and shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the parties
hereto.

         SECTION 10.22 This Agreement. THIS WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT AND ALL OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO
THE SUBJECT MATTER COVERED HEREBY AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF
PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BY THE PARTIES. THERE ARE
NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES.



                             Signatures on Next Page




                                       77

<PAGE>   84




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the day and year
first above written.

                                    BORROWER:

                                    HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             -----------------------------------



                                       78
<PAGE>   85


                                   BANKS:

                                   NATIONSBANK, N.A., Individually, as the Agent
                                   and the Issuing Bank


                                   By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             -----------------------------------





                                       79
<PAGE>   86

                                    CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             -----------------------------------




                                       80

<PAGE>   87




                                    WELLS FARGO BANK (TEXAS), N.A.



                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             -----------------------------------




                                       81

<PAGE>   88




                                    AMARILLO NATIONAL BANK


                                    By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             -----------------------------------










                                       82

<PAGE>   89




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.1 of Credit Agreement
                     Jurisdictions of Foreign Qualification


Hastings Entertainment, Inc.,
a Texas corporation:                        Arizona
                                            Arkansas
                                            Colorado
                                            Idaho
                                            Indiana
                                            Iowa
                                            Kansas
                                            Kentucky
                                            Missouri
                                            Montana
                                            Nebraska
                                            New Mexico
                                            Oklahoma
                                            Tennessee
                                            Utah
                                            Washington
                                            Wyoming

Hastings College Stores, Inc.,
a Nevada corporation:                       Texas

Hastings Internet, Inc.,
a Nevada corporation:                       Texas

Hastings Properties, Inc.,
a Nevada corporation:                       Texas




<PAGE>   90




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.5 of Credit Agreement
             List of Existing Financing Statements, Lien Instruments
           Abstracts of Judgment, Levies, Executions or Other Filings
                           Referred to in Section 4.5

CAPITAL LEASE:             Landlord:                BMV-Victoria, LTD.
                                                    7120 I-40 West, Suite 120
                                                    Amarillo, TX 79106
                           Location:                Store 9622
                                                    5108 N. Navarro
                                                    Victoria, TX 11901
                           Lease Date:              9-1-93
                           Initial Principal:       $946,481.60
                           Interest Rate:           8.3%
                           Term:                    15 Years
                           Monthly Payment:         $8,985.17
                           Principal 12-1-94:       $894,497.47

CAPITAL LEASE:             Landlord:                BMV-Missoula, LTD.
                                                    7120 I-40 West, Suite 120
                                                    Amarillo, TX 79106
                           Location:                Store 9680
                                                    3100 Brooks Avenue
                                                    Missoula, MT 59801
                           Lease Date:              2-1-92
                           Initial Principal:       $1,091,468.00
                           Interest Rate:           10.52%
                           Term:                    15 Years
                           Monthly Payment:         $12,238.00
                           Principal 12-1-94:       $986,261.87


AIRPLANE PURCHASE:         Owner:                   Hastings Entertainment, Inc.

                           Note:                    That certain Promissory
                                                    Note dated May 23, 1995
                                                    executed by Hastings Books,
                                                    Music & Video, Inc.,
                                                    payable to the order of
                                                    First Interstate Bank of
                                                    Texas, N.A., in the
                                                    original principal amount
                                                    of $1,600,000.00.

                           Payments:                Quarterly installments of
                                                    $57,142.86 on the first day
                                                    of each August, November,
                                                    February, and May,
                                                    beginning August 1, 1995.



<PAGE>   91




                           Interest:                 Due and payable quarterly
                                                     as it accrues. The entire
                                                     unpaid balance of this note
                                                     is due and payable on May
                                                     1, 2002.




                                             2

<PAGE>   92




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.9 of Credit Agreement
                 Material Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights and
            Applications, Registrations and Licenses Related Thereto


 Certificate of Registration No. 1557356 for Hastings service mark is attached.






<PAGE>   93




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.10 of Credit Agreement
                 Pending and Threatened Litigation and Judgments


                                      None.




<PAGE>   94




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.13 of Credit Agreement
                 List of Tax Matters Referred to in Section 4.13

                                      None.


<PAGE>   95




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.14 of Credit Agreement
                   Principal Office; Names, Property Locations

         o         Principal Place of Business and Chief Executive Office:

                   Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                   3601 Plains Blvd.
                   Amarillo, TX 79102

         o         Places where Hastings conducts business or maintains or
                   stores inventory equipment or other property:

                   Hastings Cabinet Shop
                   1900 W. 7th Avenue, Space B
                   Amarillo, TX 79106

                   Hastings Cabinet Shop Storage
                   Smith Building
                   87 North Fannin
                   Amarillo, TX 79106

                   Hastings Cabinet Shop Storage
                   Cameron Building
                   1023 West 5th Street
                   Amarillo, TX 79106

                   See accompanying listing of Hastings store locations

         o         Names previously (within the last five years) and currently
                   used or proposed to be used in business:

                   Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                   Hastings Books, Music & Video, Inc.

         o         Mergers and Acquisitions which have occurred within the last
                   five years or which are proposed:

                   None





<PAGE>   96




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                       Schedule 4.15 of Credit Agreement
           List of Subsidiaries, Existing Options, Warrants or Other
                Rights With Respect to Capital Stock of Hastings

         o         Subsidiaries (All 100% owned by Hastings):

                   Hastings College Stores, Inc., a Nevada corporation - owns 
                   and operates college bookstores

                   Hastings Properties, Inc., a Nevada corporation - owns and
                   operates certain trademarks

                   Hastings Internet, Inc., a Nevada corporation - owns and
                   operates electronic commerce

         o         Existing Options:

                   John H. Marmaduke:                 662,522
                   Phillip Hill:                      225,025



<PAGE>   97




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 4.20 of Credit Agreement
            List of Environmental Matters, Including Notices, Claims,
                            Tests, Audits and Reports


                            See accompanying reports.




<PAGE>   98




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 5.15 of Credit Agreement
                           List of Subordinated Notes

                                      None.



<PAGE>   99




                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 6.2 of Credit Agreement
             List of Certain Indebtedness Referred to in Section 6.2


CAPITAL LEASE:             Landlord:                BMV-Victoria, LTD.
                                                    7120 I-40 West, Suite 120
                                                    Amarillo, TX 79106
                           Location:                Store 9622
                                                    5108 N. Navarro
                                                    Victoria, TX 11901
                           Lease Date:              9-1-93
                           Initial Principal:       $946,481.60
                           Interest Rate:           8.3%
                           Term:                    15 Years
                           Monthly Payment:         $8,985.17
                           Principal 12-1-94:       $894,497.47

CAPITAL LEASE:             Landlord:                BMV-Missoula, LTD.
                                                    7120 I-40 West, Suite 120
                                                    Amarillo, TX 79106
                           Location:                Store 9680
                                                    3100 Brooks Avenue
                                                    Missoula, MT 59801
                           Lease Date:              2-1-92
                           Initial Principal:       $1,091,468.00
                           Interest Rate:           10.52%
                           Term:                    15 Years
                           Monthly Payment:         $12,238.00
                           Principal 12-1-94:       $986,261.87


AIRPLANE PURCHASE:         Owner:                   Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                           Note:                    That certain Promissory
                                                    Note dated May 23, 1995
                                                    executed by Hastings Books,
                                                    Music & Video, Inc.,
                                                    payable to the order of
                                                    First Interstate Bank of
                                                    Texas, N.A., in the
                                                    original principal amount
                                                    of $1,600,000.00.
                           Payments:                Quarterly installments of
                                                    $57,142.86 on the first day
                                                    of each August, November,
                                                    February, and May,
                                                    beginning August 1, 1995.
                           Interest:                Due and payable quarterly
                                                    as it accrues. The entire
                                                    unpaid balance of this note
                                                    is due and payable on May
                                                    1, 2002.




<PAGE>   100

                          Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
                        Schedule 6.5 of Credit Agreement
                          List of Existing Investments

         o         Camelot Music Holdings, Inc. - 6,149 shares

         o         From time to time, Hastings invests in Temporary Cash
                   Investments.
<PAGE>   101
                                   EXHIBIT A

                              NOTICE OF BORROWING


TO:      NATIONSBANK, N.A., as the Agent under the Credit Agreement dated as of
         December 16, 1998 (including any amendments or modifications thereof,
         the "Credit Agreement"), among Hastings Entertainment, Inc., a Texas
         corporation ("Borrower"), NationsBank, N.A., individually, as the
         Agent and the Issuing Bank, and the financial institutions now or
         hereafter parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms
         defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings in this
         Notice of Borrowing.

         1. Borrower hereby requests a Borrowing on the date and in the amount
as follows:

            (a) LOANS:

            $_____________ under the Notes

            Requested funding date:  ______________, ______

            Type of Borrowing:                    Base Rate Loans
                                         -----
                                                  LIBOR Loans
                                         -----

            If LIBOR Loans,
            duration of Interest Period:          one month
                                         -----
                                                  two months
                                         -----
                                                  three months
                                         -----
                                                  six months
                                         -----

            (b)  DEPOSIT ACCOUNT: The Agent is hereby instructed to deposit the
                 proceeds of the Loans requested above into Account No.
                 _____________ at the Agent's Domestic Lending Office.

         2. Borrower hereby certifies, warrants and represents to the Agent,
the Issuing Bank and each Bank as follows:

            (a)  the representations and warranties contained and referred to in
                 Article 4 of the Credit Agreement (other than those by their
                 terms limited to a specific date) are true and correct in all
                 material respects as of the date hereof and will be true and
                 correct upon the making of the requested Loans, with the same
                 force and effect as though made on and as of the date hereof
                 and thereof;

            (b)  no event has occurred since the date of the most recent
                 financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the
                 Credit Agreement (or if this

<PAGE>   102

                 Borrowing request precedes the delivery of such financial
                 statements, July 31, 1998) that has caused a Material Adverse
                 Effect;

                 (c)  as of the date hereof, and as a result of the making of
                      the requested Loans, there does not and will not exist any
                      Default or Event of Default; and

                 (d)  as of the date hereof, no change or event has occurred
                      that might cause a Material Adverse Effect.

         3. The undersigned certifies that he/she is the [president] [chief
financial officer] of Borrower, and that as such he/she is familiar with the
terms of the Credit Agreement, has knowledge of all information required to
deliver this certificate and is authorized to execute this certificate on
behalf of the Borrower.

         DATED: _______________, _____

                                       HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                               ------------------------------
                                          Title:
                                                -----------------------------


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   103
                                   EXHIBIT B

                                PROMISSORY NOTE

$______________                                               December 16, 1998

         For value received, HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Texas corporation
(the "Maker"), irrevocably and unconditionally promises to pay to the order of
__________________ (the "Bank"), at the principal office of NATIONSBANK, N.A.
in Dallas, Texas, as the Agent for the Banks, the principal sum of
__________________ AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($__________), or such lesser amount as
shall equal the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Loans made by the Bank to
the Maker pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement referred to below, in
lawful money of the USA and in immediately available funds, on the dates and in
the principal amounts provided for in the Credit Agreement, and to pay interest
on the unpaid principal amount of such Loans at such office, in like money and
funds for the period commencing on the date of each such Loan until it is paid
in full, at the rates and on the dates provided for in the Credit Agreement.
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set
forth in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

         Principal of and interest on the unpaid principal balance of Loans
under this Note from time to time outstanding shall be due and payable as set
forth in the Credit Agreement.

         This Note is one of the "Notes" executed by the Maker and is referred
to in, governed by, and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement dated
as of December 16, 1998, among the Maker, NATIONSBANK, N.A., individually, as
the Agent and as the Issuing Bank, and the financial institutions that are now
or hereafter parties thereto (including the Bank) (as amended, restated,
supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time,
"Credit Agreement"), to which reference is made for all relevant intents and
purposes, including for a statement of the rights and obligations of the Agent
and the Banks and the duties and obligations of the Maker in relation thereto,
including mandatory and voluntary prepayments hereof, interest rate and amount
limitations and the acceleration of the maturity hereof. However, neither the
foregoing reference to the Credit Agreement nor to any provision thereof or
referred to therein, shall affect or impair the irrevocable absolute and
unconditional obligation of the Maker to pay principal of, and interest on,
this Note when due. Unless the maturity of this Note shall have sooner
occurred, the outstanding principal balance of this Note and all accrued and
unpaid interest thereof shall be finally and fully payable on Commitment
Termination Date.

The date, amount, Type, interest rate and duration of Interest Period (if
applicable) of each Loan made by the Bank to the Maker, and each payment made
on account of the principal thereof, and accrued interest thereon, shall be
recorded by the Bank on its books and prior to any transfer of this Note,
endorsed by the Bank on a schedule attached hereto or any continuation thereof.
The Bank's failure to make or error in making any such recordations or
endorsements shall not diminish, reduce or relieve the Maker's obligation to
pay (i) all Loans made by the Bank to the Maker and then 



<PAGE>   104



outstanding and (ii) all accrued and earned interest on the amounts thereof
from time to time outstanding and unpaid, pursuant to this Note.

         The Maker and all sureties, endorsers, guarantors and other Persons
ever liable for the payment of any sums payable on this Note, jointly and
severally, waive notice, demand, notice of presentment, presentment,
presentment for payment, demand for payment, non-payment, notice of dishonor,
dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of
maturity, notice of intent to demand, protest, notice of protest, grace and all
formalities and other notices of any and every kind, and filing of suit or
diligence in collecting this Note or enforcing (in whole or part) any security
or guaranty nor or hereafter for the payment of this Note, and consent and
agree to any partial or full substitution, exchange or release of any such
security or guaranty or the partial or full release of any Person primarily or
secondarily liable hereon, and consent and agree that it will not be necessary
for any holder hereof, in order to enforce payment by it of this Note to first
institute suit or exhaust its remedies against the Maker or any other Persons
liable herefor, or to enforce its rights against any such security herefor or
guarantor or any other Person with respect hereto, and consent to any or all
extensions, increases or renewals or postponements, modifications or
rearrangements of time or payment of this Note or any other indulgence with
respect hereto, without notice thereof to, or consent thereto from, any of
them.

         Except as provided by Section 10.7(d) of the Credit Agreement, this
Note may not be assigned by the Bank to any Person.

         This Note (including its validity, enforceability and interpretation)
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State
of Texas (without regard to conflict of law principles) and, to the extent
controlling, the federal laws of the USA.

         THIS NOTE, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENT THE FINAL
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE
NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

                                        HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                                -------------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                 ------------------------------




                                      -2-
<PAGE>   105
                                   EXHIBIT C

                               GUARANTY AGREEMENT


         GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this "Guaranty"), dated ____________________, made
by ______________, a ___________ (the "Guarantor"), in favor of the Guarantied
Parties referred to below.


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, Hastings Entertainment, Inc., a Texas corporation (the
"Borrower"), has entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of December 16,
1998, among the financial institutions party thereto, and NationsBank, N.A., as
the agent for said financial institutions (said Credit Agreement, as it may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, being the
"Credit Agreement", and capitalized terms not defined herein but defined
therein being used herein as therein defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Guarantor is a Material Subsidiary; and

         WHEREAS, it is a requirement of Section 5.18 of the Credit Agreement
that the Guarantor have executed and delivered this Guaranty; and

         WHEREAS, the Banks, the Agent and any Affiliate of any Bank entering
into an Interest Rate Protection Agreement with the Borrower or any Affiliate
of the Borrower are herein referred to as the "Guarantied Parties";

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the
Banks to make Loans and issue Letters of Credit, the Guarantor hereby agrees as
follows:

         SECTION 1. Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment when due, whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of, and the performance of, (a) the
Obligations, whether now or hereafter existing and whether for principal,
interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, (b) any and all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses)
incurred by any of the Guarantied Parties in enforcing any rights under this
Guaranty and (c) all present and future amounts that would become due but for
the operation of Section 502 or 506 or any other provision of Title 11 of the
United States Code and all present and future accrued and unpaid interest
(including, without limitation, all post-petition interest if the Borrower or
any other guarantor (the Borrower or any other guarantor being herein referred
to as an "Obligor") voluntarily or involuntarily becomes subject to any
applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement,
insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws affecting the rights
of creditors generally from time to time in effect, collectively, the "Debtor
Relief Laws") (the items set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c)



<PAGE>   106

immediately above being herein referred to as the "Guarantied Obligations").
Upon failure of the Borrower to pay any of the Guarantied Obligations when due
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Guarantor
hereby further agrees to pay the same, and the Guarantor will promptly pay the
same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, including without limitation,
any notice having been given to the Guarantor of either the acceptance by the
Guarantied Parties of this Guaranty or the creation or incurrence of any of the
Obligation. This Guaranty is an absolute guaranty of payment and performance
and not a guaranty of collection, meaning that it is not necessary for the
Guarantied Parties, in order to enforce payment by the Guarantor, first or
contemporaneously to accelerate payment of any of the Guarantied Obligations,
to institute suit or exhaust any rights against any Obligor, or to enforce any
Rights against any collateral. In any action or proceeding involving any state
corporate Law or any Debtor Relief Law (collectively, the "Fraudulent Transfer
Laws") if the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder would otherwise, in each
case after giving effect to all other liabilities of the Guarantor, contingent
or otherwise, that are relevant under the Fraudulent Transfer Laws
(specifically excluding, however, any liabilities of the Guarantor in respect
of intercompany indebtedness to the Borrower, other Affiliates of the Borrower
or other Obligors to the extent that such indebtedness would be discharged in
an amount equal to the amount paid by the Guarantor hereunder) and after giving
effect as assets to the value (as determined under the applicable provisions of
Fraudulent Transfer Laws) of any agreement providing for an equitable
allocation among the Guarantor and other Obligors of obligations arising under
guaranties by such parties, be held or determined to be void, invalid or
unenforceable or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account
of the amount of its liability under this Guaranty, then, notwithstanding any
other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall,
without any further action by the Guarantor, any Bank, the Agent or any other
Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is
valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as
determined in such action or proceeding.

         SECTION 2. Guaranty Absolute. The Guarantor guaranties that the
Guarantied Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of
the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, without set-off
or counterclaim, and regardless of any Law now or hereafter in effect in any
jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Guarantied
Parties with respect thereto. The liability of the Guarantor under this
Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

         (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any provision of any
other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to any Loan
Document, or avoidance or subordination of any of the Guarantied Obligations;

         (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
other term of, or any increase in the amount of, all or any of the Guarantied
Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of any term of, or any consent to
departure from any requirement of, the Credit Agreement, the Notes or any of
the other Loan Documents;


                                     - 2 -

<PAGE>   107

         (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any
collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other
guaranty of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other
guaranty of, all or any of the Guarantied Obligations;

         (d) the absence of any attempt to collect any of the Guarantied
Obligations from the Borrower, any other Obligor or any other Person or any
other action to enforce the same or the election of any remedy by any of the
Guarantied Parties;

         (e) any waiver, consent, extension, forbearance or granting of any
indulgence by any of the Guarantied Parties with respect to any provision of
any other Loan Document;

         (f) the election by any of the Guarantied Parties in any proceeding
under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code")
of the application of section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code;

         (g) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by the Borrower, as
debtor-in-possession, under section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

         (h) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a borrower or a guarantor.

         SECTION 3. Waiver. (a) The Guarantor hereby (i) waives (A) promptness,
diligence, notice of acceptance and any and all other notices with respect to
any of the Obligations or this Guaranty, (B) any requirement that any of the
Guarantied Parties protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in
or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any
action against the Borrower, any other Obligor or any other Person or any
Collateral, (C) the filing of any claim with a court in the event of
receivership or bankruptcy of the Borrower or any other Obligor, (D) protest or
notice with respect to nonpayment of all or any of the Guarantied Obligations,
(E) the benefit of any statute of limitation, (F) all demands whatsoever (and
any requirement that same be made on the Borrower, any other Obligor or any
other Person as a condition precedent to the Guarantor's obligations hereunder)
and (G) all rights by which it might be entitled to require suit on an accrued
right of action in respect of any of the Guarantied Obligations or require suit
against the Borrower, any other Obligor or other Person, whether arising
pursuant to Section 34.02 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, as amended,
Section 17.001 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, as amended, Rule
31 of the Texas Rules of Civil Procedure, as amended, or otherwise; and (ii)
covenants and agrees that, except as set forth in Section 11 hereof, this
Guaranty will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
Guarantied Obligations and any other obligations of the Guarantor contained
herein.

         (b) If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, any of the
Guarantied Parties shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including,
without limitation, its right to enter a deficiency judgment against the
Borrower or any other Person, whether because of any applicable law pertaining
to "election of remedies" or the like, the Guarantor hereby consents to such
action by such Guarantied


                                     - 3 -

<PAGE>   108

Party and waives any claim based upon such action. Any election of remedies
which results in the denial or impairment of the right of such Guarantied Party
to seek a deficiency judgment against the Borrower shall not impair the
obligation of the Guarantor to pay the full amount of the Guarantied
Obligations or any other obligation of the Guarantor contained herein.

         (c) In the event any of the Guarantied Parties shall bid at any
foreclosure or trustee's sale or at any private sale permitted by law or under
any of the Loan Documents, such Guarantied Party may bid all or less than the
amount of the Guarantied Obligations and the amount of such bid, if successful,
need not be paid by such Guarantied Party but shall be credited against the
Guarantied Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale,
whether such Guarantied Party or any other Person is the successful bidder,
shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the collateral and
the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the
Guarantied Obligations shall be deemed to be the amount of the Guarantied
Obligations guaranteed under this Guaranty, subject to any present or future
law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of
any deficiency claim to which any of the Guarantied Parties might otherwise be
entitled by reason of such bidding at any such sale.

         (d) The Guarantor agrees that notwithstanding the foregoing and
without limiting the generality of the foregoing if, after the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Guarantied Parties are
prevented by Applicable Law from exercising their respective rights to
accelerate the maturity of the Guarantied Obligations, to collect interest on
the Guarantied Obligations, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy
with respect to the Guarantied Obligations, or the Agent is prevented from
taking any action to realize on the Collateral, the Guarantor agrees to pay to
the Agent for the account of the Guarantied Parties, upon demand therefor, the
amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and
remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Guarantied Parties.

         (e) The Guarantor hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself
informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and of each other Obligor,
and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the
Guarantied Obligations or any part thereof, that diligent inquiry would reveal.
The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Guarantied Parties shall have no duty to
advise the Guarantor of information known to any of the Guarantied Parties
regarding such condition or any such circumstance. In the event that any of the
Guarantied Parties in its sole discretion undertakes at any time or from time
to time to provide any such information to the Guarantor, such Guarantied Party
shall be under no obligation (i) to undertake any investigation not a part of
its regular business routine, (ii) to disclose any information which, pursuant
to accepted or reasonable banking or commercial finance practices, such
Guarantied Party wishes to maintain confidential, or (iii) to make any other or
future disclosures of such information or any other information to the
Guarantor.

         (f) The Guarantor consents and agrees that the Guarantied Parties
shall be under no obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Guarantor
or otherwise in connection with obtaining payment of any or all of the
Guarantied Obligations from any Person or source.



                                     - 4 -

<PAGE>   109

         SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants that all representations and warranties set forth in
Article 4 of the Credit Agreement as they apply to the Guarantor (each of which
is hereby incorporated by reference) are true and correct.

         SECTION 5. Amendments. Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Guaranty nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor herefrom shall in
any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, approved by the
Required Banks (or by all the Banks where the approval of each Bank is required
under the Credit Agreement) and signed by the Agent, and then such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given.

         SECTION 6. Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing (except in those cases where giving
notice by telephone is expressly permitted) and shall be deemed to have been
given on the date personally delivered or sent by telecopy (answer back
received), or three days after deposit in the mail, designated as certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one day after being
entrusted to a reputable commercial overnight delivery service, if to the
Guarantor, addressed to it at its address specified on the signature pages
hereof, and if to any Guarantied Party, addressed to it at the address of such
Guarantied Party specified in the Credit Agreement.

         SECTION 7. No Waiver; Remedies. (a) No failure on the part of any
Guarantied Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law or any of the other Loan
Documents.

         (b) Failure by any of the Guarantied Parties at any time or times
hereafter to require strict performance by the Borrower, any other Obligor or
any other Person of any of the provisions, warranties, terms or conditions
contained in any of the Loan Documents now or at any time or times hereafter
executed by the Borrower, any other Obligor or such other Person and delivered
to any of the Guarantied Parties shall not waive, affect or diminish any right
of any of the Guarantied Parties at any time or times hereafter to demand
strict performance thereof, and such right shall not be deemed to have been
modified or waived by any course of conduct or knowledge of any of the
Guarantied Parties or any agent, officer, employee of any of the Guarantied
Parties.

         (c) No waiver by the Guarantied Parties of any default shall operate
as a waiver of any other default or the same default on a future occasion, and
no action by any of the Guarantied Parties permitted hereunder shall in way
affect or impair any of the rights of the Guarantied Parties or the obligations
of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or under any of the other Loan Documents,
except as specifically set forth in any such waiver. Any determination by a
court of competent jurisdiction of the amount of any principal and/or interest
or other amount constituting any of the Guarantied Obligations shall be
conclusive and binding on the Guarantor irrespective of whether the Guarantor
was a party to the suit or action in which such determination was made.



                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>   110

         SECTION 8. Right of Set-off. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default, each of the Guarantied Parties, is hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted
by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special (except
trust and escrow accounts), time or demand, provisional or final) at any time
held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Guarantied Party to or
for the credit or the account of the Guarantor against any and all of the
obligations of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty,
irrespective of whether or not such Guarantied Party shall have made any demand
under this Guaranty and although such obligations may be contingent and
unmatured. The rights of each Guarantied Party under this Section 8 are in
addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other
rights of set-off) which such Guarantied Party may have.

         SECTION 9. Continuing Guaranty; Transfer of Notes. Subject to Section
10, this Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in full force and
effect until the date of payment in full of the Obligations and termination of
the Commitments of all Banks (the "Release Date"), (ii) be binding upon the
Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the Guarantied Parties and their respective successors,
transferees, and permitted assigns. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing clause (iii), each of the Guarantied Parties may assign or otherwise
transfer any Note held by it or Guarantied Obligations owing to it to any other
Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights
in respect thereof granted to such Guarantied Party herein or otherwise with
respect to such of the Notes and Guarantied Obligations so transferred or
assigned, subject, however, to compliance with the provisions of Section
10.7(d) of the Credit Agreement in respect of assignments. No Guarantor may
assign any of its obligations under this Guaranty without first obtaining the
written consent of all Banks, and any purported assignment or transfer without
such consent shall be void.

         SECTION 10. Reinstatement. This Guaranty shall remain in full force
and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or
against the Guarantor for liquidation or reorganization, should the Guarantor
become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a
receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the
Guarantor's assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable
Law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is,
pursuant to Applicable Law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise
be restored or returned by any obligees of the Guarantied Obligations or such
part thereof, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer," or
otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the
event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned, the Guarantied Obligations shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so
rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

         SECTION 11. GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND BE
CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF TEXAS
(WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS) AND THE UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA.


                                     - 6 -

<PAGE>   111

         SECTION 12. Submission to Jurisdiction; Jury Trial. (a) Any legal
action or proceeding with respect to this Guaranty or any document related
thereto may be brought in the courts of the State of Texas or the United States
of America for Dallas, Texas, and, each of the Guarantor and Guarantied Parties
hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the
Guarantor and Guarantied Parties hereby irrevocably waives any objection,
including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on
the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the
bringing of any such action or proceeding in such respective jurisdictions.

         (b) Nothing contained in this Section 12 shall affect the right of the
Guarantor or Guarantied Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by
law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party
or its property in any other jurisdiction.

         (c) THE GUARANTOR AND GUARANTIED PARTIES EACH, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN
RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT.

         SECTION 13. Section Titles. The Section titles contained in this
Guaranty are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind
whatsoever and are not a part of this Guaranty.

         SECTION 14. Execution in Counterparts. This Guaranty may be executed
in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same Guaranty.

         SECTION 15. Miscellaneous. All references herein to the Borrower or to
the Guarantor shall include their respective successors and assigns, including,
without limitation, a receiver, trustee or debtor-in-possession of or for the
Borrower or the Guarantor. All references to the singular shall be deemed to
include the plural where the context so requires.

         SECTION 16. Subrogation and Subordination.

         (a) Subrogation. Notwithstanding any reference to subrogation
contained herein to the contrary, until the Release Date, the Guarantor hereby
irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may have or hereafter
acquire against the Borrower that arise from the existence, payment,
performance or enforcement of the Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty,
including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement,
exoneration, contribution, indemnification, any right to participate in any
claim or remedy of any Bank against the Borrower or any collateral which any
Bank now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right
arises in equity, or under contract, statutes or common law, including without
limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower, directly or
indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner,
payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount
shall be paid


                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>   112

to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Guarantied
Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to
have been paid to the Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the
benefit of, the Banks, and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent to be credited
and applied upon the Guarantied Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in
accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Guarantor acknowledges
that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing
arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth
in this Section 16(a) is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

         (b) Subordination. All debt and other liabilities of the Borrower to
the Guarantor ("Borrower Debt") is expressly subordinate and junior to the
Guarantied Obligations and any instruments evidencing the Borrower Debt to the
extent provided below.

                  (i) Until the Release Date, the Guarantor agrees that it will
         not request, demand, accept, or receive (by set-off or other manner)
         any payment amount, credit or reduction of all or any part of the
         amounts owing under the Borrower Debt or any security therefor, except
         as specifically allowed pursuant to clause (ii) below;

                  (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (i) above, the
         Borrower may pay to the Guarantor and the Guarantor may receive and
         retain from the Borrower regularly scheduled payments due and owing
         under the terms of the Borrower Debt, provided that the Borrower's
         right to pay and the Guarantors' right to receive any such regularly
         scheduled amount shall automatically and be immediately suspended and
         cease (A) upon the occurrence of a Default or (B) if, after taking
         into account the effect of such payment, a Default would occur and be
         continuing. The Guarantor's right to receive amounts under this clause
         (ii) (including any amounts which theretofore may have been suspended)
         shall automatically be reinstated in such time as the Default which
         was the basis of such suspension has been cured to the Banks'
         satisfaction (provided that no subsequent Default has occurred) or
         such earlier date, if any, and the Agent gives notice to the Guarantor
         of reinstatement by the Required Banks, in the Required Banks' sole
         discretion;

                  (iii) If the Guarantor receives any payment on the Borrower
         Debt in violation of this Guaranty, the Guarantor will hold such
         payment in trust for the Banks and will immediately deliver such
         payment to the Agent;

                  (iv) Until the Release Date, the Guarantor will not demand or
         accelerate the maturity of all or any part of the Borrower Debt, nor
         collect or enforce, or attempt to collect or enforce, from the
         Borrower all or any part of the Borrower Debt, whether through the
         commencement or joinder of a suit, action or proceeding of any type
         (judicial or otherwise) or proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws
         (the "Insolvency Proceeding"), the enforcement of any rights against
         any property of the Borrower, or otherwise, except where any
         Guaranteed Party shall request the Guarantor to file a claim in
         connection with any such proceeding and except as set forth in clause
         (v) below; and



                                     - 8 -

<PAGE>   113

                  (v) In the event of any Insolvency Proceeding, the Guarantied
         Obligations shall first be paid, discharged and performed in full
         before any payment or performance is made upon the Borrower Debt
         notwithstanding any other provisions which may be made in such
         Insolvency Proceeding. In the event of any Insolvency Proceeding, the
         Guarantor will at any time prior to the Release Date (A) file, at the
         request of any Guarantied Party, any claim, proof of claim or similar
         instrument necessary to enforce the Borrower's obligation to pay the
         Borrower Debt, and (B) hold in trust for and pay to the Guarantied
         Parties any and all monies, obligations, property, stock dividends or
         other assets received in any such proceeding on account of the
         Borrower Debt in order that the Guarantied Parties may apply such
         monies or the cash proceeds of such other assets to the Obligations.
         In the event that the Guarantor fails to take such action upon any
         Guarantied Party's request, such Guarantied Party shall be deemed to
         have been appointed the attorney-in-fact for the Guarantor with
         respect to the Borrower Debt, and such Guarantied Party may in that
         capacity (i) demand, sue for, collect and receive any and all such
         monies, dividends or other assets, (ii) file any claim, proof of claim
         or similar instrument, and (iii) institute such other proceedings
         which such Guarantied Party, may deem reasonably necessary for the
         collection of the Guarantied Obligations and the enforcement of the
         terms of this Guaranty. Upon request of any Guarantied Party, the
         Guarantor will execute and deliver to such Guarantied Party such other
         and further powers of attorney or other instruments as such Guarantied
         Party may reasonably request to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.
         If in any proceeding to enforce the payment of the Guarantied
         Obligations it becomes necessary that the Guarantor itself prove such
         claims, the Guarantor shall do so upon reasonable request by such
         Guarantied Party. In proving these claims, however, the Guarantor
         shall act as the collection agent of such Guarantied Party and shall
         promptly pay any funds so received to such Guarantied Party.

         SECTION 17. Guarantor Insolvency. Should the Guarantor voluntarily
seek, consent to, or acquiesce in the benefits of any Debtor Relief Law or
become a party to or be made the subject of any proceeding provided for by any
Debtor Relief Law (other than as a creditor or claimant) that could suspend or
otherwise adversely affect the rights of any Guarantied Party granted
hereunder, then, the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be,
as between the Guarantor and such Guarantied Party, a fully-matured, due, and
payable obligation of the Guarantor to such Guarantied Party (without regard to
whether the Borrower is then in default under the Credit Agreement or whether
any part of the Guarantied Obligations is then due and owing by the Borrower to
such Guarantied Party), payable in full by the Guarantor to such Guarantied
Party upon demand, which shall be the estimated amount owing in respect of the
contingent claim created hereunder.

         SECTION 18. Rate Provision. It is not the intention of any Bank to
make an agreement violative of the laws of any applicable jurisdiction relating
to usury. Regardless of any provision in this Guaranty, no Guarantied Party
shall ever be entitled to contract, charge, receive, collect or apply, as
interest on the Guarantied Obligations, any amount in excess of the Maximum
Rate. In no event shall the Guarantor be obligated to pay any amount in excess
of the Maximum Rate. If from any circumstance the Agent or any Bank shall ever
receive, collect or apply anything of value deemed excess interest under
Applicable Law, an amount equal to such excess shall be applied to the


                                     - 9 -

<PAGE>   114
reduction of the principal amount of outstanding Guarantied Obligations, and
any remainder shall be promptly refunded to the payor. In determining whether
or not interest paid or payable with respect to the Guarantied Obligations,
under any specified contingency, exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Guarantor and
the Guarantied Parties shall, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable
Law, (a) characterize any non-principal payment as an expense, fee or premium
rather than as interest, (b) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread the total
amount of interest throughout the full term of such Guarantied Obligations so
that the interest paid on account of such Guarantied Obligations does not
exceed the Maximum Rate and/or (c) allocate interest between portions of such
Guarantied Obligations; provided that if the Guarantied Obligations are paid
and performed in full prior to the end of the full contemplated term thereof,
and if the interest received for the actual period of existence thereof exceeds
the Maximum Rate, the Guarantied Parties shall refund to the payor the amount
of such excess or credit the amount of such excess against the total principal
amount owing, and, in such event, no Guarantied Party shall be subject to any
penalties provided by any laws for contracting for, charging or receiving
interest in excess of the Maximum Rate.

         Section 19. Severability. Any provision of this Guaranty which is for
any reason prohibited or found or held invalid or unenforceable by any court or
governmental agency shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
invalidity or unenforceability, without invalidating the remaining provisions
hereof in such jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such
provision in any other jurisdiction.

         SECTION 20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS GUARANTY REPRESENTS THE FINAL
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES REGARDING THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREIN AND MAY NOT
BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL
AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN
THE PARTIES.


                   ==========================================
                   REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
                   ==========================================


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>   115

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly
executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer on the date first above
written.

                                                 ------------------------------

Notice Address for the Guarantor
for this Guaranty:
                                                 By:
                                                     ---------------------------
- ----------------------------------                   Name:
                                                          ----------------------
- ----------------------------------                   Title:
                                                           ---------------------
- ----------------------------------
Telephone:                       
           -----------------------
Telecopier:
            ----------------------

Accepted and Acknowledged:

NATIONSBANK, N.A., as
the Agent


By:
    ----------------------------------------
   Name:
        ------------------------------------
   Title:
         -----------------------------------


                                    - 11 -
<PAGE>   116
                                   EXHIBIT D

                                PLEDGE AGREEMENT


         THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of __________,
_____, by Hastings Entertainment, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Pledgor"), in
favor of NationsBank, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as
Agent ("Agent") for itself, and each other lender a party to the Credit
Agreement described below (the "Banks") and each Affiliate (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) of each Bank that has entered into an Interest Rate
Protection Agreement with Pledgor or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit
Agreement) of Pledgor (singly, a "Secured Party" and collectively, the "Secured
Parties").


                                   BACKGROUND

         (1) Pledgor, Agent and Banks are party to that certain Credit
Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1998 (as amended, modified, supplemented or
restated from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used
herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them
in the Credit Agreement.

         (2) It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement
create a first priority security interest in all Capital Stock of
__________________, a _______________, which is a Material Subsidiary (the
"Company").

         (3) It is a requirement of Section 5.18 of the Credit Agreement that
Pledgor execute and deliver this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, Pledgor hereby agrees with the Agent for the ratable
benefit of the Secured Parties as follows:


A.       AGREEMENT

         1. Pledge. Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally pledges,
grants, assigns, hypothecates and transfers to the Agent, for the ratable
benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Secured Obligation (as defined
herein), a first and prior pledge and security interest in (a) 100% of all
shares of stock, whether common, preferred or otherwise, together with all
rights to acquire any such shares, whether by purchase, exercise of any type of
option, conversion of debt, or otherwise, of the Company now or hereafter owned
beneficially or of record by Pledgor, including, but not limited to, the stock
interests described on Exhibit A attached hereto, (b) all rights to acquire
such stock interests, whether by purchase, exercise of any type of option,
warrant, conversion of debt or otherwise, and (c) all proceeds thereof, and all
distributions, interest, cash dividends, increases, profits



<PAGE>   117



and other property distributed in respect of, or received in exchange for, any
or all of such stock (collectively, the "Collateral").


B.       OBLIGATION

         1. Description of Obligation. This Agreement creates a security
interest in the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of any and all
obligations now or hereafter existing of Pledgor and each Subsidiary of Pledgor
(collectively, "Obligors") under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, including any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments
and renewals thereof, whether for principal, interest, fees, premium, expenses,
reimbursement obligations, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations
of Pledgor and each other Obligor being the "Secured Obligation"). Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of
all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligation and would be owed
by Pledgor or any other Obligor to Agent or any other Secured Party under any
Loan Document, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable
due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding
under any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium,
rearrangement, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally from time to time in effect
("Debtor Relief Laws") involving Pledgor, any other Obligor or any other Person
(including all such amounts which would become due or would be secured but for
the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any
insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding of Pledgor, any other Obligor or
any other Person under any Debtor Relief Law).


C.       COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         1. Representations and Warranties. Pledgor represents and warrants
that (a) it has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and
perform this Agreement; (b) the shareholder interests in the Company described
on Exhibit A constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding shareholder
interests in the Company; (c) the shareholder interests pledged hereunder are
duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; (d) the pledge,
assignment and delivery of the Collateral create a valid, and so long as the
Agent (or a bailee on behalf of the Secured Parties) retains physical
possession of the Collateral, first and prior perfected security interest in
the Collateral, and no other security agreement covering the Collateral, or any
part thereof, has been made, and no pledge or security interest, other than the
one herein created, has attached or been perfected in the Collateral or in any
part thereof; and (e) no dispute, right of setoff, counterclaim or defense
exists with respect to any part of the Collateral. The delivery at any time by
Pledgor to the Agent of Collateral shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Pledgor under this Agreement that, with respect to such
Collateral, and each item thereof, the Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial
owner of, with good title to, the Collateral, and the matters warranted in this
paragraph are true and correct.


                                     - 2 -

<PAGE>   118




         2.       Covenants.

                  a. Affirmative Covenants. Pledgor covenants and agrees (i)
         promptly to deliver to the Agent all instruments, certificates,
         documents or agreements evidencing any of the Collateral; (ii) from
         time to time promptly to execute and deliver to the Agent all such
         other assignments, certificates, supplemental writings and financing
         statements, and do all other acts or things, as the Agent or any
         Secured Party may reasonably request in order more fully to evidence
         and perfect the security interest and pledge herein created or to
         effect the purposes of this Agreement; and (iii) promptly to notify
         the Agent of any claim, action or proceeding materially adversely
         affecting title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, or the
         security interest therein.

                  b. Negative Covenants. Pledgor covenants and agrees that
         Pledgor will not (i) sell, assign or transfer any of Pledgor's rights
         in the Collateral; (ii) create any other security interest or pledge
         in, mortgage or otherwise encumber the Collateral or any part thereof;
         (iii) cause, permit, or suffer the Company to issue any of their
         respective stock or rights to acquire any such stock to Pledgor or to
         any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Pledgor that are not concurrently
         pledged and delivered to the Agent which would result in the
         Collateral pledged hereunder representing less than 100% of all
         outstanding shares of stock, whether common, preferred or otherwise,
         of the Company; or (iv) agree to amend or modify the articles of
         incorporation, by-laws, or other agreement or document for the Company
         (or otherwise agree or obligate Pledgor) in such a manner as to reduce
         the percentage of shareholder interests of the Company owned by
         Pledgor or otherwise affect the rights of the Agent and the other
         Secured Parties in the Collateral.


D.       RIGHTS OF SECURED PARTIES

         1. Rights to Dividends, Distributions, and Payments. Subject to
Pledgor's right to receive cash distributions prior to the occurrence of an
Event of Default as provided herein, with respect to such instruments which are
certificates, bonds or other securities, the Agent may demand of the Company,
and may receive and receipt for, any and all dividends and other distributions
payable in respect thereof, whether ordinary or extraordinary. The Agent shall
have the authority, following an Event of Default and upon written notice to
Pledgor to do so, to have such certificates, bonds or other securities
registered either in the Agent's name or in the name of a nominee. If, while
this Agreement is in effect, Pledgor shall become entitled to receive or shall
receive any certificate (including, without limitation, any certificate
representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any
reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, or issued in connection
with any reorganization), option or rights, whether as an addition to, in
substitution of, as a conversion of or in exchange for any of the Collateral,
or otherwise, Pledgor agrees to accept the same as the Agent's agent and to
hold the same in trust on behalf of and for the benefit of the Agent, and to
deliver the same forthwith to the Agent in the exact form received, with
appropriate undated stock powers, duly executed in blank, to be held by the
Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral


                                     - 3 -

<PAGE>   119




security for the Secured Obligation. Until an Event of Default shall have
occurred, Pledgor shall be entitled to receive all cash distributions paid in
respect of the Collateral. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
Agent shall be entitled to all cash distributions, and to any sums paid upon or
in respect of the Collateral upon the liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization of the issuer thereof which shall be paid to the Agent to be
held by it as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligation. In
case any distribution shall be made on or in respect of the Collateral pursuant
to the reorganization, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the property
so distributed shall be delivered to the Agent to be held by it as additional
collateral security for the Secured Obligation. After an Event of Default, all
sums of money and property so paid or distributed in respect of the Collateral
which are received by Pledgor shall, until paid or delivered to the Agent, be
held by Pledgor in trust as additional Collateral for the Secured Obligation.

         2. Preservation of Collateral. Neither the Agent nor any other Secured
Party shall have any duty to fix or preserve rights against prior parties to
the Collateral, nor be liable for any delay in the collection of, or failure to
use diligence to collect on, the Secured Obligation or any amount payable in
respect of the Collateral.

         3. Performance by the Agent. Should any covenant, duty or agreement of
Pledgor fail to be performed in accordance with its terms hereunder, the Agent
may, but shall never be obligated to, perform or attempt to perform such
covenant, duty or agreement on behalf of Pledgor, and any amount expended by
the Agent in such performance or attempted performance shall become a part of
the Secured Obligation, shall be payable upon demand and shall bear interest at
a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

         4. Voting Rights. It is expressly understood and agreed that Pledgor
shall retain all voting rights to the Collateral until the occurrence of an
Event of Default, at which time such voting rights shall transfer to the Agent,
at its sole discretion.

         5. Power of Attorney. PLEDGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY GRANTS TO THE AGENT
PLEDGOR'S PROXY (EXERCISABLE FROM AND AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT WHICH IS CONTINUING) TO VOTE ANY COLLATERAL AND APPOINTS THE AGENT AS
PLEDGOR'S ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (EXERCISABLE FROM AND AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF AN
EVENT OF DEFAULT WHICH IS CONTINUING) TO PERFORM ALL OBLIGATIONS OF PLEDGOR
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND TO EXERCISE ALL OF THE AGENT'S RIGHTS HEREUNDER. THE
PROXY AND POWER OF ATTORNEY HEREIN GRANTED, AND EACH STOCK POWER AND SIMILAR
POWER NOW OR HEREAFTER GRANTED (INCLUDING ANY EVIDENCED BY A SEPARATE WRITING)
ARE COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND ARE IRREVOCABLE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT IN FULL
OF THE SECURED OBLIGATION.




                                     - 4 -

<PAGE>   120




E.       DEFAULT

         1. Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, in
addition to any and all other rights and remedies which the Agent or any other
Secured Party may then have hereunder, under any other Loan Documents, under
Applicable Law or otherwise, the Agent at its option may, subject to any
limitation or restriction imposed by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other law relating to the relief of debtors, (a) obtain from any Person
information regarding Pledgor, any issuer of the Collateral, or any of their
businesses, which information any such Person may furnish without liability to
Pledgor; (b) require Pledgor to give possession or control of any of the
Collateral to the Agent; (c) unless earlier permitted hereunder, take control
of funds generated by the Collateral and any other proceeds and exercise all
other Rights which an owner of such Collateral may exercise; (d) declare the
entire unpaid balance of principal and interest on the Secured Obligation
immediately due and payable, without notice, demand or presentment, which are
hereby expressly waived; (e) reduce its claim to judgment, foreclose or
otherwise enforce its security interest in all or any part of the Collateral by
any available judicial procedure; (f) after notification, if any, provided for
in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, sell or otherwise dispose of,
all or any part of the Collateral, and any such sale or other disposition shall
be in accordance with Applicable Law, and may be as a unit or in parcels, by
public or private proceedings, and by way of one or more contracts (it being
agreed that the sale of any part of the Collateral shall not exhaust the
Agent's power of sale, but sales may be made from time to time until all of the
Collateral has been sold or until the Secured Obligation has been paid in
full), and at any such sale it shall not be necessary to exhibit the
Collateral; (g) at its discretion, retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the
Obligation whenever the circumstances are such that the Agent is entitled to do
so under Applicable Law; (h) apply by appropriate judicial proceedings for
appointment of a receiver for the Collateral, or any part hereof, and Pledgor
hereby consents to any appointment; (i) buy the Collateral at any public sale;
and (j) buy the Collateral at any private sale, subject to any restrictions
imposed by Applicable Law. Any Secured Party may buy the Collateral at any
public sale and buy the Collateral at any private sale, subject to the
restrictions imposed by Applicable Law and this Agreement. Pledgor agrees that,
if notice is required to be given by Applicable Law, 10 days' advance written
notice shall constitute reasonable notice. The Agent shall apply the proceeds
of any collection, sale, disposition or other realization upon any Collateral
as follows:

                  First, to the payment of the reasonable costs and expenses of
         such collection, sale, disposition, or other realization, including
         reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent and the
         reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel;

                  Next, to the payment of the Secured Obligation, equally and
         ratably to each Secured Party in accordance with the respective
         amounts thereof due and owing to each Secured Party; and

                  Finally, to the payment to Pledgor, or its successors or
         assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any
         surplus then remaining.



                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>   121


If the proceeds of collection, sale, disposition, or other realization are
insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the
payment in full of the Secured Obligation, Pledgor shall remain liable for any
deficiency.

         2.       Transfer

                  a. Pledgor recognizes that the Agent may be unable to effect
         a public sale of any or all of the Collateral by reason of certain
         prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
         "Securities Act") and applicable state securities laws, but may be
         compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a
         restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among
         other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account for
         investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.
         Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale conducted
         in the manner described herein may result in prices and other terms
         less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale and,
         notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any private sale shall
         be made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Agent shall be under
         no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Collateral for the period
         of time necessary to permit the issuer of the Collateral to register
         such Collateral for public sale under the Securities Act, or under
         applicable state securities laws, even if the issuer of the Collateral
         would agree to do so.

                  b. Pledgor agrees (i) that in the event the Agent shall, upon
         any Event of Default, sell the Collateral or any portion thereof, at a
         private sale or sales, the Agent shall have the right to rely upon the
         advice and opinion of a member of a nationally recognized investment
         banking firm acceptable to the Agent, as to the best price reasonably
         obtainable upon such a private sale thereof, and (ii) in the absence
         of fraud, wilful misconduct and gross negligence, that such reliance
         shall be conclusive evidence that the Agent handled such matter in a
         commercially reasonable manner under the UCC.

         3. Notice. Notification of the time and place of any public sale of
the Collateral, or reasonable notification of the time after which any private
sale or other intended disposition of the Collateral is to be made, shall be
sent to Pledgor and to any other Person entitled under Applicable Law to
notice.


F.       GENERAL

         1. Agent's Duties. The Secured Parties hereby appoint NationsBank,
N.A. as Agent to act as their agent as provided herein. In the event the Agent
is replaced pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the successor
Agent appointed in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement shall
be the Agent hereunder. The powers conferred on the Agent hereunder are solely
to protect the Secured Parties' interest in the Collateral and shall not impose
any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of
any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually
received by it hereunder, the Agent shall have no duty as to any


                                     - 6 -

<PAGE>   122



Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls,
conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders, or other matters relative to any
Collateral, whether or not the Agent or any other Secured Party has or is
deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary
steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining
to any reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its
possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that
which the Agent accords its own property. Except as set forth herein, the Agent
shall not have any duty or liability to protect or preserve any Collateral or
to preserve rights pertaining thereto. Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Agent, and the Agent shall
not be required or obligated, (a) to present or file any claim or notice or
take any action, with respect to any Collateral or in connection therewith or
(b) to notify Pledgor of any decline in the value of any Collateral.

         2. Cumulative Rights. All rights and remedies of the Agent and the
other Secured Parties hereunder are cumulative of each other and of every other
right or remedy which the Agent or the other Secured Parties may otherwise have
at law or in equity or under any other contract or other writing for the
enforcement of the security interest herein or the collection of the Secured
Obligation, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not
prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or
remedies.

         3. Waiver. Should any part of the Secured Obligation be payable in
installments, the acceptance by any Secured Party at any time and from time to
time of partial payment of the aggregate amount of all installments then
matured shall not be deemed as a waiver of any Event of Default then existing.
No waiver by the Agent or any other Secured Party of any Event of Default shall
be deemed to be a waiver of any other subsequent Event of Default, nor shall
any such waiver by the Agent or any other Secured Party be deemed to be a
continuing waiver. No delay or omission by the Agent or any other Secured Party
in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Documents
shall impair any such right or power or be construed as a waiver thereof or an
acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such
right or power preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of
any other right or power of the Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder or
under such other writings.

         4. Interest; Limitation of Law. No provision herein or in any other
Loan Document shall require the payment or permit the collection of interest in
excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law. If, in any contingency
whatsoever, the Agent or any other Secured Party shall receive anything of
value from Pledgor deemed interest under Applicable Law which would exceed the
maximum amount of interest permissible under Applicable Law, the provisions of
the Credit Agreement shall govern.

         5. Parties Bound. This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its
heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and legal representatives, and shall
inure to the benefit of the Agent and the other Secured Parties, and their
respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives; provided,
however, that Pledgor may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder
without the prior written consent of the Agent. The rights, powers and
interests held by the Agent hereunder may be


                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>   123


transferred and assigned by the Agent, in whole or in part, at such time and
upon such terms as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

         6. Notice; Waivers by Pledgor. All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing and mailed, telecopied or delivered
by reputable overnight delivery service or by hand, addressed to Pledgor at its
address specified on the signature pages hereof, if to the Agent, addressed to
it at its address specified in the Credit Agreement, or, as to each party at
such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to
the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 6. All
such notices and other communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, or
delivered, be effective three days after being deposited in the mails, when
telecopied with confirmation of receipt, or when delivered by reputable
overnight delivery service or by hand to the addressee or its agent,
respectively. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Credit
Agreement, Pledgor waives presentment, demand, notice of dishonor and protest;
waives notice of the amount of the Secured Obligation outstanding at any time,
notice of any change in financial condition of any Person liable for the
Secured Obligation or any part thereof, notice of any Event of Default and all
other notices respecting the Secured Obligation; waives all rights of
redemption, appraisal, or valuation; and agrees that maturity of the Secured
Obligation and any part thereof may be accelerated, increased, extended or
renewed one or more times by the Secured Parties in their discretion, without
notice to Pledgor.

         7. Modifications. No provision hereof shall be modified or limited
except by a written agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provisions
so modified or limited and signed by the Agent.

         8. Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not
constitute, create, or have the effect of constituting or creating, directly or
indirectly, actual or practical ownership of Pledgor or the issuer of the
Collateral by the Agent, or control, affirmative or negative, direct or
indirect, by the Agent or the other Secured Parties, over the management or any
aspect of the day-to-day operation of Pledgor or the issuer of the Collateral,
which control remains in Pledgor and the issuer of the Collateral.

         9. Obligations Not Affected. To the fullest extent permitted by
Applicable Law, the pledge, assignment and security interest granted herein and
obligations of Pledgor under this Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect without regard to, and shall not be impaired or affected by:

                  a. any amendment or modification or addition or supplement to
         any Loan Document, any instrument delivered in connection therewith or
         any assignment or transfer thereof, including but not limited to any
         increase in the Commitments;

                  b. any exercise, non-exercise, or waiver by the Agent or any
         other Secured Party of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or
         in respect of, or any release of any


                                     - 8 -

<PAGE>   124


         guaranty, any collateral or the Collateral or any part thereof
         provided pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

                  c. any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action
         or inaction in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
         any assignment or transfer of any thereof; or

                  d. any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement,
         readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of the Company, any
         other Obligor or any other Person, whether or not Pledgor shall have
         notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing.

         10. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAW) AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. WITHOUT EXCLUDING ANY
OTHER JURISDICTION, PLEDGOR AGREES THAT THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS OF TEXAS
LOCATED IN DALLAS, TEXAS SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION OVER PROCEEDINGS IN CONNECTION
HEREWITH.

         11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. PLEDGOR AND THE AGENT HEREBY KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY, IRREVOCABLY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO
EACH LENDER ENTERING INTO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

         12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS
BETWEEN THE
PARTIES.


===============================================================================
                   REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
===============================================================================



                                     - 9 -

<PAGE>   125



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor and the Agent have executed this Agreement
as of the date specified hereinabove.

                                         HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                         By:
                                            ---------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                                  ---------------------------
                                             Title:
                                                   --------------------------


Address of Pledgor:


- --------------------------

- --------------------------
Attn:
     ---------------------


                                         NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Agent



                                         By:
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                                  ---------------------------
                                            Title:
                                                   --------------------------




                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>   126



                         Exhibit A to Pledge Agreement


                     Description of Pledged Stock Interests




<PAGE>   127
                                   EXHIBIT E

                           ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                          Dated _______________, _____

         Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 1998
(as amended, modified or supplemented, the "Credit Agreement") among Hastings
Entertainment, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Borrower"), NationsBank, N.A. as
Agent ("Agent") and financial institutions parties thereto. Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit
Agreement.

         ____________ ("Assignor") and ___________ ("Assignee") agree as
follows:

         1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Assignment and
Acceptance, Assignor hereby sells and assigns to Assignee, and Assignee hereby
purchases and assumes from Assignor, $ in aggregate amount of the Commitment in
effect on the Effective Date (as defined below), and the related pro rata share
of the principal amount of Loans owing to Assignor on the Effective Date, the
Note held by Assignor, and Assignor's participation in any Letters of Credit and
Reimbursement Obligations outstanding on the Effective Date.

         2. Assignor (a) represents and warrants that it is the legal and
beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (b) makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements,
warranties, or representations made in or in connection with the Credit
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency, or value of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii)
the financial condition of the Borrower or any other obligor or the performance
or observance by the Borrower or any other obligor of any of their respective
obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (c)
attaches the Note referred to in Paragraph 1 above to exchange such Note for new
Notes as provided in Section 10.7(d) of the Credit Agreement.

         3. Assignee (a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial
statements referred to in Sections 4.6(a) and 5.1 of the Credit Agreement and
such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its
own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;
(b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent,
Assignor, or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents; (c) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on
its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement, the other
Loan Documents, and this Assignment and Acceptance as are delegated to the Agent
and the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof and hereof, together with such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and hereto; (d) agrees that it will
perform in accordance with its terms all of the obligations which by



<PAGE>   128



the terms of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and this Assignment
and Acceptance are required to be performed by it as a Lender; (e) certifies
that it is an Eligible Assignee; and (f) specifies the addresses set forth in
Schedule I attached hereto as its address for the receipt of notices and as its
initial LIBOR Lender Office, respectively[; and (g) attaches the forms
prescribed by the IRS certifying as to Assignee's status for purposes of
determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all
payments to be made to Assignee under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan
Documents, and this Assignment and Acceptance].

         4. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be ,
(the "Effective Date").

         5. Upon such acceptance as of the Effective Date, the recordation of
the information herein in the Register and upon the remittance of a $3,500
processing fee to the Agent, (a) Assignee shall be a party to the Credit
Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have
the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (b) Assignor shall, to the
extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

         6. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. Without excluding any other
jurisdiction, Assignee agrees that the courts of Texas will have jurisdiction
over proceedings in connection herewith.

         7. After giving effect to this Assignment and Acceptance, Assignee's
Specified Percentage shall be _____%.

         8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such
separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                      [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]



                                      By:
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              --------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               -------------------------------



                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>   129




                                      [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]



                                      By:
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               -----------------------------



Accepted this ___ day of ________, ___

NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
as Agent



By:
   ----------------------------------------
   Name:
        -----------------------------------
   Title:
         ----------------------------------


HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



By:
   ----------------------------------------
   Name:
        -----------------------------------
   Title:
         ----------------------------------



                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>   130



                                   Schedule I

                               ASSIGNEE'S ADDRESS



1.       Address for the Advances and Receipt of Notices








2.       Initial LIBOR Lending Office





<PAGE>   131
                                    EXHIBIT F

                         CONTINUATION/CONVERSION NOTICE


TO:      NATIONSBANK, N.A., as the Agent under the Credit Agreement dated as of
         December 16, 1998 (including any amendments or modifications thereof,
         the "Credit Agreement"), among Hastings Entertainment, Inc., a Texas
         corporation ("Borrower"), NationsBank, N.A., individually, as the Agent
         and the Issuing Bank, and the financial institutions now or hereafter
         parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the
         Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings in this
         Continuation/Conversion Notice.

         Pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, this
Continuation/Conversion Notice (this "Notice") represents Borrower's election to
[complete, as applicable, one or more of the following]:

         1.       Use if converting LIBOR Loans to Base Rate Loans.

                  Convert $___________ in aggregate principal amount of LIBOR
                  Loans with a current Interest Period ending on _____________,
                  _____, to Base Rate Loans on ________________, ______. [and]

         2.       Use if converting Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans.

                  Convert $____________ in aggregate principal amount of Base
                  Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans on _____________, _____. The
                  Interest Period for such LIBOR Loans is requested to be [one]
                  [two] [three] [six] (_________) month period.

         3.       Use if continuing LIBOR Loans.

                  Continue $___________ in aggregate principal amount of LIBOR
                  Loans with a current Interest Period ending on __________,
                  _____. The initial Interest Period for such continued LIBOR
                  Loans is requested to be a [one] [two] [three] [six]
                  (_________) month period.

         4.       Borrower hereby certifies, warrants and represents to the 
                  Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Bank as follows:

                  (a)      the representations and warranties contained and
                           referred to in Article 4 of the Credit Agreement
                           (other than those by their terms limited to a
                           specific date) are true and correct in all material
                           respects as of the date hereof and will be true and
                           correct upon the making of the requested Loans, with
                           the same force and effect as though made on and as of
                           the date hereof and thereof;


<PAGE>   132


                  (b)      no event has occurred since the of the most recent
                           financial statements delivered pursuant to Section
                           5.1 of the Credit Agreement (or if this Borrowing
                           request precedes the delivery of such financial
                           statements, July 31, 1998) that has caused a Material
                           Adverse Effect;

                  (c)      as of the date hereof, and as a result of the making
                           of the requested Loans, there does not and will not
                           exist any Default or Event of Default; and

                  (d)      as of the date hereof, no change or event has
                           occurred that might cause a Material Adverse Effect.

         5. The undersigned certifies that he/she is the [president] [chief
financial officer] of Borrower, and that as such he/she is familiar with the
terms of the Credit Agreement, has knowledge of all information necessary to
deliver this Certificate and is authorized to execute this certificate on behalf
of Borrower.

DATED:            ____________________, _____


                                        HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                        By:  
                                           ------------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                                  -----------------------------
                                             Title:                   
                                                  -----------------------------




                                       -2-

<PAGE>   133
                                    EXHIBIT G

                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


TO:      NATIONSBANK, N.A., as the Agent under the Credit Agreement dated as of
         December 16, 1998 (including any amendments or modifications thereof,
         the "Credit Agreement"), among Hastings Entertainment, Inc., a Texas
         corporation ("Borrower"), NationsBank, N.A., individually, as the Agent
         and the Issuing Bank, and the financial institutions now or hereafter
         parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the
         Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings in this Compliance
         Certificate.


         This Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of
the Credit Agreement and relates to Borrower's compliance with the covenants set
forth in Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement. This Compliance Certificate
contains "short-hand" descriptions of such covenants. The precise descriptions
of such covenants, including defined terms used in connection therewith, are
more fully set forth in the Credit Agreement, which shall control to the extent
of any inconsistency with the "short-hand" descriptions used herein.

         1. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section
6.1 of the Credit Agreement for the Fiscal Quarter ended ______________, _____
(the "Determination Date"), as follows:


          SECTION 6.1(a):  FIXED COVERAGE RATIO

          For the four-quarter period ended as of the Determination 
          Date:

<TABLE>
          <S>      <C>                                                         <C>              
          (1)      net income (GAAP)                                           $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (2)      interest expense                                            $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (3)      income tax expense                                          $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (4)      other non-cash items                                        $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (5)      depreciation/amortization expense                           $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (6)      rental expense                                              $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (7)      Adjusted EBITDAR:  sum of (1) through (6)                   $               
                                                                                -------------  
                                                                                               
                   [Plus Rental Video Charge for calculations                                  
                   including Fiscal quarter commencing November 1,                             
                   1998 and ending January 31, 1999]                                           
                                                                                               
          (8)      rental expense                                              $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (9)      interest expense                                            $               
                                                                                -------------  
          (10)     Fixed Charges:  sum of (8) and (9)                          $               
                                                                                -------------  
                   Ratio:  EBITR (7) to Fixed Charges (10)                     _____ to _____  
                                                                                               
                           Minimum Ratio:                                      2.00 to 1.00    
</TABLE>                                                                       

            
<PAGE>   134

          SECTION 6.1(b): MINIMUM TANGIBLE NET WORTH 

          As of the Determination Date:

<TABLE>
          <S>      <C>                                                         <C>
          (1)      net worth (GAAP)                                            $ 
                                                                                -------------
          (2)      approved Subordinated Indebtedness                          $ 
                                                                                -------------   
          (3)      LIBO Reserve                                                $                 
                                                                                -------------                
          (4)      deferred income taxes                                       $                 
                                                                                -------------                
          (5)      intellectual property                                       $                 
                                                                                -------------                
          (6)      good will and experimental expenses                         $                 
                                                                                -------------                
          (7)      unamortized debt discount and expense                       $                 
                                                                                -------------                
          (8)      costs in excess of fair value of the net assets acquired    $                 
                                                                                -------------                
          (9)      Tangible Net Worth:  (1) plus (2) plus (3) plus (4)         $                 
                   minus [the sum of (5) through (8)]                           -------------                 
                                                                                                
          (10)     50% of cumulative net income (GAAP) from 8/1/98             $                 
                   through Determination Date (no deduction for losses)         -------------                 
                                                                                                
          (11)     tangible net worth of Subsidiary acquired with capital      $                 
                   stock                                                        -------------                 
                                                                                                
          (12)     Net Cash Proceeds from issuance of Capital Stock            $
                                                                                -------------                 
                   Tangible Net Worth:  (9) above                              $                 
                                                                                -------------                
                            Minimum Required:  $98,000,000 plus (10)           $                 
                            plus (11) plus (12)                                 -------------         
                                                                                         
          SECTION 6.1(c): FUNDED DEBT TO ADJUSTED EBITDA 

          As of the Determination Date:

          (1)      unpaid principal balance of Notes                           $ 
                                                                                -------------
          (2)      unpaid Reimbursement Obligations                            $ 
                                                                                -------------
          (3)      unpaid principal amount of other borrowed-money             $ 
                   Indebtedness                                                 -------------

          (4)      Funded Debt:  (1) plus (2) plus (3)                         $ 
                                                                                -------------
</TABLE>

   
                                   -2-
<PAGE>   135

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          For the four-quarter period ended on the Determination Date:

<S>       <C>                                                                  <C>           
          (5)      net income (GAAP)                                           $             
                                                                                -------------
          (6)      interest expense                                            $             
                                                                                -------------
          (7)      income tax expense                                          $             
                                                                                -------------
          (8)      other non-cash items                                        $             
                                                                                -------------
          (9)      depreciation/amortization expense                           $             
                                                                                -------------
          (10)     EBITDA:  sum of (5) through (9)                             $             
                                                                                -------------
                   [Plus Rental Video Charge for calculations including 
                   Fiscal Quarter commencing November 1, 1998 and ending 
                   January 31, 1999] 
                   
                   Ratio:  (4) to (10)                                         _____ to _____

                            Maximum Ratio:                                     2.50 to 1.0   

          SECTION 6.1(d):  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES                                                      

          For the current Fiscal Year through the Determination Date:                                
                                                                                                     
          (1)      capital expenditures (GAAP)                                 $             
                                                                                -------------
          (2)      capitalized cost of video tapes purchased by                $             
                   Borrower and its Subsidiaries for rental                     -------------

                   Amount:  (1) minus (2)                                      $             
                                                                                -------------
                   Maximum Amount:                                                           

                   Fiscal Year ending 01/31/99                                 $28,000,000   

                   Fiscal Year ending 01/31/00                                 $35,000,000   
                                                                                             
                   Thereafter                                                  $42,000,000   
                                                                                                     
</TABLE>
          
         2. Borrower hereby certifies, warrants and represents to the Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Bank as follows:


                                      -3-

<PAGE>   136

                  (a)      the representations and warranties contained and
                           referred to in Article 4 of the Credit Agreement
                           (other than those by their terms limited to a
                           specific date) are true and correct in all material
                           respects as of the date hereof, with the same force
                           and effect as though made on and as of the date
                           hereof and thereof;

                  (b)      no event has occurred since the date of the most
                           recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
                           Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement (or if this
                           Borrowing request precedes the delivery of such
                           financial statements, July 31, 1998) that has caused
                           a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (c)      as of the date hereof, there does not exist any 
                           Default or Event of Default; and

                  (d)      as of the date hereof, no change or event has
                           occurred that might cause a Material Adverse Effect.

         3. The undersigned certifies there he/she is the [president] [chief
financial officer] of Borrower, and that as such he/she is familiar with the
terms of the Credit Agreement, has knowledge of all information required to
deliver this certificate and is authorized to execute this certificate on behalf
of Borrower.

         DATED: ________________, ______



                                        HASTINGS ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                        By:  
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Name:     
                                                  ------------------------------
                                             Title:    
                                                  ------------------------------


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   137
                                    ANNEX A


NATIONSBANK, N.A.

1.       Domestic Lending Office:

         NationsBank, N.A.
         901 Main Street, 67th Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75202

2.       LIBOR Lending Office

         NationsBank, N.A.
         901 Main Street, 67th Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75202

3.       Commitment:


<TABLE>
         <S>                                                                                 <C>
         (a)      From and including Closing Date to and including                           $15,000,000
                  December 16, 1999
         (b)      From and including December 16, 1999 to and including                      $20,000,000
                  December 16, 2000
         (c)      From and including December 16, 2000 to and including                      $25,000,000
                  December 16, 2001
</TABLE>

4.       Information for Notices:

         NationsBank, N.A.
         901 Main Street, 67th Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75202
         Attention:        Kimberley A. Knop
         Telephone:        (214) 508-3363
         Fax:              (214) 508-0980

5.       Account Number:
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------






                                   Annex A-1
<PAGE>   138
                                    ANNEX A


CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

1.       Domestic Lending Office:

         Chase Bank of Texas, National Association
         2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75201

2.       LIBOR Lending Office

         Chase Bank of Texas, National Association
         2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75201

3.       Commitment:


<TABLE>
         <S>                                                                                 <C>
         (a)      From and including Closing Date to and including                           $12,000,000
                  December 16, 1999
         (b)      From and including December 16, 1999 to and including                      $16,000,000
                  December 16, 2000
         (c)      From and including December 16, 2000 to and including                      $20,000,000
                  December 16, 2001
</TABLE>

4.       Information for Notices:

         Chase National Bank of Texas, National Association
         2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor
         Dallas, Texas 75201
         Attention:        Mae Kantipong
         Telephone:        (214) 965-2159
         Fax:              (214) 965-2044

5.       Account Number:
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------






                                   Annex A-2
<PAGE>   139
                                    ANNEX A


WELLS FARGO BANK (TEXAS), N.A.

1.       Domestic Lending Office:

         Wells Fargo Bank (Texas), N.A.
         505 Main Street, Suite 300
         Fort Worth, Texas 76102

2.       LIBOR Lending Office

         Wells Fargo Bank (Texas), N.A.
         505 Main Street, Suite 300
         Fort Worth, Texas 76102

3.       Commitment:


<TABLE>
         <S>                                                                                <C>
         (a)      From and including Closing Date to and including                           $12,000,000
                  December 16, 1999
         (b)      From and including December 16, 1999 to and including                      $16,000,000
                  December 16, 2000
         (c)      From and including December 16, 2000 to and including                      $20,000,000
                  December 16, 2001
</TABLE>

4.       Information for Notices:

         Wells Fargo Bank (Texas), N.A.
         505 Main Street, Suite 300
         Fort Worth, Texas 76102
         Attention:        Susan Sheffield
         Telephone:        (817) 347-0022
         Fax:              (817) 347-0010

5.       Account Number:
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------





                                   Annex A-3
<PAGE>   140

AMARILLO NATIONAL BANK

1.       Domestic Lending Office:

         Amarillo National Bank
         Plaza One
         401 South Taylor
         Amarillo, Texas 79101

2.       LIBOR Lending Office

         Amarillo National Bank
         Plaza One
         401 South Taylor
         Amarillo, Texas 79101

3.       Commitment:


<TABLE>
         <S>                                                                                <C>
         (a)      From and including Closing Date to and including                           $6,000,000
                  December 16, 1999
         (b)      From and including December 16, 1999 to and including                      $8,000,000
                  December 16, 2000
         (c)      From and including December 16, 2000 to and including                      $10,000,000
                  December 16, 2001
</TABLE>

4.       Information for Notices:

         Amarillo National Bank
         Plaza One
         Amarillo, Texas 79101
         P.O. Box 1
         Amarillo, Texas 79105
         Attention:        Richard Ware
         Telephone:        (806) 378-8007
         Fax:              (806) 378-8395

5.       Account Number:
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------
                          ----------------------





                                   Annex A-4
<PAGE>   141

                                     ANNEX B

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT:
                 INITIAL LOAN (AND/OR INITIAL LETTER OF CREDIT)


         (a) Agreement and Schedules. This Agreement duly executed by Borrower,
and all Schedules, duly and fully completed, that are provided for in this
Agreement.

         (b) Notes. A Note duly executed by Borrower in favor of each Bank in
the respective amount of such Bank's Revolving Commitment.

         (c) Guaranty Agreement. A Guaranty Agreement duly executed by each
Material Subsidiary.

         (d) Pledge Agreement. A Pledge Agreement duly executed by Borrower with
respect to all of the capital stock of each Material Subsidiary, together with
original certificates of such stock, blank stock powers, and related UCC
Financing Statements.

         (e) Opinion of Counsel to Borrower. Opinion of legal counsel for
Borrower in the form of Exhibit F.

         (f) Notice of Borrowing. A Notice of Borrowing duly completed and
executed by Borrower.

         (g) Secretary Certificate. A Certificate signed by the secretary of
Borrower and each Material Subsidiary, which secretary's office and signature
shall be confirmed by another officer of Borrower and each Material Subsidiary
dated and effective as of the Closing Date attaching thereto or containing
therein, and certifying as to the following: (i) corporate resolutions, as in
effect and neither revoked nor rescinded, duly adopted by the board of directors
of Borrower and each Material Subsidiary authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents to be executed by each of them and the
transactions contemplated thereby; (ii) true, complete and accurate copies of
the articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and in effect, of Borrower
and each Material Subsidiary, and (iii) names, incumbency and specimen
signatures of the officers of the Borrower and each Material Subsidiary
authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to be executed by each of
them.

         (h) Official Certificates. Certificates as to incorporation, existence
and good standing for Borrower and each Material Subsidiary issued by the
Secretary of State (and/or other appropriate officer) of the state of
incorporation of Borrower and each Material Subsidiary and certificates of
foreign qualification and good standing (or other similar instruments) for
Borrower and each Material Subsidiary, issued by the Secretary of State (and/or
other appropriate official) of each of the states where in Borrower and each
Material Subsidiary is or should be qualified to do business as a foreign

                                    Annex B-1

<PAGE>   142



corporation, each of the foregoing certificates being dated within 60 days prior
to the date of the Closing Date.

         (i) Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. A copy of the Articles of
Incorporation of Borrower and each Material Subsidiary and all amendments
thereto, certified by the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation of
Borrower and each Material Subsidiary as being true, complete and accurate, and
being dated within 60 days prior to the Closing Date.

         (j) Environmental Reports. Copies of all environmental surveys or
reports relating to real Property owned or leased by Borrower and its
Subsidiaries which have heretofore been performed or prepared (each of which is
described in Schedule 4.20 hereof).

         (k) Insurance Certificates. A certificate from each issuer or duly
authorized insurer's Agent of Borrower setting forth a listing of all insurance
coverage of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and reflecting that the policies
evidencing such coverage conforms to the requirements of this Agreement and each
of the other Loan Documents.

         (l) Financial Statements. Copies of financial statements of Borrower
for the most recent period required under Section 5.1.

         (m) Regulatory and Other Approvals. Evidence that all necessary
approvals or consents of Governmental Authorities and all other Persons have
been obtained.

         (n) Compliance with Laws. Evidence that Borrower and each Subsidiary of
Borrower has complied with all Laws necessary to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

         (o) Fees. Payment of (i) the facility fee payable to the Agent on the
Closing Date, (ii) upfront fees payable to each Bank on the Closing Date in the
amount of (A) 0.10% of each Bank's final Commitment with respect to Banks whose
initial Commitment was $20,000,000 or more and (B) 0.075% of each Bank's final
Commitment with respect to Banks whose initial Commitment was less than
$20,000,000, and (iii) fees of counsel to the Banks payable by Borrower in
connection with the preparation, negotiation and closing of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

         (p) Additional Documentation. Such additional approvals, opinions,
documents, instruments, reports, certifications and/or agreements as the Agent,
the Banks or their counsel may reasonably request.

                                   Annex B-2

<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 18.1



March 16, 1999

Hastings Entertainment, Inc.
Amarillo, Texas

Ladies and Gentlemen:


         We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Hastings
         Entertainment, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and 1999,
         and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders'
         equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
         ended January 31, 1999, and have reported thereon under date of March
         16, 1999. The aforementioned consolidated financial statements and our
         audit report thereon are included in the Company's annual report on
         Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 1999. As stated in Note 2 to
         those financial statements, the Company changed its method of
         accounting for amortization of the cost of rental videocassettes from
         the straight-line method to an accelerated method and states that the
         newly adopted accounting principle is preferable in the circumstances
         because (1) it will result in a better match of the cost of
         videocassettes with their revenues in the Company's current operating
         environment and (2) it is consistent with trends in industry practice.
         In accordance with your request, we have reviewed and discussed with
         Company officials the circumstances and business judgment and planning
         upon which the decision to make this change in the method of accounting
         was based.

         With regard to the aforementioned accounting change, authoritative
         criteria have not been established for evaluating the preferability of
         one acceptable method of accounting over another acceptable method.
         However, for purposes of Hastings Entertainment Inc.'s compliance with
         the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we are
         furnishing this letter.

         Based on our review and discussion, with reliance on management's
         business judgment and planning, we concur that the newly adopted method
         of accounting is preferable in the Company's circumstances.



                                       Very truly yours,


                                       /s/ KPMG LLP

<PAGE>   1


                                                                     EXHBIT 23.1





                              ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT




The Board of Directors
Hastings Entertainment, Inc.:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos.
333-60997 and 333-61007) on Form S-8 of Hastings Entertainment, Inc. of our
report dated March 16, 1999, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of
Hastings Entertainment, Inc. as of January 31, 1998, and 1999, and the related
statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended January 31, 1999, and the related schedule, which
report appears in the January 31, 1999, Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hastings
Entertainment, Inc. Our report refers to a change in the method of amortization
for rental videos.

                                       /s/ KPMG LLP



Dallas, Texas
April 30, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             FEB-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-31-1999
<CASH>                                           5,394
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    145,432
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               157,868
<PP&E>                                         179,255
<DEPRECIATION>                                 115,131
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 222,151
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           65,688
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           117
<OTHER-SE>                                     116,016
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   222,151
<SALES>                                        398,668
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               398,668
<CGS>                                          268,685
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  268,685
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 (232)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               3,727
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    857
<INCOME-TAX>                                       392
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                465
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       465
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .04
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .04
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission